Drugging and "Chemicalling" Our Children Is Dumbing Them

Home , Cairo Fire, Communal reinforcement, Ghost rockets, Greater Bangladesh, Main Plot, Niger uranium forgeries

Lorna E. Rances, Ph. D., CESO V School Divisions Superintendent Bohol Division

Dearest Ma’am Rances:

If not because of my position, as president of Loon-South PTA Federation, I might not have the authority or right to write you this letter.

In your message to the graduates titled “Your Gift of Learning, Our Tool for Nation Building,” you wrote “You are encouraged to share with others the knowledge, skills and attitude you learn in school especially to those who have less in life. Make them your inspiration to move further. Take them as your challenge. Who knows, one day, you will be working hand-in-hand with them in order to promote progress in the community and country.”

I do not know you personally ma’am, but I know that each person made after the image of our heavenly Father has a deep-rooted, immortal feeling of love for all mankind. This is somehow being undermined or suppressed under the temporary domination of worldly external interest, but in God’s plan, after all these painful experiences, THIS ETERNAL DIVINE LOVE WILL PREVAIL, AND SELF-LOVE WILL SUBMIT AND SUBORDINATE ITSELF…

For the goal of all learning is we learn to Love God above all and our neighbor as ourselves.

Under this so-called 3D consciousness, SELF-LOVE dominates.

In a unique revelation books I have read ma’am, (you can read these 25 volumes, 7,500 pages book at www.franky1.com) I found that the two kinds of ways we have been told about since long time ago, (e.g., the way of God and the way of Satan) are two kinds of Love. And this 25-volume book configures these two kinds of love in the following manner:

Divine Love = 600fold Love for God + 60fold Love for neighbor or fellow creation + humble 6fold Love for self.

Versus

Perverted Love = 600fold Love for Self + 60fold Love for neighbor + only 6fold Love for God. The degree or amount differs in every one. One might have 555 love for God. The others might have 555 for self. But the point is: the evil 666 is towards only 6fold love or even zero love for God!

That’s the 666 that is at work today. You can see that at work, for example, in music. Examine our songs and you will see that hardly you can find a song about God or love of God. 99.9% of all music about erotic love, love of woman or love for woman!

If I were to say recalibrate it, music should be also 600 about God, 60 about neighbor and only 6 about self or love of woman. Love of woman is often love of self – you want to satisfy yourself with a woman.. I am speaking of men. But it can be said as well of women: their songs or their feelings are more for men (e.g, husbands) than for God.

Of course, our feelings for our wives and husbands are different love (eros love) than for God (agape love) but the problem is, we do not anymore feel or sing or write lyrics or talk about agape love, much less practice it.

In short, there is less love for God – less agape love – in this world today… leading to all kinds of sufferings, e.g., sicknesses, destruction of mother earth, etcetera.

The new era is about to come fully implemented ma’am and everybody, both sinners and saints have the opportunity to join. The sinners are not excluded. As a matter of fact, the Lord Jesus Christ said He came for the sick, for the sinners, that none of us will lose forever but be saved.

Sounds very sweet.

That’s why I was finding—or I found hope also when I read your most beautiful line in your recent message: that you hope and encourage the kids to include the poor as part of their reason for doing well, for striving well, for pursuing success in life.

I completely agree in your feeling that someday, these poor ones may become our partners in world-building or even universe-rebuilding, as we are told in the epistle of Paul to the Romans, chapter 8, that we have very big job awaiting us, namely: rebuild the Universe!

So, ma’am we have a far bigger mission than what DepEd has ever told us!

In this connection, may I shift your consciousness to a most shocking revelation you may have encountered yet in your life, to wit:

Conspiracy to Dumb People Down They conspired to enslave and dumb us at DNA level!

“17. Yes, in fifth density you will have bodies, you won’t be “light beings without form.” This is an excellent question as it begs clarification of how your current bodies can function along Earth’s ascension pathway. Souls that absorb the light, which is constantly available to all, are changing at cellular level from carbon-based third density bodies to crystalline-based bodies that can survive in the higher frequencies. Eons back in your time, darkly-inclined souls altered human DNA to reduce the amount of light in bodies. That allowed them to install patterning for physical weakness, illness, aging, death, and severely decreased capacity for intelligence and spiritual clarity. Those limitations are being reversed by the ever-increasing intensity of light in bodies that are absorbing it. Actually, your “travel ticket” is the absorption of light that comes automatically with living in godly ways. “18. Please understand that this clarification pertains only to bodies, not to souls. Each infant, whether perfect in form and brain power or with flawed physical make-up or what you call “mental retardation,” is born with a lighted soul, or the Christ consciousness, and full awareness of pre-birth choices. That soul level awareness remains in the most severely ‘mentally retarded’; and in people with healthier brains,”

Parenting, Religions & Schools diminish that spirituality or that spiritual awareness

“the awareness recedes with adaptation to functioning in a dense body and external influences such as parental training, peer pressure, academic and religious teachings and societal philosophies. Spiritual growth is removing self from external influences and “going within” so messages from the soul can reach consciousness. The Illuminati controls our educational system to limit our learning – read: dumb us down!

20. Many teachers are “seeing the light” and inspiring students to develop their minds and talents and skills. Souls are being born in bodies with the enhanced DNA of crystalline cellular structure and are rightfully referred to as Crystal Children. Others with increased intellectual capacity, spiritual clarity and aspirations came in the two generations before the Crystals and are known as Indigos. Sadly, in many cases these youngsters were considered abnormal, treated harshly and drugged into submission – once again, through the manipulation of dark ones who convinced unsuspecting counselors and parents that these exceptional children must conform to the “norm.” As knowledge about Crystal and Indigo individuals is spreading, some of the older ones are becoming aware of their greater potential and making life changes accordingly; parents are recognizing their young children as gifted and wisely treating them as such; the use of drugs to keep children with extraordinarily active minds in a stupor is lessening; and, indicating awareness of the beneficial influence of fine music, the numbers of youth choirs and orchestras are growing.

When labels should be removed and leave only names

21. Along with our honoring the Crystal and Indigo souls, I want to say as well that labels can keep feelings of separation alive and kicking. Of course names are necessary for identification, but labeling social orders, governing styles, political parties, religions, races, cultures, professional positions and philosophies with the intent to emphasize differences vs. similarities, separateness vs. unity, superiority vs. equality, or competition vs. cooperation is another dark ploy to create divisiveness among you and keep far from your minds that Oneness of All is the universal truth. • December 28, 2008 Matthew message

• www.matthewbooks.com

The Bible never commands nor teaches believers to use labels such as family names; it only shows us that first name is enough plus some personal or descriptive nickname such as “the Baptist” to the first name “John.” Maria Magdalene means Maria who is from Magdala. James the Older, James the Younger. Judas Iscariot means Judas who hails from Kerioth. Why? Why not family names? Because it unites a group against the other. It is micro-unity but macro-disunity – meaning: what used to be whole big humanity has been divided into smaller units, called families, in order to create not just division but wars, family vs. family, tribe of same family name versus other tribe, this civil war goes up to the national level where a race (who hails from one patriarch) fights a nationalistic war against another nation of different racial partriarch.

If you use only first name, you can still be identified from your namesake (sangay) by the second name which is a nickname. So Simon Peter is different from Simon Magus, the first was the leading apostle who did not go to Rome, the second described in Acts

Show patience, love, mercy to the evil ones Not only is it important to focus only on what you want in your life and your world, but also to refrain from thoughts of retribution, revenge, or punishing others. Those carry the heavy negative energy attachments that account for generation after generation of violence, brutality and oppression as one side retaliates for what the other side’s ancestors did to the first side’s ancestors, thus incurring karma upon karma for all those souls to deal with. While we understand the desire to hold accountable President Bush and others operating within the Illuminati for their actions that amount to crimes against humanity itself, we encourage you to let the judicial system do what it will and be content with that. 20. When the Golden Age plan was formulated, Bush and those other strong souls willingly agreed to fill their roles as long as necessary, then join the light forces. Those roles were essential to the part of the plan that covered third density karmic completion and subsequent reconciliation of darkness and light within balance, wherein all is light. However, although they instinctively knew the time was at hand for them to merge into the light, their enjoyment of power and reluctance to relinquish it weakened their soul resolve and allowed darkness to leap into their psyches, destroy their conscience and dominate their decisions and actions. As a result, many millions of souls have requested and been granted amended contracts because their physical lifetimes were much more difficult than chosen or were cut short; the amended contracts provide the growth opportunities in spirit worlds that planetary circumstances denied those souls, and they are moving apace in their evolution. What kind of “punishment" will evil men get? What is hell? Why ‘Judge Not’ is very true teaching?

21. Whatever “punishment” you may feel “fits the crime” committed by Bush and all the other like-minded individuals, we tell you that they have imposed upon themselves unimaginably harsher consequences than any of your legal systems could ever conceive. By universal law, at physical death those souls will be drawn to areas where the energy is commensurate with their lifetime energy registration, and in the mandatory review of the past lifetime, they will experience every emotion and pain they ever caused others to endure. That is a hell you cannot comprehend, but if you could, the inseparability of every soul with every other and with God would evoke the same compassion for them that we feel, and it is why time and again we have urged you to send them light. 22. You would be in awe if you could know persons at soul level, the roles they agreed to play and if they fulfilled those missions, in this momentous closing act of third density. But at this point in consciousness-raising, most of you can know others only through their obvious attitudes and actions; therefore, another aspect of the Golden Age plan is, “Judge not that ye be not judged.” Just as the transformation underway in the United States applies to all nations on Earth, both biblical quotations in my message are a part of all pure religious teachings. 23. Let your thoughts be of peace, love, honor, abundance, fairness, goodness – all the beautiful, harmonious facets of life you want for yourself and your world – and know that we are among the myriad light beings who lovingly are by your side in every moment.

• November 21, 2008 Matthew message

Source website: www.matthewbooks.com For inquiries, you may send emails to: [email protected] Or to [email protected] Ma’am, the first thing you need to realize and understand is the existence of Satan who deceived the whole world.

[niv]The great dragon was hurled down--that ancient serpent called the devil, or Satan, who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the earth, and his angels with him. Rev 12:9 [kjv]And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.

Through his false teachers and false preachers (so, both via religion and schools):

[niv]Many deceivers, who do not acknowledge Jesus Christ as coming in the flesh, have gone out into the world. Any such person is the deceiver and the 2Jo 1:7 antichrist. [kjv]For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.

[niv]For many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am the Christ, ' and will deceive many. Mat 24:5 [kjv]For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.

[niv]and many false prophets will appear and deceive many people. Mat 24:11 [kjv]And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.

Also via the government, symbolized in the book of Revelation as the beast:

[niv]Because of the signs he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast, he deceived the inhabitants of the earth. He ordered them to set up an image in honor of the beast who was wounded by the sword and yet lived. Rev 13:14 [kjv]And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.

In the new revelation I have quoted above, these false teachers and false teachers are known in the inner circle (and not yet to us, the general public) as ILLUMINATI. ILLUMINATI, to describe it briefly, refers to the global elite, who run major control organizations and mechanisms such as: the banks, the world’s economy, the multi-national companies, the big Pharmaceutical industry, the schools and universities, the churches, Which lead us to face the fact that the Roman Catholic Church or Vatican as well as the school-owners Jesuits are members of this Illuminati.

And one of their unenlightened doings for all these years is the drugging and chemicalling of our children to dumb them down. Since we were children once, then, we must have been drugged and chemicalled as well!

Anyway, it’s no time for blaming or buck passing, but of remorse, personal repentance.

Have read in the Old Testament the section about Atonement? Many do not understand Atonement.

Many do not know that Atonement is against self-justification as well as faultfinding others. Or the so-called buck-passing.

What Adam and Eve did in the Garden of Eden (buck passing) was wrong. What God did later, assigning blame to whom it is due, was right, And it is also the basic essence of the long-known but misunderstood Day of Atonement.

We, mostly in the Catholic world, did not know that (1) we are not to blame all – Satan has a share of the sins we committed; that he must come to accept responsibility, sooner or later; and that (2) we also have part of the sin-blame-guilt, and that we must come to admit it as well.

The sin of Adam is his, the sin of Eve is hers, and each of us has to acknowledge and repent of our own sins, not other’s sins.

“Being responsible” as some call it. And without “condemning others”.

That’s the kind of person the New Age is coming to see. A new person who is responsible is in the making.

WE are one of them…

***

Ma’am, I am going to quote the incident of Eden as well as the Old Testament teaching about Atonement, for your easy review and reading, taking notes please of the words in bold face, and after which we shall proceed to focusing on the relevant points. [niv]Now the serpent was more crafty than any of the wild animals the LORD God had made. He said to the woman, "Did God really say, 'You must not eat from any tree in the garden'?" Gen 3:1 [kjv]Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? [niv]The woman said to the serpent, "We may eat fruit from the trees in the garden, Gen 3:2 [kjv]And the woman said unto the serpent, We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden: [niv]but God did say, 'You must not eat fruit from the tree that is in the middle of the garden, and you must not touch it, or you will die.' " Gen 3:3 [kjv]But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. [niv]"You will not surely die," the serpent said to the woman. Gen 3:4 [kjv]And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die: [niv]"For God knows that when you eat of it your eyes will be opened, and you will be like God, knowing good and evil." Gen 3:5 [kjv]For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil. [niv]When the woman saw that the fruit of the tree was good for food and pleasing to the eye, and also desirable for gaining wisdom, she took some and ate it. She also gave some to her husband, who was with her, and he ate it. Gen 3:6 [kjv]And when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a tree to be desired to make one wise, she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat, and gave also unto her husband with her; and he did eat. [niv]Then the eyes of both of them were opened, and they realized they were naked; so they sewed fig leaves together and made coverings for themselves. Gen 3:7 [kjv]And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons. [niv]Then the man and his wife heard the sound of the LORD God as he was walking in the garden in the cool of the day, and they hid from the LORD God among the trees of the garden. Gen 3:8 [kjv]And they heard the voice of the LORD God walking in the garden in the cool of the day: and Adam and his wife hid themselves from the presence of the LORD God amongst the trees of the garden. [niv]But the LORD God called to the man, "Where are you?" Gen 3:9 [kjv]And the LORD God called unto Adam, and said unto him, Where art thou? [niv]He answered, "I heard you in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked; so I hid." Gen 3:10 [kjv]And he said, I heard thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, because I was naked; and I hid myself. Gen 3:11 [niv]And he said, "Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten from the tree that I commanded you not to eat from?" [kjv]And he said, Who told thee that thou wast naked? Hast thou eaten of the tree, whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat? [niv]The man said, "The woman you put here with me-she gave me some fruit from the tree, and I ate it." Gen 3:12 [kjv]And the man said, The woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. [niv]Then the LORD God said to the woman, "What is this you have done?" The woman said, "The serpent deceived me, and I ate." Gen 3:13 [kjv]And the LORD God said unto the woman, What is this that thou hast done? And the woman said, The serpent beguiled me, and I did eat. [niv]So the LORD God said to the serpent, "Because you have done this, "Cursed are you above all the livestock and all the wild animals! You will crawl on your belly and you will eat dust all the days of your Gen 3:14 life. [kjv]And the LORD God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life: [niv]And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your offspring and hers; he will crush your head, and you will strike Gen 3:15 his heel." [kjv]And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel. [niv]To the woman he said, "I will greatly increase your pains in childbearing; with pain you will give birth to children. Your desire will be for your husband, and he will rule over you." Gen 3:16 [kjv]Unto the woman he said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee. [niv]To Adam he said, "Because you listened to your wife and ate from the tree about which I commanded you, 'You must not eat of it,' "Cursed is the ground because of you; through painful toil you will eat of it all the days of your life. Gen 3:17 [kjv]And unto Adam he said, Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; [niv]It will produce thorns and thistles for you, and you will eat the plants of the field. Gen 3:18 [kjv]Thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat the herb of the field; Gen 3:19 [niv]By the sweat of your brow you will eat your food until you return to the ground, since from it you were taken; for dust you are and to dust you will return." [kjv]In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return.

So, blame sharing is God’s way, not blame evading which mankind starting with Adam and Eve has been resorting to.

The Day of Atonement is one of the 7 holy days or feasts the Lord commanded. The Day of Atonement embodies God’s way: BLAMED SHARING.

[niv]The LORD said to Moses, Lev 23:26 [kjv]And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, [niv]"The tenth day of this seventh month is the Day of Atonement. Hold a sacred assembly and deny yourselves, and present an offering made to the LORD by fire. Lev 23:27 [kjv]Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day of atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD. [niv]Do no work on that day, because it is the Day of Atonement, when atonement is made for you before the LORD your God. Lev 23:28 [kjv]And ye shall do no work in that same day: for it is a day of atonement, to make an atonement for you before the LORD your God. [niv]Anyone who does not deny himself on that day must be cut off from his people. Lev 23:29 [kjv]For whatsoever soul it be that shall not be afflicted in that same day, he shall be cut off from among his people. [niv]I will destroy from among his people anyone who does any work on that day. Lev 23:30 [kjv]And whatsoever soul it be that doeth any work in that same day, the same soul will I destroy from among his people. [niv]You shall do no work at all. This is to be a lasting ordinance for the generations to come, wherever you live. Lev 23:31 [kjv]Ye shall do no manner of work: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. [niv]It is a sabbath of rest for you, and you must deny yourselves. From the evening of the ninth day of the month until the following evening you are to observe your sabbath." ( Feast of Tabernacles ) Lev 23:32 [kjv]It shall be unto you a sabbath of rest, and ye shall afflict your souls: in the ninth day of the month at even, from even unto even, shall ye celebrate your sabbath.

Num 29:7 [niv]" 'On the tenth day of this seventh month hold a sacred assembly. You must deny yourselves and do no work. [kjv]And ye shall have on the tenth day of this seventh month an holy convocation; and ye shall afflict your souls: ye shall not do any work therein: [niv]Present as an aroma pleasing to the LORD a burnt offering of one young bull, one ram and seven male lambs a year old, all without defect. Num 29:8 [kjv]But ye shall offer a burnt offering unto the LORD for a sweet savour; one young bullock, one ram, and seven lambs of the first year; they shall be unto you without blemish: [niv]With the bull prepare a grain offering of three-tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil; with the ram, two-tenths; Num 29:9 [kjv]And their meat offering shall be of flour mingled with oil, three tenth deals to a bullock, and two tenth deals to one ram, [niv]and with each of the seven lambs, one-tenth. Num 29:10 [kjv]A several tenth deal for one lamb, throughout the seven lambs: [niv]Include one male goat as a sin offering, in addition to the sin offering for atonement and the regular burnt offering with its grain offering, and their drink offerings. Num 29:11 [kjv]One kid of the goats for a sin offering; beside the sin offering of atonement, and the continual burnt offering, and the meat offering of it, and their drink offerings.

[niv]The LORD spoke to Moses after the death of the two sons of Aaron who died when they approached the LORD . Lev 16:1 [kjv]And the LORD spake unto Moses after the death of the two sons of Aaron, when they offered before the LORD, and died; [niv]The LORD said to Moses: "Tell your brother Aaron not to come whenever he chooses into the Most Holy Place behind the curtain in front of the atonement cover on the ark, or else he will die, because I appear in the cloud over the atonement cover. Lev 16:2 [kjv]And the LORD said unto Moses, Speak unto Aaron thy brother, that he come not at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat, which is upon the ark; that he die not: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat. [niv]"This is how Aaron is to enter the sanctuary area: with a young bull for a sin offering and a ram for a burnt offering. Lev 16:3 [kjv]Thus shall Aaron come into the holy place: with a young bullock for a sin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering. [niv]He is to put on the sacred linen tunic, with linen undergarments next to his body; he is to tie the linen sash around him and put on the linen turban. These are sacred garments; so he must bathe himself with water before he puts them on. Lev 16:4 [kjv]He shall put on the holy linen coat, and he shall have the linen breeches upon his flesh, and shall be girded with a linen girdle, and with the linen mitre shall he be attired: these are holy garments; therefore shall he wash his flesh in water, and so put them on. Lev 16:5 [niv]From the Israelite community he is to take two male goats for a sin offering and a ram for a burnt offering. [kjv]And he shall take of the congregation of the children of Israel two kids of the goats for a sin offering, and one ram for a burnt offering. [niv]"Aaron is to offer the bull for his own sin offering to make atonement for himself and his household. Lev 16:6 [kjv]And Aaron shall offer his bullock of the sin offering, which is for himself, and make an atonement for himself, and for his house. [niv]Then he is to take the two goats and present them before the LORD at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting. Lev 16:7 [kjv]And he shall take the two goats, and present them before the LORD at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. [niv]He is to cast lots for the two goats - one lot for the LORD and the other for the scapegoat. Lev 16:8 [kjv]And Aaron shall cast lots upon the two goats; one lot for the LORD, and the other lot for the scapegoat. [niv]Aaron shall bring the goat whose lot falls to the LORD and sacrifice it for a sin offering. Lev 16:9 [kjv]And Aaron shall bring the goat upon which the LORD's lot fell, and offer him for a sin offering. [niv]But the goat chosen by lot as the scapegoat shall be presented alive before the LORD to be used for making atonement by sending it into the desert as a scapegoat. Lev 16:10 [kjv]But the goat, on which the lot fell to be the scapegoat, shall be presented alive before the LORD, to make an atonement with him, and to let him go for a scapegoat into the wilderness. [niv]"Aaron shall bring the bull for his own sin offering to make atonement for himself and his household, and he is to slaughter the bull for his own sin offering. Lev 16:11 [kjv]And Aaron shall bring the bullock of the sin offering, which is for himself, and shall make an atonement for himself, and for his house, and shall kill the bullock of the sin offering which is for himself: [niv]He is to take a censer full of burning coals from the altar before the LORD and two handfuls of finely ground fragrant incense and take them behind the curtain. Lev 16:12 [kjv]And he shall take a censer full of burning coals of fire from off the altar before the LORD, and his hands full of sweet incense beaten small, and bring it within the vail: [niv]He is to put the incense on the fire before the LORD , and the smoke of the incense will conceal the atonement cover above the Testimony, so that he will not die. Lev 16:13 [kjv]And he shall put the incense upon the fire before the LORD, that the cloud of the incense may cover the mercy seat that is upon the testimony, that he die not: Lev 16:14 [niv]He is to take some of the bull's blood and with his finger sprinkle it on the front of the atonement cover; then he shall sprinkle some of it with his finger seven times before the atonement cover. [kjv]And he shall take of the blood of the bullock, and sprinkle it with his finger upon the mercy seat eastward; and before the mercy seat shall he sprinkle of the blood with his finger seven times. [niv]"He shall then slaughter the goat for the sin offering for the people and take its blood behind the curtain and do with it as he did with the bull's blood: He shall sprinkle it on the atonement cover and in front of it. Lev 16:15 [kjv]Then shall he kill the goat of the sin offering, that is for the people, and bring his blood within the vail, and do with that blood as he did with the blood of the bullock, and sprinkle it upon the mercy seat, and before the mercy seat: [niv]In this way he will make atonement for the Most Holy Place because of the uncleanness and rebellion of the Israelites, whatever their sins have been. He is to do the same for the Tent of Meeting, which is among them in the midst of their uncleanness. Lev 16:16 [kjv]And he shall make an atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and because of their transgressions in all their sins: and so shall he do for the tabernacle of the congregation, that remaineth among them in the midst of their uncleanness. [niv]No one is to be in the Tent of Meeting from the time Aaron goes in to make atonement in the Most Holy Place until he comes out, having made atonement for himself, his household and the whole community of Israel. Lev 16:17 [kjv]And there shall be no man in the tabernacle of the congregation when he goeth in to make an atonement in the holy place, until he come out, and have made an atonement for himself, and for his household, and for all the congregation of Israel. [niv]"Then he shall come out to the altar that is before the LORD and make atonement for it. He shall take some of the bull's blood and some of the goat's blood and put it on all the horns of the altar. Lev 16:18 [kjv]And he shall go out unto the altar that is before the LORD, and make an atonement for it; and shall take of the blood of the bullock, and of the blood of the goat, and put it upon the horns of the altar round about. [niv]He shall sprinkle some of the blood on it with his finger seven times to cleanse it and to consecrate it from the uncleanness of the Israelites. Lev 16:19 [kjv]And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it with his finger seven times, and cleanse it, and hallow it from the uncleanness of the children of Israel. [niv]"When Aaron has finished making atonement for the Most Holy Place, the Tent of Meeting and the altar, he shall bring forward the Lev 16:20 live goat. [kjv]And when he hath made an end of reconciling the holy place, and the tabernacle of the congregation, and the altar, he shall bring the live goat: Lev 16:21 [niv]He is to lay both hands on the head of the live goat and confess over it all the wickedness and rebellion of the Israelites-all their sins- and put them on the goat's head. He shall send the goat away into the desert in the care of a man appointed for the task. [kjv]And Aaron shall lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wilderness: [niv]The goat will carry on itself all their sins to a solitary place; and the man shall release it in the desert. Lev 16:22 [kjv]And the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities unto a land not inhabited: and he shall let go the goat in the wilderness. [niv]"Then Aaron is to go into the Tent of Meeting and take off the linen garments he put on before he entered the Most Holy Place, and he is to leave them there. Lev 16:23 [kjv]And Aaron shall come into the tabernacle of the congregation, and shall put off the linen garments, which he put on when he went into the holy place, and shall leave them there: [niv]He shall bathe himself with water in a holy place and put on his regular garments. Then he shall come out and sacrifice the burnt offering for himself and the burnt offering for the people, to make atonement for himself and for Lev 16:24 the people. [kjv]And he shall wash his flesh with water in the holy place, and put on his garments, and come forth, and offer his burnt offering, and the burnt offering of the people, and make an atonement for himself, and for the people. [niv]He shall also burn the fat of the sin offering on the altar. Lev 16:25 [kjv]And the fat of the sin offering shall he burn upon the altar. [niv]"The man who releases the goat as a scapegoat must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into Lev 16:26 the camp. [kjv]And he that let go the goat for the scapegoat shall wash his clothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward come into the camp. [niv]The bull and the goat for the sin offerings, whose blood was brought into the Most Holy Place to make atonement, must be taken outside the camp; their hides, flesh and offal are to be burned up. Lev 16:27 [kjv]And the bullock for the sin offering, and the goat for the sin offering, whose blood was brought in to make atonement in the holy place, shall one carry forth without the camp; and they shall burn in the fire their skins, and their flesh, and their dung. [niv]The man who burns them must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into the camp. Lev 16:28 [kjv]And he that burneth them shall wash his clothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp. [niv]"This is to be a lasting ordinance for you: On the tenth day of the seventh month you must deny yourselves and not do any work-whether native-born or an alien living among you- Lev 16:29 [kjv]And this shall be a statute for ever unto you: that in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, ye shall afflict your souls, and do no work at all, whether it be one of your own country, or a stranger that sojourneth among you: Lev 16:30 [niv]because on this day atonement will be made for you, to cleanse you. Then, before the LORD , you will be clean from all your sins. [kjv]For on that day shall the priest make an atonement for you, to cleanse you, that ye may be clean from all your sins before the LORD. [niv]It is a sabbath of rest, and you must deny yourselves; it is a lasting ordinance. Lev 16:31 [kjv]It shall be a sabbath of rest unto you, and ye shall afflict your souls, by a statute for ever. [niv]The priest who is anointed and ordained to succeed his father as high priest is to make atonement. He is to put on the sacred linen garments Lev 16:32 [kjv]And the priest, whom he shall anoint, and whom he shall consecrate to minister in the priest's office in his father's stead, shall make the atonement, and shall put on the linen clothes, even the holy garments: [niv]and make atonement for the Most Holy Place, for the Tent of Meeting and the altar, and for the priests and all the people of the community. Lev 16:33 [kjv]And he shall make an atonement for the holy sanctuary, and he shall make an atonement for the tabernacle of the congregation, and for the altar, and he shall make an atonement for the priests, and for all the people of the congregation. [niv]"This is to be a lasting ordinance for you: Atonement is to be made once a year for all the sins of the Israelites." And it was done, as the LORD commanded Moses. Lev 16:34 [kjv]And this shall be an everlasting statute unto you, to make an atonement for the children of Israel for all their sins once a year. And he did as the LORD commanded Moses.

Capturing the essence of the meaning of the Day of Atonement, we can see blame sharing or guilt-sharing. The priest and the people have to admit their own sins and seek forgiveness. And… and this is what we need to realize… the goat Azazel or scapegoat stands for Satan who will also receive his part of the blame… and his ‘penalty’ which is banishment which the book of Revelation decodes as 1,000-year imprisonment:

[niv]And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, having the key to the Abyss and holding in his hand a great chain. Rev 20:1 [kjv]And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. [niv]He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil, or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. Rev 20:2 [kjv]And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, [niv]He threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over him, to keep Rev 20:3 him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended…

So, blame sharing, not blame evading. When you evade your own share of the blame, chances are you will ascribe it to others. This is called buck passing or accusing others of what is actually your own fault.

Also, people busy themselves accusing or faultfinding others, in the hope that the judges or people will not find the time to scrutinize them! This is wrong and faulty assumption, because the more you blame or accuse others, the more you provoke them to retaliate, that is, find fault with you!

So, there is terrible error in our Catholic thinking.

The truth is: It is in self-admitting, and other-forgiving that we find people, including our former accusing, coming to understand and forgive us, and help us, instead of prosecute us.

ATONEMENT, therefore, is intended to be AT-ONE-MENT, or RECONCILIATION OF ALL.

Including Satan or Lucifer?

Yes.

Lucifer’s banishment or punishment is not meant to be the endless forever. It is only for 1,000 years.

[niv]He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil, or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. Rev 20:2 [kjv]And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, [niv]He threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over him, to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. After that, he must be set free for a short time. Rev 20:3 [kjv]And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.

What if he will not repent during or at the end this coming 1,000 years?

[niv]When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison Rev 20:7 [kjv]And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, Rev 20:8 [niv]and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth-- Gog and Magog--to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. [kjv]And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea. [niv]They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God's people, the city he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them. Rev 20:9 [kjv]And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them. [niv]And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night for ever and ever. Rev 20:10 [kjv]And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.

Does this mean that Lucifer or Satan will no longer have another second chance?

It seems according to what the book of Revelation states, but the Father’s love is far greater than we know.

Verse 20 can be a long forever but will still have its end, meaning: repentance and forgiveness for Lucifer may still be possible?

For as one Scripture says,

8. "And I said: 'Do whatever you can, but bear in mind the magnitude of God's wrath! For I was great and have come to nothing So bear in mind even if you should be greater than I have been - that God is eternal and infinite and full of flaming wrath!'

9. "And the being replied: 'Have you never measured also the love in God? - Behold, great as the floods of wrath may be, His love reaches to the point where the deep streams of wrath are exhausted forever under the endless brink of infinity, where a second infinity begins.' Source: The Household of God, volume 1, chapter 40 www.franky1.com

No one can fathom God’s mercy. As the verse above says, it lasts longer than His wrath, and that long His wrath may be, longer will His mercy be!

Like a father who gets angry, no matter how long that anger be, yet, it still ends, and when it ends, his mercy begins. In short, in the end, mercy will prevail.

What is nice to know is this: While anger or wrath goes on, love-mercy tempers it.

That too is who and what the heavenly Father is, the only difference is that His love is more perfect and more profound.

So, we cannot precisely tell Lucifer’s final fate; it will depend on his humility. But we are assured that the Father’s love for him is infinite. So, it can be: he will remain alive though he will remain rebellious. The Father will not annihilate him – for he cannot do that to His son.

Let everyone begin to fathom the depth of the Father’s love. Let everyone begin to be educated about the great Love of the Father.

***

So, where does this lead us?

Let all teachers abandon the un-enlightened camp of the Illuminati- Jesuits and go to the Teacher whose textbooks are now published in www.franky1.com so the new teaching will begin.

Let the drugging and chemicalling of the children to dumb them down be stopped.

***

Who are the Illuminati?

How the Illuminati control and manipulate our education to dumb us down including the use of music, TV, drugs, etc. How to join in the ascension to higher density/dimension?

15. I need to backtrack for a moment – Earth’s desire to be the world she wants preceded yours. She asked for the assistance of other civilizations so she could leave the darkness of third density, and their immediate and continuous help has assured her ascension into fifth density, where the low frequencies of darkness cannot exist. Now, even though all of you are there because your request to participate in this unprecedented time in the universe was honored; and even if the longevity clause in your soul contract would permit you to physically go along with Earth, you need a “travel ticket.” Getting it is as easy as choosing to live in godly ways and opening your minds to the universal truths as they emerge. About Dimension or Density

16. “What happened to the fourth dimension?” The more correct word is density, but still there is no mystery here. Usually we speak of Earth ascending into fifth density because that is her destination, but she will travel through fourth on her journey.Because density has two applications, I believe an explanation about this will be helpful. First, density differentiates the energy makeup of the universe, with progressively higher frequencies prevailing in the higher numbered densities – your calculations of distance, like linear time, have nothing whatsoever to do with the reality of the universal continuum. The other application of density refers to the spiritual growthsouls have attained. In this moment, the spiritual status of Earth’s residents and some who transitioned to the spirit world in the past decade or so, ranges from first density to seventh, according to the conscious choices each is making in this lifetime or made in the immediate past lifetime. First and second densities indicate de- evolution and seventh is the attainment of some souls who came from other star nations to assist you in the spiritual renewal and world transformation underway. They conspired to enslave and dumb us at DNA level!

17. Yes, in fifth density you will have bodies, you won’t be “light beings without form.” This is an excellent question as it begs clarification of how your current bodies can function along Earth’s ascension pathway. Souls that absorb the light, which is constantly available to all, are changing at cellular level from carbon-based third density bodies to crystalline-based bodies that can survive in the higher frequencies. Eons back in your time, darkly-inclined souls altered human DNA to reduce the amount of light in bodies. That allowed them to install patterning for physical weakness, illness, aging, death, and severely decreased capacity for intelligence and spiritual clarity.Those limitations are being reversed by the ever-increasing intensity of light in bodies that are absorbing it. Actually, your “travel ticket” is the absorption of light that comes automatically with living in godly ways. 18. Please understand that this clarification pertains only to bodies, not to souls. Each infant, whether perfect in form and brain power or with flawed physical make-up or what you call “mental retardation,” is born with a lighted soul, or the Christ consciousness, and full awareness of pre-birth choices. That soul level awareness remains in the most severely “mentally retarded”; and in people with healthier brains, the awareness recedes with adaptation to functioning in a dense body and external influences such as parental training, peer pressure, academic and religious teachings and societal philosophies. Spiritual growth is removing self from external influences and “going within” so messages from the soul can reach consciousness. The Illuminati controls our educational system to limit our learning – read: dumb us down!

19. This is a good place to address the plaint from an educator, which I have summarized: “Why don’t students think, reason and use common sense?” The self-serving unenlightened ones who nevertheless chose the name “Illuminati” control the educational systems and produce textbooks and other teaching materials. They want schools and society to produce automatons who don’t ask questions but rather think and perform as taught. Their control extends to providing diversion such as TV programming, advertising, emphasis on sports and elimination of the arts, violent games and raucous “music” contained within handheld instruments, gaming arcades, pornography on the Internet. In combination, these darkly- contrived methods have been successful in “dumbing down” many young people, but along with positive developments in other aspects of your world, this situation is changing too. 20. Many teachers are “seeing the light” and inspiring students to develop their minds and talents and skills. Souls are being born in bodies with the enhanced DNA of crystalline cellular structure and are rightfully referred to as Crystal Children. Others with increased intellectual capacity, spiritual clarity and aspirations came in the two generations before the Crystals and are known as Indigos. Sadly, in many cases these youngsters were considered abnormal, treated harshly and drugged into submission – once again, through the manipulation of dark ones who convinced unsuspecting counselors and parents that these exceptional children must conform to the “norm.” As knowledge about Crystal and Indigo individuals is spreading, some of the older ones are becoming aware of their greater potential and making life changes accordingly; parents are recognizing their young children as gifted and wisely treating them as such; the use of drugs to keep children with extraordinarily active minds in a stupor is lessening; and, indicating awareness of the beneficial influence of fine music, the numbers of youth choirs and orchestras are growing. 21. Along with our honoring the Crystal and Indigo souls, I want to say as well that labels can keep feelings of separation alive and kicking. Of course names are necessary for identification, but labeling social orders, governing styles, political parties, religions, races, cultures, professional positions and philosophies with the intent to emphasize differences vs. similarities, separateness vs. unity, superiority vs. equality, or competition vs. cooperation is another dark ploy to create divisiveness among you and keep far from your minds that Oneness of All is the universal truth.

• Message from Matthew, December 21, 2008

ILLUMINATI – MAJOR CAUSE OF WORLD MESS “The horrendous mess there is due to centuries of governments being run or heavily influenced by the dark minds and hearts of the Illuminati. How could we explain factual history and current events without mentioning that the foremost cause of suffering is political policies on a global scale? How could we tell you about the reforms underway if we didn't tell you the truth about what has been and still is going on behind the public political scenarios? “How could we encourage you to stay the light course and out of fear if we didn't tell you that souls experienced in wise and just leadership will replace political incumbents whose essence is of dark proclivity?” July 27, 2008 Message from Matthew

Illuminati & the Culture of Greed– from USA to everywhere

16. The culture of acquiring more, bigger, newer certainly is not limited to people in the United States, but they are pummeled with advertisements and the implication that it is their responsibility to buy so as to get the economy moving. That cannot work for them or anyone else any longer. The collective consciousness is moving away from the illusion that monetary wealth, possessions and social status are measurements of success. 17. Just as the Acquisition Culture isn’t limited to the United States, neither are the Illuminati’s activities, as so recently proven in Japan. However, the US has been their base of international operations, which includes creating the perception that the United States is a kind of utopia – the strongest and richest country of all, the model of true democracy in accordance with voters’ wishes and with altruistic motives in intervening in the affairs of other nations. This not to say that the citizenry is complicit or that the government does no good for them or anyone else in the world; it is that the illusion of utopian life, rule by the people and for the people, and pure altruism is fading fast, as well it should. Obama facing great opposition

18. A few months ago Hatonn spoke with great passion about the powerful opposition President Obama is dealing with and the need for your supportive thoughts and prayers for him and his family. Still, my mother is besieged with emails asking why the president is taking one action or another that maintains or worsens the very situations he was elected to remedy. The questioners, who may be attributing more authority to the office than the constitution does, are not recognizing that this government has long been the Illuminati’s bastion and their purpose in creating the misconception about the country. Their hold on many members of Congress still is strong, and only after that control ends will Obama be able to guide his administration toward national reforms and the peaceful world he is dedicated to achieving. 19. Meanwhile in that country, citizens and elected officials in some states are fighting changes that dilute or eliminate some employment benefits. This heated opposition exemplifies the duality that polarizes philosophical stances and those get played out in the political arena. This is not limited to the United States, of course – the duality affects all countries where there’s a semblance of civil governing and growing dissatisfaction among the governed. Thus, worldwide many profound changes and challenges are ahead.

• March 12, 2011 Matthew message • www.matthewbooks.com

Illuminati control of oil is almost over Happening in the Arab world: The day of dictator and Illuminati cuddling of dictator to exploit the Earth’s and destroy her through fossil fuel is over!

13. The second situation of major significance we wish to address is what is happening in the Arab world. In what appears to be freedom contagion, if you will, the peoples who have been long-oppressed by despotic rulers or dynasties are responding to the intensifying light that is illuminating their lives as changeable and is emboldening them to wield “people power.” Again, this is part of the acceleration that is affecting everything in the universe, and those reactions are keeping pace. There will be much bloodshed before the peoples in all countries are free, but triumph they shall. 14. We are aware of the conflicting opinions about the US-led coalition of military forces in Libya. What we see is a glorious U-turn in the attitude of national leaders intervening in the affairs of another country: For the first time in your history, intervention is not for a purely selfish purpose, but a noble one – to assist people who are fighting for their freedom. Without this assistance, many more Libyans would be slaughtered by the dictator whose conscience along with his mental capacity was destroyed long ago. 15. The day of dictators is over and so is the day of supporting those dictators for self-serving reasons. The day of exploiting Earth’s resources without regard for environmental destruction is over, as is the day of the wealth of the world in the hands of a few. Everything based in darkness is swiftly coming to an end.

• March 25, 2011 Matthew message

• www.matthewbooks.com

• www.franky1.com

Illuminati in panic!

4. “Hold firm these blissful visions and sensations in your minds and hearts as you deal with the situations confronting you. In stark contrast to the idyllic scenes and emotions of the Golden Age on your horizon, Earth’s energy field of potential is teeming with combative activity. It is conclusive that the light is victorious, but the tenacious energy streamers of darkness still are struggling to survive. As the power of the ones influenced by the darkness keeps waning, their desperate foundering grows and so does their perniciousness. For a while longer you will see this in a number of ways, including an assortment of grave pronouncements and “leaked” plans, all intended to fill you with fear. Oh yes, dark plans do indeed exist, but they will not reach fruition! So recognize them for what they are – the flailing of souls intensely fear-filled themselves because they know their long era of keeping Earth’s people locked in violence, deception and ignorance is over. The dark ones are panicking as they see their numbers dwindling, the futility of their attempts to keep hidden their history of manipulating all life on the planet, and their efforts to retain control thwarted again and again by the ever-increasing light of the higher frequencies Earth has reached in her steady ascension course. 5. The frequencies now prevailing are raising consciousness on a global scale. The rebelling against oppressive forces and the rallying for peace are mounting. So are efforts to end starvation and genocide, impoverishment and inhumane laws; actions are intensifying to stop environmental destruction and to protect the animal and plant kingdoms. In short, you are following your pre-birth chosen missions to help Earth’s peoples rise above third density mentality, activities and consequences, and by your steadfastness within the light forces, you are succeeding!

Quoted from the March 23, 2008 Message from Matthew www.matthewbooks.com

Illuminati knows how to create earthquake, tsunamis, etc.

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew to speak about two especially significant situations in your world. Because your perspective is limited to personal observation and media reports, we want to give you the encouraging news as seen from our higher vantage point. All happenings are within the universal acceleration mode that we have been telling you would cause changes to come thick and fast, and all that seems to be in turmoil in this moment will lead to the emergence of truths and the implementation of reforms. 2. To give an example of a long-hidden truth that has come forth to some extent, not long ago most people on Earth would have found it difficult to believe that a few scientists have been causing the tremendously destructive earthquakes, severe storms and flooding. Now your Internet is teeming with information about what manmade technology can cause and has caused, and while the public at large may not yet know this, in time they will. 3. Let us first speak about what Japan is dealing with. We know some lightworkers feel that our off-planet brothers and sisters need to step in and control the radiation situation that has the potential to create untold numbers of casualties and environmental damage globally. In our previous message we told you that our space family is reducing to the extent possible the radiation levels, and in other messages we have stated that crews cannot land en masse until safety can be assured for you and them, and at this point, it cannot. So assistance at the nuclear facility cannot come in a large public way; however, action has been taken. 4. At the request of various persons, my mother has been in touch with me and other sources, and I have asked her to share with you what she has been told. 5. [Suzy: This is an excerpt from my March 18 email to Hannah Beaconfield, who channels the Pleiadian Light.] Three nights ago I had a call from Gen, the Japanese translator, thanking me for Matthew's message and asking if he had given me any more recent information. Matthew told me "they" had heard that some ETs would land and help reduce the radiation situation, but that information hadn't been verified. The next day was crazy so it was very late when I asked God if he knew what Matthew had told me. He said yes, and he could verify it. A small ship had landed about a mile from the nuclear facility and the crew was using their technological equipment in conjunction with more extensive equipment in ships overhead; no one at the facility would know the crew was on the ground. I relayed that to Gen and this morning he wrote: Somehow the radiation leakage from those reactors has been suppressed miraculously under critical level. I believe ETs' efforts are being manifested. There have also been video reports showing small UFOs flying at the sites. 6. [The following is from my March 25 email to Jean Hudon, who publishes EarthRainbowNetwork.] Jean, I thought you'd be interested in the video I just watched and what Hatonn gave me to tell Gen, who sent me the link. He and his family went to Okinawa, where they set up an organization to provide housing for Japanese who lost their homes, and now they are in Hawaii. "Hatonn here. Do not give up hope about your homeland! Discussions at the highest levels of the universal council are going on as to dismantling that grid system, what the counter effects may be with our various technologies. It's not a matter of if, but how we shall prevent more destruction to the planet by that diabolical means." Hatonn said there's no time line on this, but we'll know because future quakes or eruptions will be fewer and milder – most of the negativity that Earth had to release already has been. He said that's the paradox about that particular use of HAARP – it's intended to create massive amounts of negativity but has been releasing much more than it creates. 7. [The following excerpt is from my email later in the day to a friend who asked if I knew anything more about ET assistance.] Hatonn just told me that the Illuminati know of our space family's interference because intended destruction hasn't happened. Apparently they suspected that but it was conclusive when that hurricane weakened over the ocean, then turned and went north instead of hitting the US mainland, which wasn't at all what the Illuminati had designed. He said that technologies to initiate earthquakes and weather manipulation have been refined and intensified over the years. Major storms used to be produced by one system and quakes by another, but because of ET interference, the Illuminati scientists started using a combination of technologies, like back-ups in case one system isn't as effective as they want, but also to make it more difficult for ET technologies to interfere with all of the energy sources simultaneously. He said that in Japan, one of HAARP's several capacities in various locations has been used in conjunction with developments from Tesla's inventions and discoveries to produce destruction from above and below Earth's surface. Even with ETs’ advanced technologies it's not a simple matter to dismantle all of the Illuminati's equipment without interrupting essential power and communication sources that serve us, not only the Illuminati. That's why discussions are going on at the highest levels of the universal council as to the best way to proceed.

______Thank you, Mother. 8. There are indeed unsafe levels of radiation in plants, water and air near the facility and lower levels elsewhere in that country; all those levels would be far higher without our space family’s assistance on and off-planet that has greatly reduced the radioactivity at the facility. 9. We honor the courage of the Japanese workers at the site whose prolonged proximity to radiation will result in death or severe illness. Those who make transition to Nirvana will be greeted by throngs shouting Bravo and given whatever personalized care is needed, and their bravery will be recognized as well by leaps in their soul evolvement. As for the workers who are less sickened, if their soul contracts call for a lifetime of many years, their bodies can heal as Earth continues her ascension toward vibratory levels where no disease exists. 10. In our previous message, we stated that all persons who perished in the quake and tsunami received exactly the customized care they needed. It would give a measure of comfort to their families if they could know that their beloved souls are joyful in their active lives in spirit and are beaming light to uplift their countrymen. 11. Now then, your space family’s assistance in regard to this nuclear situation can go only so far because it is not their world, it is yours, and you should take strong action to assure that nuclear power is eliminated as a principal energy source. There must be a global demand for no new reactors to be built, for those in the construction stage to be stopped, and those in active service to be shut down. Nuclear power at your stage of development has been risky from the beginning, yet it proliferated because it is very profitable to the few whose greed far exceeds safety interests. 12. When crews can land in great numbers, they will bring their technology to dematerialize all nuclear waste and to eliminate all radioactive pollutants in air, water and soil, and they will work with you to purify and rejuvenate your planet.

Message from Matthew Ward – March 25, 2011 www.matthewbooks.com www.franky1.com

ILLUMINATI POWER WEAKENING

Stock market – means to wealth of the Illuminati; Illuminati losing control of Stock Market

2. Stock markets’ two wild weeks is because the Illuminati no longer can control them, one means whereby they have amassed unimaginable fortunes. Their manipulations still have some impact on transactions as prices rebound in one country or another before plunging, then rising again, but it won’t be long before their former stranglehold is removed totally and a new basis for banking and commerce can begin operating. Media empire of the Illuminati falling

3. The exposure of Rupert Murdoch’s media empire’s influence in government circles and underhanded methods of obtaining information will lead to breaking the back of this kind of mass mind programming. Through lies, distortions and strategic omissions in mainstream media reporting, the Illuminati have been publishing or airing only the information they want you to know and think about – they, just as you, know the power of thoughts.

August 11, 2011 Matthew Ward message The road toward 2012 bumpy; Illuminati strives to keep their evildoings hidden

13. We have alerted you that there would be bumps in the road in these last stages of world transformation as everything based in darkness is brought to light, as systems immersed in corruption and deception fall irremediably and new systems devised by individuals with wisdom and spiritual and moral integrity are instituted. Also we have told you that the Illuminati have managed to keep hidden the truths that let them become so powerful, and this has prevented disclosing those truths and initiating reforms slowly so people can more easily assimilate them.The multitude of revelations and profound changes that will be emerging before Earth enters fourth density at the end of your year 2012 means that bumps are going to come faster than many people can easily handle. You can! All of you have the innate strength

14. You can! Along with experience in overcoming obstacles in this lifetime, your innate wisdom and the readiness spiritually, emotionally and psychically of collective lifetimes have prepared you to successfully manage whatever upheavals you may encounter. The many who still have not awakened don’t know that they also have this fortification, perhaps to a lesser extent than you, but they wouldn’t be on Earth if they were not equipped to handle adversity – helping to triumph over adversity is why they chose to be there! But in their slumbering state, they are letting their intuition lie dormant too, and they won’t understand that the disclosures and reforms that will be coming rapidly are final steps leading to Earth’s Golden Age, and they will be fearful. Fear is what will make their road bumpy, but they won’t understand that either.

August 11, 2011 Matthew Ward message Illuminati’s can no longer suppress free energy; HAARP will stop

29. The Illuminati’s long-time suppression of free energy developments will end within months and so will their use of HAARP to the detriment of humankind and the planet. 30. Current wireless communication instruments that are harmful to brains will not operate in higher vibratory planes, and harmless instruments with the same capabilities and more will become available. Don’t be afraid: myriads of helpers are here- there!

44. In addition to the light steadfastly beamed from lighted souls in spirit worlds and physical civilizations, technological help from crews in thousands of ships in your skies, and the beneficial influence of your universal family members who are living among you, you are surrounded by unseen helpers: your guardian angels or gatekeepers and the angels who reinforce their efforts when needed; angels in lower realms who embody briefly to guide and protect; spirit guides, whose specialized experience often is the difference between your being stumped about something and later, suddenly “getting it”; and the Nature people – the various kinds of souls that you call the Devic kingdom – who may help you find misplaced car keys or earrings– that they mischievously hide things is a fallacy – or nudge a reminder about something you had meant to do, but forgot. These myriad souls, all emissaries of God, are ever- present helpers. Go on with Love unconditional!

45. Continue your journey joyously knowing that you are Oneness in the Christed light, the infinite, eternal unconditional love essence of Creator wherein all souls have their Beginning.

August 11, 2011 Matthew Ward message Illuminati falling!

2. The Illuminati do understand and they are not handling the changes at all well. It is as if they are on a roller coaster that once had powerful highs with few mild dips and now the ride is bunched up wobbly lows. Because the makeup of dark hearts and minds is fear, they need fear to sustain themselves – it is their fuel and they know it is running low. Instead of dwelling on fearful feelings, many people are being stalwart, innovative and ingenious as they deal with difficult circumstances; they are bartering goods and services, sharing resources and residences, or receiving other types of assistance. The caring of the helpers and the gratitude of the receivers is generating brilliant light. 3. As for the Illuminati, compared to their former iron grasp on the global economy, they have but an iota of maneuvering capability left. All of their major terrorism attempts since “9/11” have failed. Members and their minions are defecting from the ranks. Although they still have the ability to manipulate weather and originate earthquakes, their intended massive death toll and devastation consistently is lessened by spaceship crews and their technology. The focus on peace keeps growing worldwide and weary troops have no more will to fight. Demands for alternative energy sources to oil and nuclear power are gaining strength much to the dismay of the Illuminati, who profit handsomely from those power sources. And worst of all for the dark ones, their eternal nemesis, light, keeps intensifying. 4. To cling to the fragile remnants of their former control, they have to refuel themselves, and disseminating fear-filled information is one means left to them. Unfortunately for the unwary, in this the Illuminati are masterful. They still have enough media control to assure that on the tenth anniversary of “9/11,” you will be inundated with photos of planes hitting the towers and other pictures along with sorrowful stories, all strategically selected to spike emotions of anger and revenge to keep violence going, and, predictably, they are circulating reports of possible terrorist attacks on September 11. To conquer the Illuminati faster, concentrate in conquering fear

5. You know the importance of discernment about all information in mainstream media, Internet reports and telepathic transmissions, and whenever the opportunity arises, please alert people to the purpose of widely publicized information based in negativity. The faster fear is quelled, the sooner the recalcitrant Illuminati will have no choice but to accept that the long era of their self-serving systems is over. 6. Not only have their one-time firmly entrenched strongholds been dislodged, but they have been told that their end is inevitable. Individuals from highly advanced civilizations, who appear in their natural forms so there can be no mistake whatsoever of their identity and reason for being on the planet, have advised them of the consequences if they continue refusing to cooperate with the light forces. Still, no one in the light is underestimating the tenacity and ability of the Illuminati to create havoc for a while longer. Because greed and lust for power are so deeply inculcated in the darkest of the dark, they still are in denial that their efforts to hang on will be futile.

• For millennia the Illuminati and their forebears have adversely impacted every aspect of life on Earth. • Some of the most powerful individuals on the planet have been cloned by the Illuminati, sometimes against the person’s will; in the case of death or replacing the live person with the clone, the continuity of those influential positions is preserved.

September 9, 2011 Matthew Ward

Message from the Trees ****************** Fires Set off in California is Ecoterrorism “Greetings our brothers and sisters dwelling under the shade of our leaves and boughs of our branches. We are the Tree People, standing on your land-forms in all our majesty and grace. We sing to you through our branches and leaves, hoping the tune will 'catch you' and you will feel our essences and rejoice in our contact. “We will talk to you now about the fires in the state of California, and the smoke shrouding your Mountain in Mt. Shasta, and covering you with soot and ashes and particles unhealthy to breathe. “These fires were targeted and set off by your secret government [known as Illuminati] who are using Nature to burn our lives and pollute the air with our smoke to make you sick so that they can reduce the population through sickness and better control your lives through fear. It is the most 'smart' weapon they now have available, with the technology back-engineered from fallen space craft and given to them by the unholy negative extraterrestrials. “They knew exactly where the lightning strikes would hit, because they themselves precisely targeted the locations and then detonated the lightning charges. It is quite simple, and they have excelled in this kind of warfare, using all the forces of Nature and making it appear as if it is Nature herself who is responsible for this. “Yes, Nature herself is creating some disasters in response to the disequilibrium in her body caused by humanity's total disregard for her life. But, we must say this, that most of these earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, droughts, volcano eruptions, winds, hurricanes, tornadoes, fires – you name it – are now being deliberately caused by your governments to solve their problem of having too many of you on the surface, because too many people are too hard to control. The less people they have to control, the more they can put you into servitude to themselves – and this is their ultimate goal: to own you and to own the Earth. “We Trees stand here and watch it all unfold. We try to make contact with you, but you turn a deaf ear and blind eye to us, and ignore us as we stand silently right by your very side. We are here as your bastions of strength, your warriors in disguise, who when aligned with us can overthrow the tyranny of these dark ones by our combined strength and wisdom. “All the Forces of Nature are on your side, if you will but align with our consciousness and stand solidly with us to disarm them. We do this through our combined consciousnesses – for when we combine our consciousness, our Light exponentially magnifies and accelerates at speeds beyond your current imaginations – and the Light when exponentially magnified increases its Light Quotient which can disarm and neutralize and quell all negativity on Earth, leaving not only humanity, but all life-forms free to evolve as we were always meant to. “Do you see why it is so important to connect with us? You have heard of the term 'divide and conquer"? Well, this tactic is obvious here in the Nature realm, and the darkness knows this tactic so well. They have divided us, by separating us because of our different forms. Well, now you are onto their game, and it is not so difficult to figure it out, is it? Just unite with us, and we can be a force so great that even their best strategists would not know what to do, and would give up in alarm and flee their posts. You know this phrase well: 'united we stand, divided we fall.' “So stand with us in our strength, and we will carry you to Freedom. All other life forms are connected with us, as we are connected with all, except you humans who up until now have wanted no part of the rest of God's Creation. But since you are also part of God's Creation, why not join forces with all of us, not just our Tree People, but all of Nature's Creations, all of Nature's Life Forms, and lend your consciousness to all of ours, and we will be able to surmount and overcome all tyranny everywhere on Earth. “We invite you, our human brothers and sisters, to be part of the solution, not part of the problem. Separation is part of the problem – actually, separation is the whole problem, and none of this would have occurred had you not separated yourselves from each other and from us. Then you could not have been fooled and deceived, because you would have had access through our combined group consciousnesses to know the truth of what is happening before it got so out of control. Now your life is controlled, rather than your controlling your life. “We are the Tree People, but we speak on behalf all other life forms stationed on your surface. We wish you a good day.” Received through Dianne Robbins www.DianneRobbins.com

Comment from Matthew:

“I wish to add a comment to their statement ‘Now your life is controlled, rather than your controlling your life’: Please hold foremost in your thoughts that your embracing, anchoring and radiating the power of the light is rapidly changing this situation!” www.matthewbooks.com

Illuminati vs NESARA, the very foundation of Earth’s Golden Age 16. Most questions about money pertain to NESARA, an acronym for National Economic Security and Reformation Act, and here I have a great deal to say. There are serious misperceptions about this cooperative venture between on- and off-planet souls, and clarification is called for. Succinctly stated, NESARA is the very foundation of Earth’s Golden Age. Matthew: “Change has to be done by you, only suggested and guided by us.” Believing that prior to birth you chose to help create something as wondrous as a world of love, peace and harmony requires an enormous leap in consciousness and spiritual clarity. Enlightenment in such huge measure cannot be imagined in third density, and by universal law, it cannot be imposed; so the thought of specific reforms had to be “seeded” in your consciousness in a way that could be understood, and it was introduced in the form of US legislation at the appropriate time in this evolutionary process of unprecedented magnitude and speed. So engage your mind and heart, my friends and brothers! Push NESARA! 17. Although the participation of every person on Earth and countless off- planet souls in spirit worlds and physical civilizations is known by all at soul level, it is conscious thoughts about a desired result that produce it. Because Earth is your current homeland, the energy of your thoughts about the legislation's stated reforms was necessary to initiate action on the planet that would manifest the worldwide reformation and spiritual renewal that is the purpose of NESARA. 18. Now then, back to the legislation itself. When it was written, the US president and his closest advisers were Illuminati members or under that “umbrella” group’s control. One provision of the Act calls for their immediate resignations upon the televised announcement of the legislation’s enactment, and a related provision provides for that announcement. Neither of those provisions is applicable now. The incumbent president is one of the principals in the Golden Age master plan that has its basis in NESARA; and Illuminati interference prevented the requisite legal compliance within the timeframe covering those resignations. When that window of opportunity expired, another route leading to the same ultimate goal in the same timeframe was undertaken, and developments along this route have been steadily proceeding ever since. 19. Other misperceptions about NESARA pertain to its economic provisions. Some believe that shortly after the announcement a huge sum will be distributed to every person in your world. Others believe that individuals who paid small amounts into private investment programs will receive handsome returns when that Act is formally announced. And there are those who believe that with NESARA’s announcement, all mortgage and credit card balances will be wiped clean. That there will be no such announcement is not the reason that those beliefs will not be realized as understood. Always the intention of NESARA has been to end the unconscionable disparity between the world’s wealthiest and the impoverished masses, and to abolish the unfair taxation and usurious interest rates that have kept many millions with “nose to the grindstone” just to eke out a living. The vast fortunes immorally and illegally amassed by various Illuminati members and institutions they control will be recovered and distributed on a global basis to the neediest among you, the billions who have been the most exploited and ignored by the greediest; and fair taxation and lending rates will replace the current ones until you reach the consciousness level where money no longer is an issue at all. 20. We honor the good intent of individuals who share what they believe to be true so as to enlighten and give hope, and without judging them when they err in evaluating information or may not receive it clearly, we say that at times they pass on incorrect information along with the accurate. This is one reason we repeatedly have urged you to develop discernment and heed intuition – quiet the mind and listen with the heart, the seat of the soul wherein all truth is known.

• May 26, 2009 Message from Matthew Ward, from his Nirvana station

• www.matthewbooks.com

INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPT

2011 findings on HOW THEY HAVE BEEN POISONING OUR FRESH DRINKING WATERS?

Transcription of A Special Interview with Jeff Green

By Dr. Mercola Source: www.mercola.com

For (spiritual) protection: www.franky1.com

DM: Dr. Joseph Mercola

JG: Jeff Green

Alternative titles to this article:

POISONING OF THE FRESH WATER IN AMERICA WITH FLUORIDE ET.AL.

How dangerous is our drinking water?

Plague # 3: Cursed (poisoned fresh water) --How they poisoned (not just polluted) our drinking water?

How harmful is the aluminum and chemical fertilizer industry?

How evil is this beast US government and her tentacle Philippine government, et. al.?

How evil is business? That’s why both government and business will fall – Revelation 18!

SUMMARY OF THE WHOLE ARTICLE:

How dangerous is our drinking water? It has become the safe hiding (read: the only best disposal) place to throw toxins from industries like aluminum, fertilizer, etc.

INTERVIEW PROPER:

Introduction:

DM: Welcome everyone. This is Dr. Mercola. Today, I am here with Jeff Green who is an activist in the movement to eliminate a toxic poison from your water supply and most you know that poison would be fluoride. Welcome Jeff. JG: Thank you. I appreciate being here.

DM: Why don’t you let us know what your history is with this fluoride opposition movement and how you came to this position and what brought you to your level of activism that you have been involved with now for 15 years or so.

JG: My history is I have been a management consultant for health professionals. I had some 400 dentists as clients. I have had a previous history of networking with dentists as far back 1984. They would still use mercury amalgams. So it kind of changed my life as to how I saw that. It happened to be in 1995 that the State Legislature in California circumvented all the local decisions that have been made more than a hundred by the way in California.

DM: Local communities in California that have decided to…

JG: That had actually rejected fluoridation.

DM: And they had it removed from the water supply or in the process?

JG: Actually, they never put it in – it was one of the most lightly fluoridated areas – by large margins and some of them repeatedly – the municipalities. So they went to the State Legislature where they took about 20 years in preparation.

DM: Who is they?

Legislative Lobby Group

JG: It’s interesting it actually had some people from the Scripps newspaper to up the money to begin with to finance a way to be able to eventually change the legislature or direct the legislature. They took some almost 10 years of preparing for all that and then bragged about the fact at how they were able to slam it through the legislature.

The state legislature in California actually came up with at that time I thought it was a pretty strong mandate that everybody had to fluoridate. As it turned out it was conditional. It wasn’t quite the mandate that we thought it was.

DM: That’s a pretty strong effort of resources and time to commit to.

JG: Yes.

DM: What do you believe was responsible for the orchestration of that effort to essentially mandate fluoridation throughout the entire State of California?

Who were responsible for the fluoridation of the entire state of California?

JG: Well, the whys become a big problem. In fact those are variables because everybody doesn’t fit on the same page for a part of that. Obviously the dental community in terms of what we call the trade association – The American Dental Association has pushed it all across the entire United States. But the real culprit if you want to call it that is the U.S. public health service has actually done everything possible that they can do to make certain that the health departments of every county and every county in the entire United States is pushing the project basically.

Why the push for fluoridation of water in America?

First source of fluoride: Manhattan Bomb Project

If you go back especially if you read some of the books and some of the information that came from the declassified documents that happened from back during the Manhattan Project you see that the primary proper motivation from the very beginning was liability protection. It may still be part of it but it has become such a strong process right now that it doesn’t make any difference what evidence was placed in front of it. There is just a big push for it.

Summary: The cause or reason: To protect the men doing the Manhattan Project from any future health liability that its fluoride and uranium waste may cause in the future. Ayl.

DM: So when you mentioned liability protection what were you referring to?

JG: During the time that the Manhattan Project, most people don’t realize that the magical element that was able to make the bomb basically was uranium hexafluoride. It was actually this special aspect that allowed them to separate the uranium isotopes to make the bomb. At that time, they didn’t know how powerful this was going to be and so they went in to high production creating fluoride that was coming out of the top of at that time what they are allowed to be able to come out the top of smoke stacks that wiped out herds of cattle. They wiped out orchards. They wiped out actually etched glass in schools that were literally miles away with no intent of slowing or stopping even if it hurt anybody at all.

Summary: Fluoride needed to extract uranium. Uranium for making bomb.

Who were in charge of the Manhattan Bomb Project?

DM: This was the people in charge of the Manhattan…?

JG: Manhattan Project. DM: (indiscernible 5:44) Department of Defense I would assume and military contractors who were (indiscernible 5:49).

JG: There were but at that particular time there was one man by the name of Harold Hodge who basically has gotten the title by some people of kind of a mass murderer if you think about it because he basically was willing to go out and he was the one that actually coined the phrase, that it’s safe and it’s effective and it cuts across all economic lines. So those same words are the same words that have been used since the 1940s.

Project Manhattan was to make bomb using Uranium which could be extracted using fluoride

DM: Help us understand this. There was this massive effort to produce nuclear weapons at the end…

JG: Even before they knew how powerful they were, sure.

DM: And in that process, a toxic waste product was produced, fluoride.

JG: Well their intention was to use it.

DM: The waste product is fluoride?

JG: The fluoride was part of the uranium hexafluoride. They were producing it as fast as they could so that they could separate the (indiscernible 6:33)

DM: So they are combining it with the uranium. They required it as an ingredient.

JG: That was the ingredient that actually made the bomb work.

DM: So it wasn’t a waste product.

JG: No.

DM: I was confusing that with I guess aluminum manufacturing – fluoride being a waste product of that industry.

JG: Part of the protection for the liability was to basically put it everywhere and tell everybody it was great. It basically goes back to the old (indiscernible 6:58) conversation about advertising basically. If you got something bad just repeat it over and over again and that’s the greatest thing in the world until somebody believes you and then you just keep on repeating it. The issue about marketing and advertising and eventually putting it in the water was to make it ubiquitous, make it everywhere so that there wasn’t any culprit and basically exposure.

DM: That makes sense as a strategy to allow it to become pervasive but I’m still a little bit confused as to the connection with the military and the interest that were involved to perpetrate that. But after disposing the Manhattan Project fluoride waste, why did they continue placing fluoride from other sources?

JG: I think the people who first began to fight against the posse of fluoridation focused on the fact that the original product came from the aluminum industry. It’s true it did but two years later it didn’t anymore.

DM: Two years later after what?

JG: Actually in the 1940s, two years after they introduced it into the water, all of a sudden the sodium fluoride which is what they were utilizing at that time became very valuable to them. Up until the Manhattan Project nobody really understood just how powerful an element that fluorine is which is the element. They didn’t understand how powerful and the tremendous uses that it has. That becomes an important thing I believe even in our discussion with the public because without knowing it, they don’t realize that it’s all around us. You can’t be mad at the element because it’s powerful.

DM: It is what it is.

JG: On the other hand what happened is that they in essence basically used sodium fluoride to begin. Within two years later, they found a cheaper source for it.

Next source of fluoride: Aluminum Industry

DM: So the process is that there was initially this waste product as a result of the aluminum industry that they needed a way to dispose of properly without costly methods of disposal and they had this mechanism or proposal of putting it in the water supply under the guise of improving dental health.

JG: That was the perception to begin with is that this was a waste but they learned within two years that…

DM: I’m just (indiscernible 9:02) initially. Is that correct? And after two years because of the…

JG: Recognition.

DM: Recognition and appreciation of fluoride and its other uses; industrial and militarily…

JG: That industry and even the aluminum industry.

DM: So they stopped using that but then I’m still confused as to…if they needed this then why would they dispose of it in the water supply? JG: That was the point is that those people who were actually fighting the public policy issue thought that the whole purpose was to get rid of this extraneous byproduct when in fact that wasn’t the motivation. It was the liability protection from the beginning. So two years later all of a sudden they found another product that was much more readily accessible. The reason it was so readily accessible is because it truly was a hazardous waste and it truly was something they did not know how to control. That came from the phosphate fertilizer industry.

Third source: Phosphate Fertilizer Industry!

Summary: Their real purposes: 1) dispose harzardous waste through the water supply; 2) ? ___ . And their selling point or alibi: to improve the dental health of the people!

What’s important about that aspect of it is that the phosphate fertilizer industry most people think that phosphate is the primary product [----- 10:00 -----] when back in those days, they were interested in the uranium that was found in that phosphate ore. The interest in the uranium was still the interest that they had then and so the then byproduct of the phosphate that eventually went out for our fertilizer for all of our lawns and everything else, it could not be utilized for the fertilizer in the form that it was being taken out of the ground. That it had too much fluoride in it.

Most people don’t realize that some plants are a lot smarter than we are. They won’t take it up through their root system. So because of that, the fertilizer wouldn’t be very valuable at all. It wouldn’t be drawn up into the root system and help the growth. So what they did basically was that they had to actually pour sulfuric acid over the top of the same ore, this phosphate ore that they are using and it created a gas. This gas was hydrogen fluoride. They would go out and kill everything around it, animals, plants, and people.

DM: So they would remove the fluoride from the phosphate allowing them to use the phosphate for agricultural purposes.

JG: Yes. In essence what they ended up was a – eventually what they had to do was to spray water on it to capture it. Very simple, they called it a scrubber system but they would capture it then which then became the hydrofluorosilicic acid. Hard for a lot of people to say until you get used to it but hydrofluorosilicic acid became now this waste if you want to call it or a byproduct, I mean it depends on what stage that it’s in.

Not just fluouride but poisonous metals, etc.!

But in essence, this hydrofluorosilicic acid is not just the fluoride that was removed from that ore but it’s the arsenic, and the lead, and the cadmium, and the mercury and all of the other contaminants that are a part of that particular ore. So it wasn’t added especially for it but it is still contained in it.

What’s amazing about this is that very early on there were people who thought well maybe one of the things we can do to remove the motive for all of this is to find some other uses for hydrofluorosilicic acid. Well the truth is there are lots of other uses for hydrofluorosilicic acid but the problem is they couldn’t deal with all the arsenic and the lead and the contaminants in it. The process of taking out the arsenic would be the same as taking out the fluoride. You basically have a product that is almost perpetually that kind of a negative product.

DM: Toxic.

Toxic and no place to throw or hide but drinking water

JG: Toxic. And so as I’m sure the people I have described to you, now you have a product or a hazardous material that you can’t put in an ocean, you can’t put in a river or lake or stream, you can’t bury it and you can’t even give it away.

[Quoted from above: “Most people don’t realize that some plants are a lot smarter than we are. They won’t take it up through their root system. So because of that, the fertilizer wouldn’t be very valuable at all. It wouldn’t be drawn up into the root system and help the growth. So what they did basically was that they had to actually pour sulfuric acid over the top of the same ore, this phosphate ore that they are using and it created a gas. This gas was hydrogen fluoride. They would go out and kill everything around it, animals, plants, and people.”]

DM: But you can sell it and put it in the commercial water supplies.

JG: Only if the EPA basically says only if you call it beneficial and this is why we hear all of these constant claims of how great it is without any treatment. Meaning, it doesn’t have to be filtered. It doesn’t have to be revised or anything else then it can be taken directly all across the United States and dumped in the water, the very place that they couldn’t put it directly. They just put it through (indiscernible 12:48).

DM: I was aware that the hydrofluorosilicic acid was a source of fluoride that was being used to fluoridate the water supply but I wasn’t aware that it had these associated contaminants with arsenic and lead. Is that still the case today?

JG: It’s still the case. In fact up until probably somewhere in the mid-90s, 95% of all of the fluoridation chemicals came from central Florida. Seventy percent came from one company by the name of Cargill which is not in the same, it is now replaced by Mosaic but 70% of all fluoridation chemicals came from there.

Source of hydrofluorosilicic acid: central Florida, esp. Cargill Corp

Even though there are now sodium silicofluoride which is in the same bracket as the hydrofluorosilicic acid and the sodium fluoride, all of them were typically coming from that same source. They were just basically revised. What we normally thought of as a lot of it coming from the aluminum industry hasn’t been true for a long time.

Summary: The greater source of hydrofluorosilicic acid is Fertilizer Industry

DM: I really appreciate you carefully explaining that because that is certainly not the perception that many of us have about this. Actually, as you stated that the belief was that it was this – because that was always the issue is to try to understand the motivation for this process.

It was in my review was typically ascribed to removing this toxic waste from the aluminum production but it appears from what you’re saying that this is really more of a liability issue even from the very beginning to I guess educate or confuse or deceive the public into believing that this fluoride was beneficial when it was actually quite toxic.

JG: The fact that primarily because I think the perception because the (indiscernible 14:31) Foundation played such a large role in promoting this early on. The (indiscernible 14:36) Foundation being alcohol, aluminum, and connections and so forth that the tendency was to think that that was the issue and so people fought that fairly strongly. But even if you look at the cost of the actual product that could sell without getting rid of the product is nothing compared to the huge cost that we all go through otherwise.

It is true that the companies that sell it have an opportunity to get rid of a product that would otherwise cost them money to get rid of. But the real difficulty with this is that when we talk about fluoridation per se, we start talking about the public policy and the assumption is that we’re talking about the very same thing and we’re all talking about the same thing when it’s not at all.

The Deceit Behind Fluoride

Another aspect of the hydrofluorosilicic acid obviously is that the hydrofluorosilicic acid when it’s actually – in terms of people looking at it, they found out that none of the studies have ever been on the hydrofluorosilicic acid. So anytime they hear someone saying that fluoride is safe and effective, well, are you talking about Prozac? That’s fluoride. And Zoloft? What we call psychotropic drugs (indiscernible 15:41).

DM: Cipro.

JG: Yeah. All of the things that we call SSRIs (selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor) that would relate to the serotonin chemical in our brain. Most people don’t realize that if you wouldn’t had anesthesia for a general surgery – knock on wood that somebody didn’t have to do that – they would have four molecules of fluorine and two of chlorine and one of bromine. Those are enough to be able to put you in that temporary coma. Rohypnol, the rape drug that basically puts on a certain amount of amnesia for a certain period of time.

So there are so many different kinds of products and so many that especially work on enzymes that make a major difference. So when someone uses the word fluoride, I believe we start with a deception from the very beginning. Those of us who work on the issue are just as bad about it because we sometimes talk without people realizing exactly what we’re speaking about.

So when we now learn that the product is actually hydrofluorosilicic acid, there is almost a bragging by the promoters of fluoridation that you don’t have to have a study on it because they have studied fluoride over and over again and they have never looked at the actual product itself until just recently.

Truth coming out 2011

DM: So there are some studies that had been published or currently ongoing to actually look at this current source of fluoride that they are using?

JG: Yes. In 1998 to 2000 I was able to get a congressional investigation on fluoride. At that particular time the House Committee on Science allowed us to write some questions that would be sent out to various entities. Originally it was to the EPA. So we asked them very specifically because congress has powers that you and I don’t have to be able to get that information. We asked them to basically send the scientific data that they had on the silicofluorides. They wrote back, we couldn’t find any for what we call continued – they call it chronic effects of the use of hydrofluorosilicic acid or the silicofluorides. They didn’t have any at all.

Up until 2010, and now 2011 there has only been two studies that have ever dealt with what we could call the continued use of the hydrofluorosilicic acid. We’re talking about toxicological studies where you can actually – I’m sure you’re aware but much of your audience may not know that you have to have a controlled environment and the laboratory animals and so forth.

But they were able to finally confirm through these toxicological studies the very thing that they had found through large epidemiological study that there is a higher amount of lead that shows up in blood. In the epidemiological study it was 400,000 children. It showed that there was a tremendous increase. A doubling of not only the average amount but four times as much for Latinos, seven times as much for blacks, and unfortunately, a doubling of the danger level of lead in children’s blood when hydrofluorosilicic acid was present in the water.

The importance of that was that it was also compared to having no fluoride added into the water but also sodium fluoride added into the water. So there was really a difference between the specific product being placed in there. So these toxicological studies that they just performed, they were really clearly done so that they could actually see that when lead was present at the same time that hydrofluorosilicic acid was present that there was this tremendous increase not only in the blood but also in the bone, in the teeth, and a lot of other tissues that are what we call calcium rich.

Point: lead in the blood increased after the hydrofluorosilicic acids were added to our water

DM: Are there any studies that looked at the actual arsenic or some of the other contaminants that were in the silicofluorides?

JG: None of the studies have actually shown the combination between the arsenic and the fluoride. Citizens for Safe Drinking Water, we actually took a position and supported a lawsuit that was filed in California back in 2002-2005. Because the state law had already mandated fluoridation, we were not able to go after the public policy of fluoridation. The state had deemed that it was safe and effective. The courts really wouldn’t allow you to be able to do that.

We actually went into court addressing the amount of arsenic that was in the product delivering that into the water when it was added. So even though we’re talking about what you might think was stepping on it, really reducing it down to lower amounts that you’re putting in the water, the amount of arsenic that went along with this hydrofluorosilicic acid was allowed at a level that would be one in every 1500 people having lung or bladder cancer over a lifetime. The amazing part of it is that the arsenic does play a very large role in terms of affecting people.

[----- 20:00 -----] FLORIDE TOXINS FROM SOIL PLUS BEING POURED INTO THE WATER = INCREASE OF LUNG OR BLADDER CANCER

DM: So it’s in some people’s municipal water supply normally because it’s a contaminant of some water supplies but I believe that’s the case.

JG: So does fluoride. Both of them appear in water supplies what you might call naturally. They are there because of soil and erosion and things like that there are some amounts yes.

DM: That when you add this silicofluoride into the water as a source of fluoridation then you actually massively increase it to the point where you’re causing a significant increase in the rate of certain cancers.

JG: A significant increase. Many people will remember that there was a fairly big fight and actually the fight has gone on for 50 years just like it is with fluoridation process as well where they were looking at arsenic levels and trying to bring them down. Most will remember during the Clinton era that those numbers did come down. They went from 50 parts per billion down to 10 parts per billion.

Of course now when we’re looking at money everybody billions and trillions sound different to us but most people it’s those really tiny amounts when in fact they are significant in the way that they affect us. What happens is with arsenic is that the National Academy of Sciences came out and actually gave details of exactly when and at what concentrations that people are affected by it.

Four drops in a water filling up a football stadium – that’s how powerful the toxic fluoride group is!

California did a more clear one where they actually didn’t use zero because the result of the National Academy of Sciences is that there was no level of arsenic in the water that wasn’t harmful to people. California can use zeros but did not use zeros. So the California EPA there did a risk assessment and their risk assessment showed that if you’re going to have one in a million Americans are people who are consumers, they were going to be affected by it that the amount for arsenic would be four parts per trillion. So we’re talking about four drops in almost a football stadium full of water basically. It’s that powerful.

So when you look at it from four parts per trillion all the way up to the levels that are allowed to be put in the water now, you have a big scope of people who are being affected by it. This addition to what’s already found in the water because of the soil has tremendous impact.

DM: What level does it increase over and above what you find in (indiscernible 22:06)?

JG: Basically, they did through a congressional investigation. We kind of forced the issue where they had to establish what kind of measurements that they were getting in concentrations. Of course there were many communities that were way above because they have way too much arsenic in the first place but they made a determination that the additive, the hydrofluorosilicic acid was the biggest contributor of (indiscernible 22:27) of this extra arsenic that was coming in.

Unfortunately, the levels that are allowed meaning they are okay. They are basically checked off and said you can put it in there are as much as one – like I say, one in every 1500 to one in every 5000 persons. This is a lifetime of consumption because it’s not all of it. But as an additional exposure to everything else we get this is terrible.

DM: It’s an interesting information. To the best of my knowledge, I haven’t been previously aware that these toxins were in the source of the fluoridation that they were using.

JG: To add something that may be of interest because it was something that was actually published in the Florida newspapers. In the hurricane that happened before Katrina, they came across through central Florida, basically now Mosaic but then Cargill had what they called holding ponds – different than Erin Brockovich type of holding ponds where you see something very flat. These are 180 foot high radioactive gypsum. They are almost like towers basically that this hydrofluorosilicic acid was kept in.

When the hurricane came through it blew all that down. Where did it all go? It went all over central Florida. The first newspaper account was that they had a 30,000 to 40,000 gallon spill. Then it was the 300,000 and 400,000 and then it could go up into the millions until you get to 30 to 40 million.

In the newspaper, they had to admit, they did admit – Cargill admitted that yes it was a little radioactive but not a lot. It’s not going to hurt you. This has always been true that these were always held in this radioactive gypsum kind of things right there.

No one has ever really done all of the work to be able to determine the effects of the cadmium. There is a lot of work obviously done on mercury but not so much, no matter how much of the mercury is in there. Because arsenic plays such a larger role that that’s the one that almost everybody focuses on. DM: Lead is a big issue too. There was a lot of effort and energy that went previously to remove that from the environment.

Role of Fluoride: Transport toxic arsenic to cells

JG: It’s important to realize that there is lead in the product. However, the concern we have is that the way that the free fluoride ion works is that it actually acts as a transport where it transports heavy metals to places that they wouldn’t normally be able to go. So some of the early studies had to do with aluminum and showed that if you had 0.5 parts per million aluminum fluoride compared to 50 parts per million fluoride so you’re talking about a hundred times more. That when you put that in basically you’re exposing a laboratory animal with that that the lower amount actually transports more of aluminum to the brain. It creates the same kind of lesions that humans usually think of as being Alzheimer’s and that kind of a thing.

The amazing part is that it has a transport. It isn’t necessary that it has to be in really high concentrations. That it doesn’t take that normal curve that we normally expect that says if you give more, more bad stuff happens.

Reason for activism to protect people from contaminated water

DM: Most of us as individuals are pretty busy. We’ve got active lives and families and businesses that we’re involved with that keep us occupied. I’m sure you’re no different. What motivated you 15-16 years ago to become interested in this because you obviously have developed quite a bit of expertise over and above what (indiscernible 25:40)

JG: There were several things I think that pushed me. One of them and I guess the primary one is that this is me. This is my life and this is my world. I believe that I’ve got a responsibility for the way it turns out. The fact that the dental industry was being duped and being utilized to sell it to everybody. I actually went back to a large number of my clients back at that time and asked them how much fluoride was in Coca Cola. Their reaction wasn’t it is or it isn’t in Coca Cola or how much. It was who’s got a hold of you? Who has done something to you? Because the dental industry as a whole has been taught that the philanthropic thing to do once you’ve gotten out of school if you don’t want to take care of everyone of these people yourself is to find some public policy that will help assist you with lower income people. There is almost a bar that used to go across between anybody that would actually discuss that openly. I guess I felt a value system that I felt like I had to work with there. The other part of it is that there is tremendous difficulty in my mind that when we start having even majorities of people who can tell the minority what to eat and drink for the rest of their life I don’t believe that that’s right.

DM: It certainly wouldn’t seem to be the case.

JG: I actually put on effective advocacy clinics in which part of it comes because of what we ran into and the other part is because as being a management consultant, we look at different ways to be able to deal with things. What I found when people call us up is that you find that there is a consistency with those people who take advocacy positions. Most of it from the very beginning they think that our anger at the (indiscernible 27:15). Unfortunately, that somewhat shapes what we do afterwards and sometimes that’s not to our best advantage.

Motives of the US Government

DM: Can you highlight the reasons or at least your belief as to why a federal agency like the United States Public Health Service whose main charter is to protect the public health actually got things confused and turned around and actually is actively endorsing policies that is causing serious damage to the public health?

JG: If you actually go to Chris Bryson’s book that it took him almost 10 years to finally come to. That Cliff Honaker played a larger role in providing some of the investigative services where they went to the declassified documents. I think it corrected a lot of us who thought maybe that it was coming from the aluminum industry or other things like that. I just think that basically that most people don’t realize just how powerful an urge – if you want to call it that or motivation that – the government has to be able to control things the way that they want to control them.

Next danger: To vaccinate us with hydrofluorosiicic acid containing lead, cadmium, mercury, etc.!

There was at one point people who worked in the field and new a lot about hydrofluorosilicic acid and their thought as well at those particular times people expected to have bombs happen and that wasn’t this good idea to basically put a lot of the stuff out there and start basically putting up almost like a vaccination but at least a beginning stage of it so we got to be better prepared for it. I don’t have any proof that that was part of it.

I usually try to stay away from the wise. It almost always means you have to accuse somebody of something and I don’t know that they all fit into that. I do know that as a general dentist it’s because they do not have the information and never looked at it. So we found ways to pierce through that instead of fight with people all the time. Now I think that becomes important.

DM: You have been motivated obviously to make a difference in this specific area. Can you describe your process as to what you’ve done to make a difference and to help people eliminate this from their water supply?

JG: First of all I have to say that I went through some of those same stages that I believe that most people do is that the anger and injustice is the part that motivates you and that almost a first process that almost all of us go through. It could be about vaccinations. It could be about mercury amalgams. It could be about a number of things. Is that we go out and do our own research maybe very minimally to begin with but eventually you’ll find out that most people will take an anti position in anything become very knowledgeable, not that they are always correct but they learn a lot more than the person who is usually promoting it basically.

But in the process of doing that, the tendency is to do what I call one of the worst things we can do is we take on the burden proof. That we actually believe because if we could just say it better and then that’s one of our difficulties.

[----- 30:00 -----]

We think if we could just say it better, give it to somebody a little bit cleaner that somehow that would be enough to justify there are someone else making a shift on their mind. So we bring paper after paper. We’re killing off a lot of trees trying to get other people to be able to understand what we understand with the assumption that if they knew what we knew that the common sense would say that they wouldn’t even perceive this at all.

It’s an uncomfortable comeuppance to finally realize that that isn’t what shapes our world at this particular point.

INFORMING PEOPLE IS NOT ENOUGH

DM: If I can’t slightly interrupt you here. I actually went through the same process myself. It took 10 to 12 years before I realize that you just can’t continue to educate people. You actually have to do something active to address this injustice otherwise it doesn’t work. People know it’s not going to make a difference. You have to motivate them to take a very specific action.

JG: Right. The motivation we always think is being right. So when someone calls me, I normally fairly rapidly tell them that there are certain things that I already know about. One of them is that basically that they believe that people are responsible for their own health. I usually ask them if they also believe in informed consent. And then the third thing is whether or not that they believe that a majority should be able to tell the minority even if it were a vote.

Truly, in all of them basically you come back with the same thing. I have to tell them, I just have to let you know that we’re not necessarily in the majority and that the message is that you and I might be attracted to are not the messages that are necessary for us to communicate to someone else who doesn’t believe that strongly about those things. So that we have to actually shift.

An awful lot of what I call anti positioning becomes really important and I think that’s the part that I would display to you that’s happened for us or from me across this time as becoming more successful. One of them is that I have to deal with using our effective advocacy clinics. We talk about how anti positioning actually shoots ourselves in the foot. The first thing being is that when we’re anti something, the first thing we’re doing is telling everybody we’re out of power. Because if you’re in power, you don’t have to be anti anything. You just do what you want to do.

Second thing is every anti message has the promoter’s message there with an x across it. So if anything you are reminding everybody and you’re actually taking the channel that has been created by the promoter and fighting really not only on their terms but in most cases, you are already seeding authority.

So that if anything even though I know you have learned a lot about this, that anything you could put up that basically say that fluoride was negative or something else, (indiscernible 32:35) to be able in most venues to basically show that you’re wrong and I’m right. Not because I am right but because it only takes that within certain venues.

But the big one is basically taking in the burden proof. We want to carry it around and say that we’re right. When in fact we’re doing is we’re allowing the authority to say thank you very much but that’s not what everybody else feels. So the one major shift that I believe that we found that has worked much more effectively is understanding that you have to be as representative of the people who are for fluoridation as those people who are opposed to fluoridation.

One of the difficulties is that when we talk about fluoridation and in most cases when we talk about fluoride, we’re talking in general terms about what’s being placed on the water. In fact, what ends up happening is that there is no harm. The public policy doesn’t harm us. So even in the court, you can’t really go after the public policy. The courts have all determined all across the United States that this is a legitimate government interest. I don’t believe it is but I would never win that in the court because the courts have already said the government should be able to do these kinds of things. Our difficulty is we’re going after windmills that basically are not evenly accurate place to work on it. One of them is – here is an example. Let’s imagine that you had a situation in a community where a promoter of fluoridation, it may be a dentist or it could be somebody from the Health Department made this long opinion piece that had 15 things in it that those of us who actually understand the issue would say we’re probably not correct. That there were misrepresentations or there were omissions of some kind. At the early stages of your dealing with the issue, the tendency is to go back there and try to show everybody how each one of those is inaccurate. I don’t doubt the motivation and also the fact most of the time the people who are responding are accurate when they are doing it. But the audience can’t hear that. They can’t see it. They are not prepared to be able to deal with that kind of in fighting one because they can’t tell who is right or wrong.

DM: And the audience being the vast majority of the general population.

JG: Sure the general population. I have to separate that in white because I think you have a unique situation where people come to you because they want to hear what you have to say. It’s not just your conclusion, they expect that you’re going to give them explanation and you can provide things.

DM: There is certainly need for that but in the broader perspective of actually making a difference and change in the culture, that’s an approach that’s going to be successful in your experience.

JG: Right, in my experience. Not only in my experience but more importantly there is no venue for that because what you’re dealing with is – okay, we don’t think it should be in the water, well it is. We’re already stuck with the fact that you have to start making some – you have to educate some people about that aspect of it.

Avoid the approach of anti-positioning

But as long as we continue to fight in anti-positioning what I believe occurs is that the general audience remains and retains their same opinion that they had to begin with. As an example, if we were to go on a radio program which my best friend and partner in this we’ll be on the same radio program, you know, highly knowledgeable about the science and so forth. He’s a dentist that can say things very, very clearly.

If we had a host that would be basically asking questions, most people would have presumed that the kind of question I’m going to suggest to you right here is a really good one. Dr. Kennedy or Jeff Green, they would ramp us up and talk about all the things that we’ve done and then the big question kind of comes out, now that the people who are going to be receiving this substance in the water, what kind of adverse health effects would you expect them to see? That is really an appropriate question and it’s a good one however, if at the moment if somebody starts answering that and numbering off, ta-da, ta-da, ta-da – that’s what I call pandering to our own side and to the people who already understand the information because one, the tendency is for us to speak a little bit fast because we don’t usually have enough time to get all our information out. But more importantly the more clearly he says it the less likely that the audience will understand all the words that he has put together the way he has put them together.

So they have to go back inside what I call, you know, their filing cabinet inside or something else they pull out. That they have to go back in the filing cabinet and determine is what this person saying accurate and related to my experiences and what I have learned?

So when we talk about things, again, like vaccinations or this or even mercury amalgams or the other kind of things like that, they are stored information that would be natural. I mean, this is not a negative thing to me. It’s natural for that audience to be able to start looking and seeing how does this compare. If we go too fast, they can’t even hear half of what we’re saying because we’re coming to conclusions that they can’t get to.

In the long run that same individual who is putting information out very effectively in terms of if we just look at it from that viewpoint but in the long run, this is probably 80% of the market or around 80% of the audience, and they have no opportunity to get where that person is. So one of them is because we start with the word fluoride where they already allow people to keep the assumption that fluoride is this special ingredient that we add to the water and we add to toothpaste. And that’s what it is without any understanding of all the other uses and all of the other exposures that we have from it. Not knowing that, you know, we talk about solar panels. What’s on the back of that solar panel? It’s fluoride.

Very useful but why is fluoride most dangerous?

Industry prizes what we call fluoride compounds. What’s amazing is there is so much education out there that’s never explained to the general public. But it’s primarily one because it’s the most aggressive seeker of another electron. It’s the most negative electromagnetically negatively charged element in the entire world. It basically is the most interactive of all the elements. I call it a bully. It will give up whatever it’s with to be with something else. It’s kind of promiscuous that way that it will give up everything else.

So it’s prized by industry because it actually disrupts molecular bonds. So it’s made to crack all kinds of things basically to refine heavy metals. We wouldn’t have gasoline the way that we have it if we didn’t have fluoride being used for it although they may be using some other things now. It’s been the primary reason why we have petroleum gasoline the way we have it. Exposure to fluoride far greater than realized

If you look at the industry also wants it because it creates tighter molecular bonds. So Scotchgard, Stain Master, Gore-Tex, the ski gear, Teflon. These are all fluoride type compounds as well because they actually make it a tighter molecular bond that is more impervious to penetration. Most people don’t realize though that that’s these wax papers that have been wrapped around these fast foods, on pizza boxes and on things that are put on the shelf to retain higher shelf life. So we have exposures that are just way beyond.

By the time you get to the enzyme activity and knowing what it can do to disrupt enzyme activity, the effects are just so widespread that it’s just amazing. So we talked earlier about some of those products but it’s also used to potentiate products as well. So you find it in all kinds of things. I mean, it’s in antihistamines. It’s in things that people are using for asthma the…

DM: Inhalers.

JG: Yeah, those things as well as – you see it all across the board that it’s being utilized and most people don’t see that it’s being fluoride. What we found is that to the general public as long as you’re just talking about your conclusion and trying to tell something it’s bad until you can actually broaden so they can see the nature of fluoride then in the long run basically it just becomes a he said, she said and in the long run you don’t have much value with it.

[----- 40:00 -----]

When I sit and I am able to talk to people slowly as opposed to trying to say this rapidly as we can, that people don’t need to know how fluoride. Once they learn the nature of fluoride they would never want to put it in their water.

Alternative Strategy rather than being anti

DM: So what are you suggesting as the alternative strategy rather than being anti which I agree with because even as a physician or someone seeking to improve themselves from personal development perspective. It has been known for a long time that you really want to avoid these anti or no messages like you wouldn’t give yourself an affirmation of I want to stop doing this. You would reframe it as a positive perspective.

JG: Right. Something you are going to do.

DM: Right. That seems to be far more effective consistently and most of the disciplines realizing and understand this. people who don’t understand that aren’t able to successfully achieve their personal development goals typically. What strategy would you recommend to apply this concept to this position rather than taking an anti for it position?

JG: We’re talking about two things. One is how do we educate the public. I shouldn’t say it that way. I should say, first of all, we always have to determine what our audience is. There are certain audiences that you could talk about science because they are scientists and you would have been given the opportunity. I’m not saying that those kind of issues shouldn’t be displayed, that they shouldn’t be discussed but for the general part, the general public, unless you can actually start talking about the nature of fluoride and broaden the base of their understanding so it isn’t just a single purpose agent that is being placed in the water. That what ends up happening is that they haven’t broaden it enough to be able to understand how all these other things could happen. So as an example, fluoride is used in the ceramics business to make them more porous. Well it does exactly the same thing to our bones. But once they have learned all the other uses for it, it becomes very easy to see how it does the same thing to our own calcium rich tissues.

DM: So there is still an educational intervention but it needs to be in a different direction to broaden the appreciation of what this material is and then once they have that appreciation they can begin to become more acceptable and comfortable with…

JG: With the same information. But what’s interesting is they do it by themselves at that point because once you have broaden it – you can almost think of this as being a file and they have got a very narrow file that’s already full of things that _ basically said that fluoride is good. It reduced tooth decay and most of that is all subjective or whatever they got from the media. We’re trying to force in a whole bunch of other information and that’s never very open. Whereas if you start opening that up and broadening the file and the base so that they can see about these other things; one, they’ll find it all around them and they can come to some of those conclusions. That by itself doesn’t change everything but it does change the description and the topic in terms of how we’re discussing things. Almost all of what you would call (indiscernible ) initiatives or even action that take place in city councils are all based on the public policy of fluoridation. So they have a troop of people who come in who oppose water fluoridation…

Visit the Mercola Video Library

Story at-a-glance Now declassified files of the Manhattan Project and the Atomic Energy Commission shows that the original motivation for promoting fluoride and water fluoridation in the U.S. was to protect the bomb- and aluminum industries from liability

Originally, the fluoride used to fluoridate water supplies came from the aluminum and atomic bomb industries. A couple of years later, they switched to an even more hazardous waste product: hydrofluorosilicic acid from the phosphate fertilizer industry

This hydrofluorosilicic acid also typically contains arsenic, lead, cadmium, and mercury, plus a variety of other contaminants that are part of the phosphate ore, and, shockingly, it does not have to be refined or filtered prior to being shipped and dumped into municipal water supplies

Studies on the health effects and safety of fluoride have always used pharmaceutical grade fluoride—not the far more toxic hydrofluorosilicic acid from the phosphate fertilizer industry. In the last two years, only TWO studies have finally dealt with the continued use of hydrofluorosilicic acid, and found it increases lead accumulation in blood up to seven times. It also increases lead absorption in bone, teeth and other calcium-rich tissues

By Dr. Mercola

Jeff Green has been an activist in the movement to eliminate a toxic fluoride from your water supply for the past 15 years.

The practice of adding fluoride to municipal tap water across the U.S. began in 1945.

With more than 60 percent of U.S. water supplies currently fluoridated, chances are you're one of the 170 million Americans who drink fluoride on a daily basis.

Chances are also high that you're unaware of the sordid history that made water fluoridation a reality in the first place, because contrary to popular belief, its origins actually had nothing to do with protecting your dental health.

Secondly, and perhaps more importantly, you might be unaware that the fluoride added to your water is far from pharmaceutical grade…

The Manhattan Project Gave Birth to More than the Atomic Bomb…

"If you go back, especially if you read some of the books and the information that came from the declassified documents from the Manhattan Project, you see that the primary motivation from the very beginning was liability protection," Green says, referring to the fact that massive amounts of fluoride was manufactured and used for the bomb-making process, which created huge liability once they realized just how toxic it was. "… [M]ost people don't realize that the magical element [used] to make the bomb was uranium hexafluoride. It was actually this special aspect that allowed them to separate the uranium isotopes to make the bomb."

The fluoride from this bomb-making process was initially released into the environment—as was fluoride waste products from the aluminum industry—where it ended up killing herds of cattle and wiping out entire orchards. Both the aluminum industry and the Manhattan Project realized they had a major toxic waste problem on their hands that would cost a lot of money to dispose of properly.

"Part of the protection for the liability was to basically put it everywhere and tell everybody it was great," Green says.

But just how do you do that?

Very shrewdly… Water fluoridation could easily qualify as one of the grandest public health frauds and toxic cover-ups in U.S. history. The deceit has been so effective, you're hard-pressed to find anyone who doesn't automatically say, "But everyone knows fluoride is good for you!"

Why Fluoride HAD to be Declared Safe

Now declassified files of the Manhattan Project and the Atomic Energy Commission shows that the toxicology department at the University of Rochester -- which was under the direction of Harold Hodge -- was asked to produce medical information about fluoride that could help defend the government against lawsuits where they were charged with fluoride pollution.

It is now clear that if water fluoridation were declared harmful to human health, the U.S. nuclear bomb program, as well as many other fluoride-polluting industries such as aluminum plants and fertilizer manufacturers, would have been left open to massive litigation.

The plan?

Declare fluoride not only safe, but beneficial, and sell the troublesome waste to municipalities across the US…

How the Idea for Water Fluoridation Came about

The brainchild of water fluoridation was Gerald Cox, a researcher with the Mellon Institute in Pittsburg. He received the suggestion to look at fluoride's dental effects from Francis C. Frary, then director of the aluminum laboratory for the Aluminum Company of America. Frary had reasons for the suggestion other than the possibility of protecting tooth enamel, however. He was very concerned about the fluoride pollution being generated by the aluminum plant, as lawsuits from surrounding farmers increased.

Another major player in the creation of this scheme was Harold Hodge, the chief toxicologist of the Manhattan Project. As part of a group of scientists and engineers who helped develop the atomic bomb in World War II, Hodge was responsible for evaluating the toxicity of the chemicals used in the production of the bomb. One of the chemicals, as mentioned, was fluoride. Due to the massive amounts of fluoride required to produce bomb-grade uranium and plutonium for these nuclear weapons, the Manhattan Project also needed some way to avoid potentially crippling lawsuits.

Last but not least, there was Robert Kehoe with the Kettering Laboratory, a private toxicology lab that ended up producing a massive bibliography of abstracts on the soundness of communal water fluoridation, and fluoride's (beneficial) role in public health.

However, this research was not particularly independent or unbiased. Not only was Robert Kehoe working for the Fluorine Lawyers Committee, preparing defenses in fluoride litigation cases, the Kettering report on the health benefits of fluoride was also funded by the National Institute of Dental Research and fluoride-polluting industry-heavyweights like:

The Aluminum company of DuPont Reynolds Metals America (ALCOA)

The Aluminum company of Kaiser Aluminum U.S. Steel Canada

What's Really Being Added to Your Water Supply?

Originally, the fluoride used to fluoridate water supplies came from the aluminum and atomic bomb industries. A couple of years later, however, they realized there was another fluoride product that was much more readily available. The reason it was so readily accessible was because it was a truly hazardous waste that was very hard to get rid of, namely hydrogen fluoride from the phosphate fertilizer industry.

This fluoride gas is captured in the scrubber system and turned into hydrofluorosilicic acid—which is the primary source of fluoride used for water fluoridation. This phosphate fertilizer byproduct also typically contains arsenic, lead, cadmium, and mercury, plus a variety of other contaminants that are part of the phosphate ore. "And so now you have a product, or a hazardous material, that you can't put in an ocean, you can't put in a river or lake or stream, you can't bury it, and you can't even give it away," says Green. But you can sell it and put it in the commercial water supplies!

"… [T]his is why we hear all of these constant claims of how great it is without any treatment," Green says. "Meaning, it doesn't have to be filtered. It doesn't have to be refined or anything. It can be taken directly all across the United States and dumped in the water—the very place they couldn't put it directly [if it was still considered hazardous waste]."

Fluoride Proponents Never Actually Tested "the Real Thing"

Part of the difficulty when discussing water fluoridation is that many do not realize that the fluoride you find in drugs, for example, while harmful, is not quite as bad as what's being used for water fluoridation. The fluoride added to your drinking water is not pharmaceutical grade.

It's a toxic industrial waste product.

Deepening the deception is the fact that none of the studies on fluoride actually used the far more toxic hydrofluorosilicic acid that is added to the water supply. Rather they use pharmaceutical grade fluoride, so the health hazards are likely FAR worse than any study has so far discerned.

"So when someone uses the word fluoride, I believe we start with a deception from the very beginning," Green says. "… [T]here is almost a bragging by the promoters of fluoridation that you don't have to study it because they have studied fluoride over and over again, yet they have never looked at the actual product itself until just recently!

In 1998 to 2000, I was able to get a congressional investigation on fluoride. At that particular time, the House Committee on Science allowed us to write some questions that would be sent out to various entities. Originally it was to the EPA… We asked them to send the scientific data they had on the silicofluorides. They wrote back [saying they] couldn't find any [data] for chronic effects of the use of hydrofluorosilicic acid or the silicofluorides.

They didn't have any at all.

Up until 2010, and now 2011, there have only been two studies that have dealt with the continued use of hydrofluorosilicic acid.

… [T]hey were able to finally confirm, through these toxicological studies, the very thing they had found through large epidemiological study—that there is a higher amount of lead that shows up in blood. In the epidemiological study it was 400,000 children. It showed that there was a tremendous increase... four times as much for Latinos, seven times as much for blacks, and a[n on average] doubling of the danger level of lead in children's blood, when hydrofluorosilicic acid was present in the water."

The importance of that was that it was also compared to having no fluoride added into the water and [pharmaceutical grade] sodium fluoride added into the water. So there was really a difference between the specific products being placed in there."

Fluoride Increases Heavy Metal Accumulation in Your Body

These studies also showed that hydrofluorosilicic acid increases lead accumulation in bone, teeth, and other calcium-rich tissues. According to Green, the free fluoride ion actually acts as a transport of heavy metals, allowing them to enter into areas of your body they normally would not be able to go, such as into your brain.

"Industry prizes what we call fluoride compounds," Green says. "What's amazing is there is so much [information] out there that's never explained to the general public. But [fluoride] is… the most aggressive seeker of another electron. It's the most electromagnetically negatively charged element in the entire world. It basically is the most interactive of all the elements… It will give up whatever it's with to be with something else…

So it's prized by industry because it actually disrupts molecular bonds… Industry also wants it because it creates tighter molecular bonds. So Scotchgard, Stain Master, Gore-Tex, ski gear… These are all fluoride-type compounds as well because they actually make it a tighter molecular bond that is more impervious to penetration.

… By the time you get to the enzyme activity, and knowing what it can do to disrupt enzyme activity, the effects are so widespread, it's just amazing... Once [people] learn the nature of fluoride, they would never want to put it in their water."

How to Eliminate Water Fluoridation—An Alternative Strategy

Green suggests an alternative strategy for ending water fluoridation. Rather than being "anti" fluoridation, he prefers reframing the issue from a more positive perspective.

"First of all, we always have to determine what our audience is," Green says. "There are certain audiences that you could talk about science to because they are scientists… but for the general public, [you need to] start talking about the nature of fluoride, and broaden the base of their understanding so it isn't just a single- purpose agent that is being placed in the water… So as an example, fluoride is used in the ceramics business to make ceramics more porous. Well, it does exactly the same thing to your bones. Once they have learned all the other uses for fluoride, it becomes very easy to see how it does the same thing to your own calcium-rich tissues."

Join the Fight to Get Fluoride Out of Drinking Water

Earlier this year I joined forces with Dr. Paul Connett to help put an END to water fluoridation in the U.S and Canada. The Fluoride Action Network has a game plan to do just that. Our fluoride initiative will primarily focus on Canada since 60 percent of Canada is already non-fluoridated. If we can get Calgary and the rest of Canada to stop fluoridating their water, we believe the U.S. will be forced to follow.

I urge you to join the anti-fluoride movement in Canada and United States by contacting the representative for your area below.

Contact Information for Canadian Communities:

If you live in Ontario, Canada, please join the ongoing effort by contacting Diane Sprules at [email protected].

The point-of-contact for Toronto, Canada is Aliss Terpstra. You may email her at [email protected].

Contact Information for American Communities:

We're also going to address three US communities: New York City, Austin, and San Diego:

New York City, NY: The anti-fluoridation movement has a great champion in New York City councilor Peter Vallone, Jr. who introduced legislation on January 18 "prohibiting the addition of fluoride to the water supply."

A victory there could signal the beginning of the end of fluoridation in the U.S. If you live in the New York area I beg you to participate in this effort as your contribution could have a MAJOR difference. Remember that one person can make a difference.

The point person for this area is Carol Kopf, at the New York Coalition Opposed to Fluoridation (NYSCOF). Email her at [email protected] . Please contact her if you're interested in helping with this effort.

Austin, Texas: Join the effort by contacting Rae Nadler-Olenick at either: [email protected] or [email protected], or by regular mail or telephone: POB 7486 Austin, Texas 78713 Phone: (512) 371-3786

San Diego, California: Contact Patty Ducey-Brooks, publisher of the Presidio Sentinel at [email protected].

Source: Video Transcript

See also

• Alumbrados • Knights Templar • Sovereign Military Order of Malta

References

1. ^ Webster's: Jesuitism 2. ^ James Hennesey, S.J. "Review of Geoffrey Cubitt's The Jesuit Myth " , Theological Studies, 56: 1 (March 1995), p. 167. 3. ^ Quoted in Geoffrey Cubitt, The Jesuit Myth: Conspiracy Theory and Politics in Nineteenth-Century France. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1993, p. 182. 4. ^ Róisín Healy. The Jesuit Specter in Imperial Germany. Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2003, p. 1. 5. ^ Healy, Jesuit Specter, p. 2. 6. ^ Healy, Jesuit Specter, pp. 6-7. 7. ^ "The Jesuit: The Obscurantist without a Homeland" (1933), German History in Documents and Images. 8. ^ a b Bruce Beveridge and Steve Hall. Titanic & Olympic: The Truth Behind the Conspiracy. Haverford, PA: Infinity Publishing, 2004, p. i. 9. ^ "Temporal coadjutor" is an old-fashioned Latinate term for a Jesuit brother. According to Decree 7 (The Jesuit Brother) of the 34th General Congregation of the Society of Jesus (1995), "The term 'temporal coadjutor' is no longer common and thus, in official texts, only the terms 'brother' or 'Jesuit brother' should be used."

v · d · e Conspiracy theories

List of conspiracy theories

Core topics Cabal · Civil conspiracy · Criminal conspiracy · Political conspiracy · Conspiracy fiction

Psychology Attitude polarization · Cognitive dissonance · Communal reinforcement · Confirmation bias · Locus of control · Paranoia · Psychological projection

Deaths Eric V of Denmark (1286) · Geoffrey Chaucer (1400) · Princes in the Tower (1483) · Abraham Lincoln (1865) · Franz Ferdinand (1914) · Phar Lap (1932) · Sergey Kirov (1934) · Joseph Stalin (1953) · Dag Hammarskjöld (1961) · Patrice Lumumba (1961) · Marilyn Monroe Assassinat (1962) · John F. Kennedy (1963) · Malcolm X (1965) · Robert F. ion Kennedy (1968) · Martin Luther King Jr. (1968) · Juscelino Kubitschek (1976) · Pope John Paul I (1978) · John Lennon (1980) · Olof Palme (1986) · Zia-ul-Haq (1988) · Kurt Cobain (1994) · Yitzhak Rabin (1995) · Diana, Princess of Wales (1997) · David Kelly (2003) · Alexander Litvinenko (2006) · Benazir Bhutto (2007) · Michael Jackson (2009) · Osama bin Laden (2011)

Sinking of the USS Maine (1898) · Sinking of the RMS Lusitania (1915) · Reichstag fire (1933) · Pearl Harbor · Operation Gladio · USS Liberty incident (1967) · KAL 007 (1983) · Mozambican False flag presidential jet (1986) · Pan Am Flight 103 (1988) · Oklahoma City bombing (1995) · Port Arthur massacre (1996) · TWA Flight 800 (1996) · Russian apartment bombings (1999) · 9/11 attacks (Advance knowledge · WTC collapse) · Madrid train bombing (2004) · London bombings (2005) Titanic alternative theories (1912) · Armenian Genocide denial · Other Holocaust denial · Cairo Fire (1952) · Jonestown (1978) · Satanic ritual abuse (Blood libel) · Sinking of MS Estonia (1994) · Columbine High School massacre (1999)

16th/17th- century Babington Plot · Bye Plot · Essex Rebellion · Gowrie conspiracy · Gunpowder England Plot · Main Plot · Ridolfi plot · Throckmorton Plot · Popish Plot

Bilderberg Group · Black helicopters · Bohemian Grove · Club of Rome · Council New World on Foreign Relations · The Fellowship · Illuminati · Judaeo-Masonic-Marxist Order plot · The Protocols of the Elders of Zion · Freemasons · North American Union · ODESSA · Skull and Bones · Trilateral Commission

Genera Alien abduction · Area 51 · Bermuda Triangle · Majestic 12 · Men in l Black · Project Serpo · Reptilians · Annunaki (Zecharia Sitchin) UFO

Inciden List of UFO sightings · Tunguska event (1908) · Ghost rockets (1946) · ts Roswell incident (1947) · Mantell incident (1948) · Rendlesham Forest incident (1980) · Phoenix Lights (1997)

Apollo Moon landings · Barack Obama's citizenship / religion · CIA-Kennedy U.S. assassination link · CIA-Osama bin Laden link · Dulles' Plan · HAARP · Montauk Governme Project · October surprise (1980) · Philadelphia Experiment (1943) · Sovereign nt citizen / Redemption movement · Vast right-wing conspiracy · Vietnam War POW / MIA issue · Waco Siege (1993) · Dual EC DRBG

Health, energy and AIDS origins · AIDS denialism · Chemtrails · Fluoridation conspiracy · Mind environme control · SARS (2003) · Free energy suppression · Global warming nt

2012 phenomenon (Nibiru collision) · Bible conspiracy theory · Dominionism · Gay / Lavender Mafia · Greater Bangladesh · Homintern · Jesuit conspiracy · Other Overthrow of Sukarno (1966) · Paul McCartney's death (1966) · Scottish mafia · Soviet space program (1957–1966) · Elvis Presley's survival (1977) · Vela Incident (1979) · New Coke (1985) · George Soros · Red mercury · Mexican Reconquista Dreyfus affair (1894) · Affaire Des Fiches (1904–1905) · Gleiwitz incident (1939) · Operation Ajax (1953) · Lavon Affair (1954) · Operation Northwoods Proven (1962) · Watergate (1972) · Project MKULTRA (1975) · COINTELPRO · CIA true drug trafficking · Operation INFEKTION · Operation Mockingbird · Iran-Contra affair (1986) · Swiss secret files scandal (1989) · Operation Opera Orientalis · Propaganda Due · Niger uranium forgeries (2001) Retrieved from "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jesuit_conspiracy_theories" Categories: Conspiracy theories JESUIT-VATICAN CONNECTION" TO THE UNFOLDING NEW WORLD ORDER AGENDA

Hi Cocoy,

I am sending you here 2 interesting files about an interview of an ex Jesuit revealing the dark evil secrets of the Jesuits who are very evil people. Surprised?

Please read, it is all in line with the prophecies. It is astounding.

Franky

To wit:

The Black Pope - Part 1

Father Adolfo Nicolas of Spain, new Superior General of the Society of Jesus (aka Jesuits). Traditionally nicknamed the "black pope". Interview with "Vatican Assassins" author - Eric Jon Phelps Editor's Note: For an opposing point of view about the author of "Vatican Assassins", read this article - Eric Jon Phelps Exposed.

So, you thought you were pretty well informed by now about all of the main players on the "conspiracy" playing field? You've maybe been hearing for years about (or bumped into on your own) the various elements of society who control our world from behind the scenes.

You've gotten familiar with the role played by, for instance, the Khazarian Zionists (who invented the word "Jew" to disguise their adopted heritage, as distinguished from the biblical Judeans), or the role played by the Banksters (banking gangsters) controlling the economies of the world, by the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Committee of 300 (the 17 wealthiest so-called "elite" families)--the Rothschilds in England and Rockefellers in America and Bronfmans in Canada, and on and on, comprising the physical power structure of the New World Order puppets under the direction of darkly motivated, other- dimensional "master deceivers" commonly known as Lucifer or Satan and their "fallen angel" cohorts.

While all of those details contribute to understanding the Larger Picture, what you are about to read fills in a most important Missing Link in this entire structure. And I don't mean a little side issue; I mean a link so central--yet so well hidden from general public view, and for so long--that even the most studied of "conspiracy theory" scholars probably have not put together much of the information that is going to be presented here. To call the following outlay "controversial" and "sensitive" is about as mild an understatement of the truth of the matter as can be made! This missing link changes the entire slant of the entire playing field!

After months of anticipation and weeks of preparation, I was finally able to speak with Vatican Assassins author Eric Jon Phelps on Tuesday, March 14. There was simply no other way to cover Eric's historic masterpiece spanning, literally, five centuries, than to just ask questions covering huge spans of time and major historical events. It took us almost four hours to accomplish the task, yet we could easily have gone on for another forty.

Let's call this story the "Jesuit-Vatican connection" to the unfolding New World Order agenda. You make up your own mind just how absolutely central, yet well hidden, has been this link! There's a good reason the secret Vatican library is so extensive and yet remains so intact from outside intrusion, despite the many others who would like to possess such a collection of information detailing much "censored" data about our true, otherworldly cultural heritage.

When one reads a work like Vatican Assassins, one can't help but reflect back on the purposely "adjusted" and watered down and boring moments in high school history class. Meanwhile, the true history of what has gone on is dynamic and full of calculated intrigue.

We are in a time of Truth being revealed from all directions. And there is probably no more fundamental, mind-rattling, and previous notions-shattering example of that than what is being presented here. The interview is directly followed by a number of pertinent excerpts from Eric's eye-opening book--which will be available July 1.

We are in the time of the Great Awakening on this planet. The Light of Truth, intensifying with each passing moment, is nudging many to step forward and share what they know. Will such ones follow that nudge or continue to hide in fear? The answer to that question is perhaps the most important aspect of schoolroom Earth's relentless testing at this critical time.

Martin(Rick Martin): Before we begin, let me say a few words. The topic of your book is so comprehensive and covers, literally, all aspects of global control by the Jesuits, dating back to 1540. I would like to begin our conversation with a very important point of clarification so that our readers have something to hold onto while reading the historical narrative we are about to present. Let me also add that your book is one of the most compelling, dynamic, genuinely educational historical documents I have ever read. I want to tell you, I am impressed!

You, literally, link every major global conflict and political assassination to the hands of the Jesuit Order. The Jews, as with many other groups you mention, have been the unwitting pawns in this Jesuit Agenda.

Today, who is the Superior General of the Jesuits, the so-called "Black Pope" [black here refers to hidden, evil activities, not to race or color] who gives the orders to the actual Pope. Is it still Jean- Baptiste Janssens?

Phelps(Eric Jon Phelps): Janssens, Frenchman. No, he passed away in 1964. Then Don Pedro Arrupe came to power. Then, after Arrupe died, in 1988, I believe, the present Jesuit General is Peter-Hans Kolvenbach.* I call him Count Hans Kolvenhoof.

Martin: Let's discuss this position of "General" and, in addition, who is this person, Count Hans Kolvenbach? Who does he serve? What are his origins? Where does he hail from?

Phelps: The present General is a Dutchman, his nationality is Dutch.

[*Editor's Note: The new Superior General of the Jesuits is Father Adolfo Nicolas.] Martin: Where is he? Physically, where is he?

Phelps: He resides in Rome, at the headquarters of the Jesuits, called the Church of Jesu. So, the Jesuit General resides in Rome at, what I just called, the Jesuit headquarters.

Martin: The Church of Jesu, is that near the Vatican?

Phelps: It's not far from the Vatican, right. It's in the same general area. It's headquarters of the Knights of Malta.

Martin: Is it part of Vatican City, proper?

Phelps: Right, I believe, yes it is.

Martin: Where does Satan fit into this picture, and what is the ultimate goal of the Jesuits, the so-called Society of Jesus?

Phelps: The Jesuit General, and the other high Jesuit Generals, they are sorcerers. They are Luciferians, and they worship what they would call Lucifer. They do not believe in Satan. They believe in Lucifer.

Now, according to Alberto Rivera, he was invited--because he was a top Jesuit at the time in the late '60s--he was invited to a "Black Mass" in Spain where there were quite a few top Jesuit Generals present. And he called it a "Black Mass". Well, when you're involved in a "Black Mass", you're involved in the worship of Lucifer, all dressed in their black capes and so on.

Martin: I'm fascinated by Count Hans Kolvenbach because nobody in the world knows who this person is. I've never heard the name.

Phelps: Let me just tell you that you can see his picture and his top Jesuits--just a second and I'll get the book. The name of the book is called Jesuits: A Multi-Biography, by Jean Lacoutre, and that is available, usually, in the bookstores. It was published in 1995.

Jean Lacoutre is a Frenchman. He was a communist, is a communist. On the last page of the pictures in it, that is right adjacent to page 343, you see Peter Hans Kolvenbach. He's the Jesuit General, and he looks like just a very evil individual. There's a Black man, who's a high Jesuit, he's a 29 Superior Jesuit with his cosmopolitan General staff. One of the General staff looks like Ben Kingsley of Shindler's List. There are six White men, and one Black man. And that's his General staff.

Martin: What is the process of choosing a successor General?

Phelps: The High Jesuits elect him, and he's elected for life--unless he becomes a "heretic".

Martin: And the so-called "High Jesuits" represent what group?

Phelps: I would say that they're the "professed", the high 4th Degree. When a Jesuit is professed, he is under the Jesuit Oath; he is under the "Bloody Oath" that I have in my book.

Martin: Do we have permission to reprint that Oath in our paper?

Phelps: Of course, absolutely.

Martin: One of my questions has to do with the Oath and it's similarity to the Protocols Of The Learned Elders Of Zion, and I wrote that question before I got back to the Protocols portion of your book.

Phelps: The Jesuits obviously wrote the Protocols because they have carried out every protocol in that little handbook. They have carried everything out. And, Alberto Rivera says--and he was a Jesuit--he was greatly maligned, not helped at all by the Apostate, Protestants, and Baptists in this country; he was helped, somewhat, by Jack Chick. Jack Chick published his story in six volumes, titled Alberto I, II, III, IV, V, & VI.

Alberto Rivera says that it was Jews aligned with the Pope who published the Protocols. Well, I tend to feel that it was just the Jesuits themselves because they, and they alone, were the ones who were able to bring this to pass. THE JESUITS BEHIND GAMES TO DECEIVE THE MANKIND

They're the ones in the government. They're the ones behind professional sports. The owner of the Pittsburgh Steelers is a Knight of Malta. The owner of the Detroit Lions is a Knight of Malta. All your top owners of these ball clubs, for the most part, are Knights of Malta, getting the people whooped up in this hoopla over games and sports, while they're busy creating a tyranny. So, that was one of the things in the Protocols--that they would create "amusements".

Another one they used was Walt Disney, 33rd-degree Freemason -- Disney World, Disneyland. Another one was Milton Hershey, with Hershey Park. They created all of these amusements and games and pasttimes to get the people drunk with pleasure, while they are busy overthrowing the Protestant form of government.

Martin: Where does Las Vegas factor into all of this?

Phelps: Las Vegas, well, for the most part, is controlled by the Mafia. But all the high Mafia families are Roman Catholic, and they are ALL subordinate to the Pope, or to the Cardinal of New York, which is Cardinal O'Connor--because the Commission, the Mafia Commission resides in New York.

Frank Costello was a member of the Mob Commission, and he was intimate, personal friends with Knight of Malta, Hollywood mogul, Joe Kennedy. And that has not changed.

So, the High Knights are good, dear brothers with the High Mafia Dons--the Gambinos, the Lucchese, the Columbos, all of them. And they control Hollywood, not the Jews. It's only Jews who are front- men who are involved in Hollywood and working for the Mafia and for the Cardinal, just like in politics it would be Arlen Spector. Arlen Spector was Spelly's [Cardinal Spellman's] Jew in the assassination [of President Kennedy], and he would never say a word about it.

COUNT HANS KOLVENBACH

WHAT IS THE JESUIT GENERAL? Martin: Now, as we go through here, if there's anything that you don't want me to print, please let me know because, literally, I'm going to print everything we say in this conversation.

Phelps: That's fine, that's fine with me, because it needs to be said.

Martin: Let's get back to Count Hans Kolvenbach. I want to shine the spotlight on this guy for just a little bit here. Let's talk about him. What does he do? Who is he? Let's talk about his position as "General". How do they exercise this control over the Pope? Does the Pope know he's a pawn?

Phelps: Ok, one question at a time. So, which question do you want me to deal with?

Martin: Let's just shine the light right on the "Count".

Phelps: The Jesuit General, ok.

Martin: Let's start there, and you tell me everything you want to tell me about that position.

Phelps: The Jesuit General is the absolute, complete, and total dictator and autocrat of the Order. When he speaks, his provincials move. The provincials are his major subordinates. There are around 83 provincials right now.

As I understand it, the Jesuit Order has divided the world into 83 regions. Ok? For each region, there is a Jesuit provincial. There are 10 provincials in the United States. There is one for Central America. There is one for Ireland. They've divided up the world into these provinces.

So it's old Babylonian provincial government, centered in Nebuchadnezzar or the Jesuit General himself; so it's strictly a Roman form of government, where all of the states or provinces are subordinate to this worldwide sovereign.

The Jesuit General exercises full and complete power over the Order. He meets with his provincials. When they decide to start a war or an agitation, he gets the information from the provincial of that country, how best to go about this, the demeanor of the people. Then he uses legitimate grievances to foam an agitation- like the 1964 Civil Rights Movement. That was ALL a Jesuit agitation, completely, because the end result was more consolidation of power in Washington with the 1964 Civil Rights Act that was written by the longtime President of the University of Notre Dame, the Reverend Theodore Hesburgh.

The Jesuit General rules the world through his provincials. And the provincials then, of course, rule the lower Jesuits, and there are many Jesuits who are not "professed", so many of the lower Jesuits have no idea what's going on at the top. They have no concept of the power of their Order.

It's just like Freemasonry. The lower Freemasons have no idea that the High Shriner Freemasons are working for the Jesuit General. They think that they're just doing works and being good people. But the bottom line is that the high-level Freemasons are subject, also, to the Jesuit General because the Jesuit General, with Fredrick the Great, wrote the High Degrees, the last 8 Degrees, of the Scottish Rite Freemasonry when Fredrick protected them when they were suppressed by the Pope in 1773.

So, you have the alignment with the Jesuit Order and the most powerful Freemason they had in the craft, Fredrick the Great, during their suppression. That is an irrefutable conclusion. And then, when you see the Napoleonic Wars, the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars carried out by Freemasonry, everything Napoleon did, and the Jacobins, whatever they did, completely benefited the Jesuit Order.

It's to this end that Alexander Dumas wrote his The Count Of Monte Cristo. The Count is the Jesuit General. Monte=Mount, Cristo=Christ. The Count of the Mount of Christ. Alexander Dumas was talking about the Jesuit General getting vengeance when the Jesuits were suppressed, and many of them were consigned to an island, three hours sailing, West, off the coast of Portugal. And so, when the Jesuits finally regained their power, they punished all of the monarchs of Europe who had suppressed them, drove them from their thrones, including the Knights of Malta from Malta, using Napoleon.

And Alexander Dumas, who fought for the Italian patriots in 1848, to free Rome from the temporal power of the Pope, wrote many books and one of the books was to expose this, and that was The Count Of Monte Cristo.

So, when you read that book, bear in mind that it's really a satire on the Jesuit Order regaining their power in France. The Count of Monte Cristo has an intelligence apparatus that can't be beat. Well, that's the Jesuit Order.

WHY JESUITS ARE FORBIDDEN TO LOVE A WOMAN? But the Count doesn't get what he really ought to have, or his last wish, and that's the love of woman. He gains back all of his political power; he gains back everything he lost; but he doesn't have the love of a woman. And THAT is the Jesuit Order. They have no women. They have no love of a woman. Because to have a wife, to have a woman, means you have an allegiance to your wife and family, and you cannot obey the General. That's why they will NEVER be married, and that's one of the great KEYS to their success. They can betray a nation and walk away. They can betray all the Irish Catholics getting on the Titanic, and walk away. They can betray us in Vietnam and walk away. They can betray us every time we go to the hospital and get radiated and cut and drugged, and walk away, because it's "for the greater glory of God"--Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam: the greater glory of the god who sits in Rome.

MARTIN: WHAT IS THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF THE JESUITS? Phelps: Their ultimate goal is the rule of the world, with the Pope of their making, from Solomon's rebuilt Temple in Jerusalem. That's their ultimate goal.

Martin: And why is Solomon's Temple rebuilt so important?

Phelps: Because the Jesuits have always wanted that. When Ignatius Loyola first started the Order, one of the first things he did was, he wanted to go to Jerusalem and set up the Jesuit headquarters there. So, he went there, he tried to do it and failed, came back, went to school, started his Latin studies, etc. Maybe it might be a good idea to just review a little bit about Ignatius Loyola.

Martin: Yes.

WHO WAS IGNATIUS LOYOLA?

Phelps: Ok, Ignatius Loyola was a Spanish soldier, and he was wounded at a battle between the French and the Spanish, and his leg was shattered. Well, the French General, because Loyola was very brave in conflict, ordered his own doctors to attend Loyola. So they set the leg and sent him back to his home--which, of course, he was royalty to the Counsel of Loyola in Spain, in the area of the Basques. Loyola, through his series of desiring to regain his leg--it had healed improperly, so he made a rack where he would stretch the leg, with severe, horrible, awful pain--and trying to stretch this leg to get it back to normal shape, he endured awful, terrible pain. He had it rebroken, again, a couple of times and it still did not heal properly, so he had a perpetual limp. He could no longer be the courtier among women, and as a result, he went into this depression, and he then had this vision of the saints, etc., and he wrote his spiritual exercises.

I will stop at the spiritual exercises, just for a minute, but I'll take up from there. Loyola then wanted to form an army, but when this happened with his spiritual exercises, those spiritual exercises would be basic training for all of his Jesuits. That's what they will ALL go through. That's what every Jesuit goes through today.

One of the maxims of the spiritual exercises is that if my superior says "black is white and white is black", then that's the way it is. That is in his spiritual exercises. That is what is quoted in JFK, when Kevin Costner is telling his people: "Hey, people, we've got to start thinking like the CIA. Black is white and white is black." That was a Jesuit giveaway that the Jesuits produced that movie, because they're quoting Ignatius Loyola in that movie from his spiritual exercises.

VISION IN 1540 – RESTORE PAPACY So, Loyola had an indomitable will. He had a will of steel, and he set his mind to regain back what the Papacy had lost to the Reformation. And so, he went to the Pope, and the Pope in 1540 then created the Jesuit Order. But this man is a soldier, he's a lawyer, and he put together a legion of soldiers and warriors to get back what Rome had lost, as well as institute a World Government for the Pope, from Jerusalem. This was in 1540.

He started the Order in 1536. He was arrested by the Inquisition, and he was released, and he went to the Pope; he threw himself at the feet of the Pope. He would be completely at his service. The Pope chartered him, and that Pope was Pius III. The Pope chartered them, created the Jesuit Order; now he has Papal protection, and they began their awful history of deeds of blood. And war after war after war after war, they're all attributed to the Jesuit Order in some way. Catholic nobles, with lots of money, donated castles and schools and money to the Jesuit Order.

Virtually everything they own has been given to them or stolen by them. Of course, they stole all of the fortunes of the Jews in World War II. They stole all their gold, all their assets and everything, whenever they went into a country. What's just been released is NOTHING compared to what they've taken.

THE JESUIT GENERAL – IN COMPLETE CONTROL OF THE INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES & ROME’S SS NUMBER In Edmond Paris's book, printed by Ozark Publications, called The Vatican Against Europe, it gets into great detail of what they did. It calls it--the last 30 years of war is all attributable to the Jesuits, their massacres of the Serbs and Jews, etc. But Edmond Paris did not understand that the Jesuit General--and this is one of the most important points I want to make about Von Kolvenbach--the Jesuit General is in complete control of the international intelligence community: that's the CIA, the FBI, the KGB, the Israeli Mossad, the German BND, the British SIS. The Jesuit General is in COMPLETE CONTROL of the entire intelligence apparatus--FBI, every bureaucratic agency in this country, all of it; he is in complete control of it.

So, whenever he wants to find something out about an individual, they put in the Social Security number, and everything from all of the intelligence apparatus kicks in and he and his provincials can review everything about that man. Credit cards, you name it, everything that's attached to Rome's social security number, which FDR put upon us in 1933 with the help of Spellman; at the time, I believe he was Archbishop, or maybe it was Cardinal Hayes-- but Rome was behind FDR in putting him in office.

The couple of things that he did was implement social insecurity, the income tax, and recognizing Joseph Stalin's bloody Jesuit USSR government. So, with the giving of us the Social Security number, that is Rome's number--that's why I refuse to use it--and that's why they want everybody using it for everything: driver's license, tax return, credit card, everything you do, that number is you and that number is Rome's number.

FBI & KC Martin: Let me just back-up here for a minute. What comes to mind is Louis Freeh, head of the FBI.

Phelps: Roman Catholic, good altar boy. Probably a Knight of Columbus; I can't prove it. But anybody with that kind of power has got to be a Knight of Columbus.

And the Knights of Columbus implement Jesuit politics. And Louis Freeh was the one behind the Waco atrocity and the Oklahoma City bombing atrocity. And his top sniper was a Japanese Roman Catholic named Lon Horiuchi.

So, it's Roman Catholics in control, Knights in control of the FBI, who carried out all of this killing. And those two men, Louis Freeh and Lon Horiuchi are personally accountable to Cardinal O'Connor of New York. And Cardinal O'Connor of New York is the most powerful Cardinal in the country. He is the military vicar. And that's why Bush kissed his fanny for going to Bob Jones, because Cardinal O'Connor is the King of the American Empire. And he rules his Empire from that Palace, St. Patrick's Cathedral, "the little Vatican".

Martin: And is he in contact, do you think, with Kolvenbach? Phelps: Of course. O'Connor himself is not a Jesuit, but the Jesuits are like the SS of the Catholic Church. They maintain order.

And the ones closest to him who maintain order are the Jesuits of Fordham University. Now, one of them--the head of Fordham University, I believe he is an Irishman, is also a member of the CFR [Council on Foreign Relations]. And I have that right here in the Annual Report of the CFR of 1993. Those Jesuits at Fordham maintain semblance and rule over the Cardinal in New York. And, of course, the powerful Jesuits of Fordham include Avery Dulles and John Foster Dulles, one of the writers of the book on the Second Vatican Council.

THE FALL OF HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE BEC OF PROTESTANT REFORMATION Martin: Let's back-up now, let's go back. What's the Council of Trent?

Phelps: The Council of Trent was the response of Rome to the Protestant Reformation.

Remember--the Protestant Reformation brought us all of the political liberty that we know of today. There's no such thing as national sovereignty without the Reformation. There's no such thing as private rights without the Reformation. There's no such thing as the Law of Nations, as we know of it today, of Montesquieu and the others, without the Reformation.

So, when the Reformation came with their doctrines of salvation by grace through faith alone, and that there was no need for the priesthood to go to Heaven--that all we need is salvation in Christ, and Romans 1:17: the righteous shall live by faith. When the Reformation came, it completely stripped Rome of its spiritual power. The priests were no longer wanted because the people were getting the word of God in a Bible, specifically in Holland, England, and Germany. And so, with these great revivals breaking forth and the Reformation happening, nations were breaking away from the power of the Pope. The Holy Roman Empire was breaking up. Charles V, the Emperor, resigned and became a monk and a gardener. So, the Lord was moving mightily in breaking the power of the Holy Roman Empire, started by Charlemagne and the Pope.

Well, this was not good for Rome because they were losing lots of money. The nations were not paying "Peter's pence" anymore, which today we call "foreign aid" in this country. And so the Pope was very upset about his.

What's he going to do? These nations are breaking away from us; they're not under our temporal or spiritual power; and it's very important to remember that the Pope claims two powers--spiritual and temporal--and with the breaking of his spiritual power, he then lost his temporal power. In other words, he no longer had the ability to rule the people through the king of the country, because the king was breaking away, like Henry VIII.

So, Henry VIII broke away from the Roman Church and formed the Church of England; he no longer was subject to the Pope. This was happening in England, in Germany, in Holland, and other places.

LOYOLA CAME IN TO RESCUE THE PAPACY As a result of this, the Devil raised up Ignatius Loyola with his demonisms, his "spiritual exercises" and--because Loyola had been a member of the Spanish Alumbrados, which is what we call the Illuminati today, and he used the Jesuit Order to attempt to regain back what had been taken by the Reformation--what the Lord had done through Luther, Calvin, and Knox. And, by the way, Luther, Calvin, and Knox--none of those men died violent deaths. They all lived to older age and died peacefully, amidst the power of the Jesuit machinations. THE COUNCIL OF TRENT ( A.D. 1545-1563) – TO COUNTER PROTESTANT REFORMATION The Council of Trent was the response of Rome to the Protestant Reformation.

The Council of Trent consists of 25 Sessions. Those 25 Sessions accurse and condemn all the doctrines of the Reformation. It condemns anybody who does not believe that the literal Jesus Christ is in the host [holy communion bread], and that his literal blood is in the wine. That's called transubstantiation [to make the Catholic Church very powerful and in control of every soul who takes the holy communion]. Anybody who does not believe that is an accursed anathema. Anybody who believes that their salvation is outside the Catholic Church is accursed anathema. Anybody who believes in justification by grace through faith--anathema, accursed. Anybody who believes that the Pope is not the vicar of Christ--accursed, anathema. You see, all of these doctrines were being put forth as a result of reading the Bible, which produced the Reformation, and so the Jesuits accursed everything that the Reformers were preaching. This is all in Law called the Council of Trent.

In the 4th Session, which is probably the most important Session, the Jesuits condemn freedom of speech, freedom of the press, and freedom of conscience. So, no man has the right to choose his own religion; no man has the right to publish what he feels is the truth; and no man has the right to freedom of conscience.

Those rights were secured by our Baptist/Calvinist forefathers in the First Amendment. The man who wrote the First Amendment was James Madison, who was a Baptist/Calvinist, and he was told by that Baptist/Calvinist in Virginia, Doc. John Leland: "If you don't secure all those rights, Virginia will not ratify the Constitution." Virginia was a Baptist/Calvinist state. So, we have a warfare between the Council of Trent and the doctrines of the Reformation, particularly as outlined by John Calvin in his Institutes Of The Christian Religion. Calvin [1536] wrote the Institutes Of The Christian Religion, he finished it when he was 27, and he dedicated it to the King of France. And because the Jesuits so hated him, he was driven from France and he resided in Geneva to the day of his death, when he became Governor of Geneva. It's Calvin and his Institutes Of The Christian Religion vs. Loyola and his Council of Trent, if you want it sewed-up in two major documents.

Martin: Council of Trent was what year?

Phelps: From 1545-1563, eighteen years. And Trent is a little town in Italy. So, it was a Council that took place in the town of Trent, Italy.

HOW BRITAIN ROSE OUT OF THE ASHES OF ROME? The Presbyterian Westminster Confession And Faith that was finished in 1648, after the 30 Years War, is another extension of Calvin's Institutes, and is what the Church of Scotland and the Covenanters went by when they resisted the powers of Rome and England. That document is a major document, and it's not the new Westminster Confession, it's the old one of 1648, where they called the Pope the man of sin, that Roman Anti-Christ, and they also denounced anti-Christian tyranny.

And that it is their duty, to use what they call "the sword of the spirit", which is the Word of God, which we read in Ephesians, Chapter 6, and "the sword of just defense"--the gun, the sword.

So, us Calvinists believe that there is a time for peace and a time for war, and we do not refuse to go to the battlefield when it's necessary. It was the Calvinists who gave us our political liberty in England with Cromwell. He was a Calvinist and an independent Baptist. It was Calvinists in Holland who gave the Dutch their political liberty, with William of Orange, and later his son, Prince Maurice, and then later, in our great country, when it was Washington, the Freemason who did not go into that Masonic Lodge that last 30 years of his life--in his own words--who was a Baptist and a Calvinist. He was baptized in the First Baptist Church of New York by one of his captains, Pastor Gano, all surrounded by Calvinists.

That's why they didn't surrender at Valley Forge; that's why, when they were naked, when they went through the snow, barefoot, they endured that because they were Bible-believing Calvinists and they refused to submit to the tyranny of King George, who was controlled by the Jesuits.

And that is the soul of our country. If we lose that soul, we've lost everything. And those very same Baptists, in the Second Amendment, secured their right to bear arms, because they secured the right, the "sword of just defense". And the "sword of the spirit" is contained in the First Amendment, the right to have the Bible never taken from them. The two swords of Calvinism are secured in the First and Second Amendments. Without those first two Amendments, all the others are nothing.

EMERGENCY WAR POWERS ACT OF 1950 AS PART OF THE JESUIT AGENDA Martin: Well, I got to my question #2. So, let's go to #3 of the seventy. (laughter)

How does Shriner Freemason President Harry Truman's signing into law of the Emergency War Powers Act of 1950 factor into the Jesuit Agenda?

Phelps: First of all, Harry Truman, who the Japanese called "Dirty Harry"--when they heard the movie Dirty Harry came out, they thought it was a movie about Harry Truman, according to my Japanese pastor friend, Daniel Fuji, who has passed away. Harry Truman was put in office by the Jesuits, the Pensergast Democratic machine in Missouri. Harry Truman takes over after FDR's murder, because he was murdered in the home of Bernard Baruch. When he did that, he then finished up the war with the hoax called the dropping of the nuclear bombs, to purposely create this greater hoax called the Cold War, that would enable the Vatican to knock over country after country after country, and replace the leaders with dictators, subordinate to the Pope. That was the purpose of the Cold War.

And so, when Harry Truman in 1950 signed into law the Emergency War Powers Act, the Cold War was in full force. They were building bomb shelters, etc. So the nation was in kind of a frenzy.

When he signed this into law, it put the whole country under military or martial law, and that's when the flags in every courtroom, state and federal, began to be changed. And every state flag and every U.S. flag is now trimmed in gold fringe. And whenever you see a flag trimmed in gold fringe, that means that it is the flag of the Commander-in-Chief. Now, if it's the state flag, it means that's the flag of the governor, as Commander-in-Chief. And if it's the federal flag, or the national flag, more correctly, it's the flag of the Commander-in-Chief in Washington.

All courts are nothing more than courts of military rule. They all proceed with summary procedures. The jury has no power of jury nullification. They are simply enforcing the laws of the Empire, which I call 14th Amendment America, which is a military-style, King-of-England-style country. The courts are nothing more than courts of the King's bench, as you can see in Blackstone's Commentaries.

As you walk into every bank, they all have a flag trimmed in gold fringe. The bank is what England would call, in Blackstone's day, the King's bank. So, we have the King's bank and the King's bench. And it's run according to military rule, according to Berkheimer's great work "Military Rule And Martial Law", published in 1914. When Harry Truman did this, there was a consummation of a great plan to put us under the Emergency War Powers Act and, actually, a war rule. "Daylight Saving Time" is what was called "war time". This country only went to Daylight Saving Time during World War II, and they called it, at that time, "war time". So, nothing's changed. We've never gone back to not turning back our clocks. We're still on war time. The income tax is a war tax. It was called a victory tax in 1942.

We are still paying a war tax, we are still under war time, we are still under an Emergency War Powers Act and courts are still war courts.

ASSASSINATION OF JFK Martin: Regarding the assassination of President John Kennedy, which could take this entire interview, you say that the assassination was ordered by the Jesuit General, executed by Pope Paul VI, and carried out by the "American Pope", Francis Cardinal Spellman--who, in turn, used the Knights of Malta, Shriner Freemasons, Knights of Columbus, and Mafia Dons, including the FBI and CIA, to carry out the order from Rome. Would you explain why you believe your particular theory on the assassination to be an accurate representation of the facts?

Phelps: Sure. Alright, number one: The powers that be are properly outlined [in his book], and proven through two centuries of showing how it's all been put together. Now, as to why, I will be conservative and stick with Fletcher Prouty's reasons, that he outlined in his JFK and also his other book called The Secret Team.

The reason why Kennedy was assassinated was he wanted to end the Vietnam War, and he wanted to end the rule of the CIA. That begets two questions: Did Rome want the Vietnam War? And, did Rome control the CIA? The answer is yes on both counts.

We know, on its face, that the Vietnam War was called "Spelly's War"--Cardinal Spellman's war. He went over to the warfront many times and he called the American soldiers the "soldiers of Christ". The man who was the Commander of the American forces was a Roman Catholic, CFR member, possibly a Knight of Columbus, I don't know, but he was General William Westmoreland.

So, Westmoreland was Cardinal Spellman's agent, to make sure that war was prosecuted properly. And another overseer of Westmoreland was Cardinal Spellman's boy, Lyndon Baines Johnson. Lyndon Baines Johnson was a 33rd-degree Freemason. He was also part of the assassination, with J. Edgar Hoover, another 33rd-degree Freemason.

And Johnson went to Cardinal Spellman's death at St. Patrick's Cathedral, and the picture can be seen in Cooney's work, "The American Pope". So, Johnson was completely at the beck and call of Cardinal Spellman, through Cartha DeLoach, the 3rd-in-control of the FBI. According to Curt Gentry, in his Hoover: The Man And The Secrets, DeLoach had a phone at his bedside direct to Johnson, and Johnson could call him any time. DeLoach was a Knight of Malta, subject to Spellman.

Spellman wanted the Vietnam War, why? Spellman was controlled by the Jesuits of Fordham. Why did the Jesuit General want the Vietnam War? Reason 1: JFK wanted to end the Vietnam War which was used by the Jesuits-Vatican to wipe out Buddhists and promote drug trade

The people of Vietnam, the Buddhists, were unconvertible. They would not convert to Catholicism. They didn't need Rome.

There had been a Jesuit presence in Vietnam for centuries, so it had been decided that about a million or so Buddhists would have to be "purged". They would later continue this purge of Cambodia, with Pol Pot, and the purge is yet for Thailand.It was a purging of Laos, Cambodia, and Vietnam of all these Buddhists, just like they purged the Buddhists of China with Mao Zedong, because Mao Zedong was completely controlled by the Jesuits. So, they wanted the Vietnam War.

[Covert Matrix Note: This could have something to do with the 9.5 tsunami that devastated much of Thailand on 12/26/04 - generated by an intensely focused EMP wave that shook the ocean floor.]

The other thing is that Rome is in control of the drug trade. The Vatican controls all of the drug trade--all of the heroin, all of the opium, all of the cocaine, everything going around in Columbia.

Columbia has a concordat with the Pope. A concordat is a treaty with the Pope. Hitler had a concordat. Mussolini had a concordat. Franco had a concordat. They want to set up a concordat here, which was the reason for Reagan formally recognizing the sovereign state of Vatican City in 1984. The greatest traitor we ever had was Ronald Reagan.

So, they had a concordat. Columbia has a concordat. Do you think that drugs running out of Columbia, with a country that has a concordat with Rome, is not controlled by Rome? If Rome didn't want the drug trade out of Columbia, they'd end the concordat. The whole drug trade is run by high Mafia families out of the country of Columbia, subject to the Jesuit General.

And the Jesuit General ran the Opium trade, a couple of centuries ago, out of China. They ran the silk trade, the pearl trade. The movie Shogun is but a slight scratching of the surface of the Jesuit "black ships" that trafficked in all of this silk and pearls and gold and opals and everything they could pull out of the East, including opium.

The Vietnam War was to consolidate and control this huge massive drug trade that would inundate every American city with drugs that were being brought in by the CIA with their "Air America". Then they were distributed by the Trafficante family throughout the United States -- Santos Trafficante -- out of Miami.

So we have the Mafia and the CIA working together in the drug trade. We have the Mafia and the CIA working together in the assassination of Kennedy.

The first reason why the Jesuit General [at that time, Jean-Baptist Janssens] wanted Kennedy out of the way was because he was going to end the Vietnam War. Reason 2 why they assassinated JFK: He wanted to end the reign of the CIA

The second reason is, he wanted to end the reign of the CIA, because the CIA had betrayed him in the person of McGeorge Bundy, by not giving the cover to the Cuban patriots to retake Cuba from that Roman Catholic, Jesuit-trained, grease-ball bastard--he was a bastard, his father was a Nazi-- Fidel Castro.

Kennedy was betrayed by the CIA at the Bay of Pigs invasion, which sacrificed all the patriots on the shores of the Bay of Pigs there, so Castro had no real opposition. This was the same tactic, used by the CIA and the KGB at the top, working together with Angleton controlling it, in the Hungarian Revolution, when the CIA fomented that revolution, and then betrayed all of those patriots into the hands of the Soviet army and KGB, which infuriated certain top CIA officials.

It's the same tactic: you raise up a revolution and you sacrifice the men who truly want to resist. When that happened, when McGeorge Bundy stopped the air cover of the Bay of Pigs invasion, that ended that resistance to Castro and it enthroned him into power. And, of course, it was meant to be by the Jesuits because they HAD trained him. So now Kennedy looks bad. He's got egg all over his face. What does he want to do? He signs a Memorandum, according to Fletcher Prouty, and takes all of the power away from the CIA, and gives it to the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

THE CIA WAS BUILT BY THE KNIGHTS OF MALTA The CIA was built by the Knights of Malta. One of the founders of the CIA was "Wild" Bill Donovan, an Irish Roman Catholic, who are the most fanatical, and his brother was a Dominican priest, Vincent. So, the CIA was founded by this high Roman Catholic, the first head, to solidify the Catholic or the Vatican control of it.

I'm not against the Catholic people; I'm against Rome's hierarchy. The American Catholic people know NOTHING of what's going on. And if they did, there would be a march on St. Patrick's tomorrow morning. So, as I'm against the hierarchy, I'm showing that Kennedy was against the Vietnam War, and he was going to do away with the CIA.

Well, the Jesuits had brought in all of their top Nazi SS soldiers into the CIA because the Jesuits were using the SS to kill the Jews in Europe. When the Einsatzgruppen went into Russia, the Jesuits followed with the SS and purged Western Russia of all its Jews. That's why Stalin deliberately killed 40,000 of his best officers. That's why he kicked out his best generals, purged them, because he wanted to make sure that the Red Army would lose with the advance of the German army, because following that would come the SS and purge Russia of the Jews that Stalin so hated. And by the way, justice is often poetic because Stalin's daughter married a Jew. THE CIA WAS COMPOSED OF THE SS, AN ARM OF THE VATICAN Now, the CIA was composed of the SS. The CIA now was an arm-- and the intelligence arm--of the Vatican. The Knights of Malta were throughout. Casey was a Knight of Malta. Angleton was a Knight of Malta. The Knights were through and through. Angleton manned the "Vatican desk", and that is a desk within the CIA that has a direct link to the Vatican.

So, Kennedy wanted to end this "intelligence community". That was the end of him. Reason 3 Kennedy attacked the Federal Reserve Bank of the Jesuits

Thus for anyone attempting to end the CIA, and attempting to end the Vietnam War, and also because he attacked the Jesuits' Federal Reserve Bank by printing United States Notes, they got rid of him. They killed our only Roman Catholic president.

And it's another piece of poetic justice that a Roman Catholic--not Protestants, like Harry Truman, FDR, and others--it's a Roman Catholic who truly sought to resist the temporal power of the Pope in this country. And in many ways, even though Kennedy was, in fact, a socialist and communist, at least he resisted the temporal power of the Pope. And for that we should be thankful and remember his name.

But what have they done to his name? They've slammed it. They drag it into the dirt. Every time you see it on TV, they parade before you his womanizing, which I don't deny, but my goodness, can't we give him some credit where credit is due? That's why they got rid of John F. Kennedy.

And then, of course, as soon as he's assassinated, John McCone, the head of the CIA, the following day goes to the White House and they reverse Kennedy's Memorandum of reversing the Vietnam War and make a full-scale, carte blanche war.

JFK JR GOING VS JFK SR The CIA then is tremendously and heavily funded, because it was a CIA war. And there they tried all of their new technology, their anti- gravity machines, their men who they're trying to make like the "six million dollar man". They tried out all their new technology in Vietnam. It was a great experimental theater, and Kennedy knew this. He knew it, and he knew that the American people had no idea what was going down, and he still tried to resist it, against his father's warnings. Because his father was the most powerful Knight of Malta in the Empire. Reason 4 – JFK Jr wanted to trace the killers of JFK Sr

Martin: Any theories on why they took out junior?

Phelps: Yes. According to Tom Kuncle, in his publication, John F. Kennedy, Jr. wanted to find his father's real killers, and he had the power to publish the conclusion. So, they took him out right away. They would not allow that to happen.

WHY HAVEN'T YOU BEEN TAKEN OUT? Martin: Why haven't you been taken out?

Phelps: Because I am immortal--until the Lord is done with me. I am a Calvinist and a Baptist, and we believe in the sovereignty of God. And as long as we are operating in His Will, they cannot touch us, regardless of their power.

Martin: Which is why we're having this conversation.

Phelps: Which is why we're having the conversation. Don't think for one moment they're not tapping this phone. They know this. The issue is here. We're talking about a providential, sovereign God who wishes to move, using second causes, men, just as the Devil does.

The Devil always uses second causes, men. So, it's one group of men vs. another group of men, and one path leads to evil, and the true, almighty God leads to goodness.

The problem is, with us, there are very few men who want to believe God any more. Nobody believes He can deliver any more. It's just a handful of us who say: "Well, we're going to do His Will; we're going to trust Him in His Power."

And like the Hebrews getting ready to be thrown into the fiery furnace of Nebuchadnezzar, our God is able to deliver us. We're going to tell the truth!

DEDICATION OF THE BOOK TO 4 EXEMPLARY CATHOLICS Martin: Let's see here. I can throw away a lot of these questions. So much of it seems, in a way, irrelevant to our current times because there's so much going on now. But, good grief! I was just stunned to read in your book all of the historical things that have happened as a result of these evil people. You dedicated the book to four Roman Catholics who, I'm sure, no one has ever heard of: Charles Chiniquy, Jeremiah Crowley, Emmett McLaughlin, and Alberto Rivera. Why them?

Phelps: Because those Roman Catholic men were priests; they left the priesthood and told the truth about what was really happening. And all four of them, except one, I think Emmett McLaughlin, paid with their life.

Exemplary Catholic 1: Charles Chiniquy Chiniquy was the great exposer of the Jesuit assassination of President Lincoln, when he wrote his masterpiece Fifty Years In The Church Of Rome in 1886. He proves that Lincoln was assassinated by the Jesuits, and that it was covered-up by our government at the time.

Exemplary Catholic 2: Jeremiah Crowley

Jeremiah Crowley: that priest was a great Irishman who came here and, seeing the corruption of the Archdiocese in Chicago, that it was so corrupt, he left it and exposed it. And, of course, he later came to Christ and became a Bible-believer, which they would call a Protestant. Protestants today no longer the same yesterday

Protestants today don't believe the Bible. Protestantism of today is an empty shell, it's nothing. But, back then, in 1912, they believed the Bible.

PURPOSE OF THE K OF C Crowley, then, exposed many things, and one of the things he exposed, that helped me with this, was that he warned that the Jesuits, with their Knights of Columbus--which, he says, the Knights of Columbus, named after Columbus, who he tells us was a Spanish Jew and a pirate and a deflowerer of young girls--that Columbus was no Christian.

He has a tremendous section in his book on Columbus. That the purpose of the Knights of Columbus was to fulfill Jesuitical politics, and part of those politics was to restore the temporal power of the Pope because, you remember, the Pope had lost that in 1870 and they wanted to get it back. And they got it back with Mussolini in 1929. Well, in the book that Crowley wrote in 1912, he says that Taft and Teddy Roosevelt were all cow-towing to the Pope and the Cardinals of New York.

AGENDA: TO USE US MILITARY TO RESTORE PAPAL POWER WORLDWIDE And he said they're going to use our military to restore the Pope's temporal power around the world.

And THAT was absolutely correct. That is American foreign policy. And the Council of Trent is the American foreign policy of today. That's what's going on in Serbia and Bosnia. It's the Council of Trent--the Jesuits using the American Air Force to bomb those orthodox people to smithereens. But, that was Crowley's great contribution. Exemplary Catholic 3: Emmett McLaughlin

Next, Emmett McLaughlin wrote several books. He wrote The People's Padre; he wrote Crime And Immorality In The Catholic Church, showing that Catholic nations are more lawless and more criminal than Protestant nations, and he proved it with statistics from the jails.

Emmett McLaughlin also wrote another book called The Assassination Of Abraham Lincoln, where he, again, shows that Lincoln was assassinated by the Jesuits. So, Emmett McLaughlin came out of the Catholic Church. To my knowledge, he never was born again. He never was saved, but he did tell the truth. He married a nun, and lived a virtuous and honorable life after he left.

Exemplary Catholic 4: Alberto Rivera

The last one was, of course, Alberto Rivera, who was greatly hated by the Vatican because he was a very high Jesuit who came out and, in the late '60s, about 1969, exposed the power of Rome in the ecumenical movement, that Rome controlled Kathryn Kuhlman; that Rome controlled Billy Graham; that Rome controlled, virtually, our government--Ronald Reagan.

Reagan, when he took the Oath of Office, faced the obelisk, indicating that this country will ultimately have a concordat. So, Alberto Rivera converted to Christ, wonderfully, and he started a ministry called The Anti-Christ Information Center, out of Los Angeles.

They tried to kill him five times. A dentist jammed a needle up between his teeth, trying to give him an infection in the brain. When he passed out, about a year or so later, they couldn't figure it out. Everybody was praying for him. And this was discovered when he went to another dentist. He had it removed.

He was pushed in front of a subway train. They tried five times to kill the man, and finally he died, I believe, of cancer, in a hospital, about three years ago. But these four wonderful, great, Catholic priests did their best to expose the power of Rome and its attempts to destroy our sovereign, Protestant, Bible-believing nation. And so, to them, I dedicate it.

Martin: What compelled you to write this book? What started it for you?

MOTIVATION FOR WRITING THE BOOK Phelps: I was always taught to be a patriot, a patriot first and foremost--America first, and everybody else second. Later, when I came to know the Lord, at 17, I realized the Bible taught the same thing--that the Lord had instituted nations. The Lord never instituted world governments; that's always the result of the Devil's working.

So, being a patriot and a nationalist--believing in national sovereignty--I was saved at 17, went into the Air Force, was garrisoned in a nuclear weapons area for three years in Germany, came back and started to go to Bible college.

THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE OLD KING JAMES VERSION When I went to Bible college, the issue of the King James version came up, as far as it being an archaic version. And that's what I used and I had never given it a thought. Well, some were using NIV, some NASB, and I thought: "Well, maybe it's just a modern version of what I have here." And I thought: "Well, if they want to use that, that's fine, but I'll use the King James."

I found that the underlying Greek text for the King James, the Textus Receptus, was the Greek text of the Reformation. It represents 95% of the existing manuscripts that we have today. The Greek text that underlies all these other versions--there's a Westcott and Hort Greek text, which I then discovered was really a conspiracy to adulterate the Textus Receptus in England, led by Brooke Foss Westcott and Anthony Hort, who were Maryolitors, Mary-worshippers.

Later, I found out that they had invited Cardinal Newman to sit in on the revision committee. Well, Cardinal Newman was a traitor to the Anglican Church, with his Track 90, which blew-off the Anglican Church. He then left England and he was then a Cardinal by Pius IX.

CONSPIRACY TO PRODUCE PRO-JESUIT BIBLE ENGLISH VERSIONS So, here we have Cardinal Newman, and E. B. Pusey, had been invited to sit on this revision committee, the end result being a Greek text that had been produced that was pro-Jerome's Latin Vulgate. Jerome's Latin Vulgate is the basis for the Jesuit's Reheims-Douay text, that was put out in 1582, that was attempting to rival William Tyndale's English text, which later became the King James Version of 1611.

So now I see this awful Jesuit hand in my Bible college, attempting to deprive me of the Word of God, the authorized version of 1611, in it's present edition of 1769.

Now I thought "Well, here the Jesuits are, what else have they done?"

THE JESUITS ASSASSINATED LINCOLN And the next thing I was led to was the Lincoln assassination. And I can remember reading Burke McCarty's The Suppressed Truth About The Assassination Of Abraham Lincoln, and weeping in the back room, when I was in college.

Martin: For me, one of the most compelling portions of your book was the series of revelations about Lincoln. I was stunned by that.

Phelps: That's what they did. Remember, Lincoln was not going to go along with the 14th Amendment. He wanted those Southern states to re-enter the Union on the same footing that they had left, which would have left us with a federal Republic as Washington had established it. This the Jesuits would not allow. It would be converted into an Empire. The states would be subordinate provinces to Washington. And the 14th Amendment would accomplish this with the reversion of citizenship. And Lincoln was re-elected, and he was ready to end this, and that's why they killed him. Kennedy was ready to implement his things; they would not let him be re-elected.

THE JEFFERSON BIBLE Martin: This is a total aside. Have you ever come across The Jefferson Bible? Phelps: The Jefferson Bible--and maybe you know this--is Matthew, Mark, and Luke. And Thomas Jefferson, being the Deist, being the pagan that he was, cut out all the supernatural from those three gospels. Jefferson was a Deist; he was involved with the French Freemasons who were involved in the French Revolution, and he was not here at the writing of our Protestant Constitution. So, the Lord put him out of the picture. Jefferson was just used to help with the Revolution--because the Lord does use the unGodly for good things. But Jefferson copied much of the Declaration Of Independence from the Mechlenburg Declaration, written by Calvinistic Presbyterians of North Carolina, when they seceded, when that county of Mechlenburg seceded from the Colonies.

Martin: Never heard of it.

Phelps: Yes, you'll find it in Presbyterian writings. You can find it from D. James Kennedy; he has a thing on it. And Jefferson copied, at the end: "...and to this end we devote our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor."

That was copied directly from the Mechlenburg Declaration. Jefferson was a plagiarist; he was a high Freemason; and he was out of here at the time of the writing of our Constitution. And the reason why the people of Virginia did elect him to office was because he was a State's Rights man. He wanted limited powers in Washington, and that was a good thing. And when Jefferson was elected, he undid everything the king-president John Adams did, with his Alien & Sedition Laws, because John Adams wanted to be a king, and Jefferson undid it, and Jefferson got two terms for that.

THE SECRETA MONITA Martin: I'm looking at some things that are a little further back now. The Secreta Monita. What's the significance of that?

Phelps: The Secret Instructions [excerpts at the end of this interview] are the handbooks that are given to the professed Jesuits, those under extreme oath. [The oath is presented in full at the end of this interview.] And it tells them how to conduct their plans, subjugating peoples and nations to the Jesuit General, and thus, to the temporal power of the Pope. It tells how they are to deceive. It shows how they are to swindle rich widows out of their fortunes, like they did with Astor's second wife who survived the Titanic catastrophe. It shows their general approach on how to do things.

This particular book cannot be known, and if it's ever published, they will deny it's existence. But when you see the works that the Jesuits have done, it's in complete agreement with the Secreta Monita.

There is a very interesting section in Edwin R. Sherwin's book The Engineer Core Of Hell, written in 1886 I believe--another suppressed work. It's usually in the archives of all the older libraries back here. And he shows how this Secreta Monita was discovered in South America by a Mason, and the Mason managed to escape to a lodge after being shot. He turned the Secreta Monita over to the lodge, and then these certain Freemasons saw the Secreta Monita. There are certain low-level Freemasons who believe that the Jesuit Order is their enemy, so that's why it was taken to the lodge and then published. But the high-level Masons, of course, work with them. The Secreta Monita was discovered once that way. It was published in Holland. Then, in 1857, reprinted by England.

PASCAL'S PROVINCIAL LETTERS Martin: Pascal's Provincial Letters had a devastating impact on exposing the Jesuits. Why?

Phelps: Blaise Pascal was a Huguenot, a French Calvinist. So here we have another fearless man. He doesn't fear death; he's going to tell the truth. So Blaise Pascal wrote a series of letters that were written to and from provincials, and he wrote them in a satirical manner, that of course excited that wonderful French mind. The French, of course, came to the conclusion that this was absolutely the truth, and then they moved to suppress the Jesuits again. But his Provincial Letters are considered a classic. Blaise Pascal also wrote some other great works, too.

WHY THE JESUIT ORDER WAS NOT WELCOME IN EUROPE? Martin: Pope Ganganelli-Clement XIV abolished the Order entirely in 1773, and was murdered as a result.

Phelps: Correct; he was poisoned.

Martin: The Order was similarly abolished 39 times from different kingdoms throughout Europe. It doesn't take a genius to figure out that something was terribly wrong with this group!

Phelps: Right. Are all those people bigots? Are all those people brainwashed bigots and fanatical Protestants who abolished the Jesuit Order?

You find the greatest resistance to the Jesuits in Catholic countries, by Catholic monarchs. And that's why the Roman Catholic monarchs and nobility of today don't dare resist them. The Kennedys won't touch them. The monarchs of Europe won't touch them. The Hapsburgs won't touch them, because the Jesuits have vindicated their power in the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars--well, then they went to suppress the Jesuits again in Europe and they were, for the most part, kicked-out of Europe in the 1800s. All the nations of Europe banned them. Germany banned them in 1872. And so, World War I and II, the second Thirty Years War, was pay-back for this. And ever since then, nobody touches them.

Pope Ganganelli abolished the Jesuits with a Papal Bull; the Jesuits call it a "brief". It is not a brief; it is in the Library of the Bulls, and it is called Dominic Ac Redemptor Nostor. That is the name of a bull. And when he abolished them, he abolished them forever--that they were not to talk about their abolition, that they were not to teach. He confiscated all of their wealth and land and property. For the most part, the Dominicans took it over, which is why the Dominicans had their penis cut off during the French Revolution. That's what the Jacobins did to them. It was payback by the Jesuits: "You don't dare take our property from us, boy. And you don't dare take Inquisition from us." Jacobins killed nearly every Dominican in France.

ASSASSINATION OF WILLIAM OF ORANGE Martin: Why was the assassination of William of Orange so significant?

Phelps: Williams of Orange was the father of religious liberty. William of Orange is the man who gave the Jews the freedom to come to Amsterdam. And the Jews called Amsterdam, "the new Jerusalem". William of Orange was a Catholic to begin with. Remember when he was in the forest, hunting with the king of France, and the king of France lay bare to him their plans to destroy all the Protestants in Holland, William kept silent. And that's why he was called "William the taciturn" or "William the silent".

So, he harbored all of this in his heart, and he went back to Holland determined that he would deliver the Calvinists and the Protestants from this annihilation. William went to Germany with his German wife, and he, according to Motley in his The Dutch Republic, raised an army of Germans and they did not succeed in liberating Holland. And so, it was the Dutch themselves who joined William of Orange in an attempt to liberate the country, which they ultimately did as the "wild beggars of the sea".

So, William was a great inspiration. He delivered flight from the seige of the fanatical Roman Catholic Spanish, lead by the Jesuits, when the Lord providentially delivered and sent a strong wind over the dikes, and flooded the whole area, and flooded the Spanish soldiers.

And then, after that happened, He sent another strong West wind and blew the water back over the dikes. This is a historical fact! Why don't we hear this in history? For the same reason we don't hear when Louis XIV brought his army across the river into Holland to kill all those Dutch, in 1672, right around there, that the river, right where the army was crossing, thawed out, and the whole French army went to the bottom of the river, as a result of the prayers of those Protestants of Holland. We're not taught that either!

The assassination of William of Orange was probably the second most significant act of Jesuit dominance, next to the murder of Coligny at St. Bartholomew's Massacre. Because it was first St. Bartholomew's massacre, and then the murder of William of Orange. And, of course, William of Orange was shot by a Jesuit- controlled assassin, Balthazar Girard, in his own house. And the last words of William, of course, were: "God be merciful to these poor people."

ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS Martin: What is the Royal Institute of International Affairs?

Phelps: The Royal Institute of International Affairs is the same as the American Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). The Royal Institute runs England and the British Empire, what was once the extension of the British, just as the CFR runs our country. They're sister organizations.

Martin: Where are they based?

Phelps: They're based in London.

Martin: And who is their head; do you know? Phelps: I don't know right now. The John Birch Society wrote a lot about that, and they did expose the CFR and the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Allan Stang has written a lot about that.

"GUNPOWDER PLOT" OF 1605 Martin: What was the "Gunpowder Plot" of 1605?

Phelps: The Gunpowder Plot of 1605 was the Jesuits attempt to destroy what William Howitt--and Howitt was the great writer who wrote A Popular History Of Priestcraft, 1835--he said it was a Jesuit attempt to destroy our Great King Solomon, King James I, along with the entire Protestant Parliament. Because remember, Elizabeth I had expelled the Jesuits from her empire, and if they were ever caught they were to be drawn and quartered.

After she died, the conspiracy went on there that went on with William Cecil. They named Mary Queen of Scott's son as the King of England, rather than Elizabeth's son, because Elizabeth had a son who was the Earl of South Hampton, Wriothesley, and that was the son of Edward Devere, who we know as William Shakespeare.

WHO WAS WILLIAM SHEAKESPEARE? There was no William Shakespeare. The man was Edward Devere. He ran the Globe Theater. He was the Lord Great Chamberlain to Queen Elizabeth, and he secretly had a son who was the Third Earl of South Hampton. He was the rightful heir to the thrown, not King James VI of Scotland.

You can find all this documented in two great works: the first is called Shakespeare Identified and the author is Looney. The explosion of that book is called This Star Of England, written by Carlton and Dorothy Ogborn, in 1952, and it's a 1200-page work, and in it they explain all the plays of Shakespeare, and that they are, in the words of Hamlet: "A brief abstract and chronicle of the times." Nothing but history.

And then there's another book, Wasn't Shakespeare Someone Else?, written by Tweeny, and in that book he evaluates the 150 sonnets. In those sonnets Edward Devere put his name: Vere or Uvre or Vere--he puts his name in acrostics throughout all the sonnets. And the last couple sonnets he puts his name in double acrostics. It's amazing, showing that he wrote the sonnets.

EDICT OF NANTES Martin: Why were the Jesuits so upset about the Edict of Nantes, and what was it's significance?

Phelps: Ok, the Revocation of the Edict of Nantes--it can be spelled Nantes or Nantz. Anyway, the Edict of Nantes was put forward by King Henry IV. King Henry IV was a Roman Catholic, but he converted to Protestantism and he became a Huguenot. But he was not allowed to take the throne of France until he renounced his Protestantism. So, for the sake of the kingdom, he renounced his Protestantism, and in 1610, I believe, issued forth the Edict of Nantes.

The Edict of Nantes guaranteed religious freedom to all the French. That included the Protestant, Calvinist, Huguenots, which of course included those who would have followed Admiral Coligny, who the Jesuits murdered with that she-wolf, Catherine de Medici. With the Edict of Nantes we have religious liberty in France. This cannot be. France is a cornerstone of Jesuit power, so it cannot allow this to be in place. The Council of Trent condemns it, because it's freedom of conscience.

So, after they murder Henry IV with Ravaillac, when they stabbed him through his heart, according to Sully in his memoirs, they murdered Henry IV for this, and also for attempting to reinforce the Dutch. They then, in 1685--when the Beatles are singing about the "Sun King" in their "white" album, they're singing about Louis XIV. And that's telling you that the Beatles are Jesuit-controlled. The Sun King, Louis XIV who reigned, who rules over France for, I believe, 60 years, he, because of his Jesuit confessor, Pere La Chaise, revokes the Edict of Nantes, and with that, no more religious freedom in France.

And then they sent their French dragons out and beheaded and killed every Huguenot they could find, driving 500,000 Frenchmen out of the country, the wealth of France, the manhood of France, all left for Holland and England. That destroyed France. From then on, France became a nothing nation.

The French Revolution could never have happened had not the Revocation of the Edict of Nantes taken place. Because now, there's no Bible in France. And to this day, the French have never published a French version of the Textus Receptus. Number one, all French Bibles have been produced in foreign countries, when they've been translated from the Greek Textus Receptus into French; France has never done it. That shows the Jesuit power over France to this day.

And the French have probably been the most manly, the strongest, the most gracious, the most determined in kicking the Jesuits out of their country. They've kicked them out, to my knowledge, three times--and again, they come back, foment wars, kill off the rulers, etc. Drive Eugene Sue into exile; he dies of a broken heart. Drive Calvin into exile; he can never return to France. All the great Frenchmen are driven into exile.

So we have, as American patriots, we have a great camaraderie for the French. They helped us in our American Revolution. And why did they help us? Because they've been expelled from France. Why did Spain help us? Why did they help finance our Revolution? The Jesuits had been expelled from Spain. So payback came for Spain and France, for helping this heretic, Protestant nation come into existence, with the Napoleonic Wars, when they killed Louis XVI and drove the Bubons from the Spanish thrown. That was payback. THE JESUITS KILLED 10M DURING THE 30 YEARS OF WAR Martin: For 30 years of war, from 1618-1648, you state that the Jesuits, through Ferdinand II, killed-off 10 million people. That's quite a statement.

Phelps: That statement comes from Ridpath's History Of The World, published in 1899. And that is his encyclopedia of his history of the world. That was common knowledge in 1899. The 30 Years War was hell on Earth for Europe. Two-thirds of Germany was brought back to Rome. It was leveled, plundered, and destroyed.

Wallenstein and Tilly were the fanatical Roman Catholic generals who raped, pillaged, and plundered everything in their path. But the Lord raised up certain great generals like Gustavus Adolphus from Sweden. He was called the "Snow King" and he was the one who ultimately, he paved the way for the victory of the 30 Years War.

MODERN ERA BEGAN IN 1648 But without that Protestant victory of the 30 Years War, the peace of Westphalia, which the Pope was not invited to, there would have been no modern era as we know it today. According to any historian, the modern era begins in 1648. That is when the 80 Year War in Holland ended with Spain. That is when the 30 Years War ended with Ferdinand II and the Protestants of Germany, and Sweden, and so-on.

1648 is the wonderful year in which the Modern Era began, when inventors could go to Germany and say: "Well, you know, maybe the Earth isn't flat." And maybe Leeuwenhoek could invent the microscope in Holland, and now, later on, James Clerk Maxwell, who was a Bible-believing, Protestant Presbyterian, he can write his treatise called Electricity And Magnetism, the father of what we know today about electricity and magnetism. Now, science can blossom and bloom. Now we can have literature. Now we can have great writers, like Sir Walter Scott, who writes great works like Ivanhoe and Peveril Of The Peak. Now we can have Charles Dickens, another Protestant, who writes A Tale Of Two Cities, one of London and the other of Rome. We have great literature surfacing as a result of the Modern Era.

THE JESUITS SEEK TO BRING MODERN ERA BACK TO THE DARK AGES OF IGNORANCE THRU THE TWO 30 YEARS OF WAR But the Jesuits, in their determination to destroy the Reformation and the Modern Era and bring us back to the Dark Ages, seek to reverse the effects of the Modern Era, and thus, what was brought about by the 30 Years War. And to know the 30 Years War is to understand the second 30 Years War, which started in 1914 and ended in 1945.

JAPAN BOMBED BY THE JESUITS Martin: In 1639, the Jesuits were also expelled from Japan. Apparently the Jesuits never forgot that.

Phelps: They never forgot it. For over 200 years they have been expelled. And remember the words of Lincoln: "The Jesuits never forget nor forsake."

So, payback time was coming for Japan. The Emperor had expelled them, so that dynasty was targeted. Ultimately, the Emperor would be destroyed or his dynasty would end. And so payback time was the mass fire-bombings by the American Air Force, financed by the Jesuits, as the Jesuits own Lockheed, Boeing, McDonald-Douglas, and Grumman, and they used their B-29 to firebomb Japan to smithereens. You can get the fact that the Jesuits control these aircraft companies from Avro Manhattan's The Vatican Billions.

Martin: I'm trying to get a little more current here, but some of this older stuff is also so fascinating, I'm going back and forth here. Our readers are just going to have to be a little flexible in their reading.

(laughter) Phelps: Right.

IRISH MASSACRE Martin: In 1649 there was the Irish Massacre. What was it, and let's discuss the hatred between the Protestants and Catholics in Ireland, as a result of the Irish Massacre.

Phelps: Ok. Of course, we believe in freedom of speech, freedom of conscience, freedom of the press. That is an outgrowth of Protestantism, because all Protestants were defending their right to believe the Bible in the face of Rome's expectations to believe the priests and the decrees of the Popes.

Many of the Irish were born-again. They came to know the Lord. Much preaching was done up there. In fact, Patrick, of St. Patrick's Day, was no Catholic. He was a Protestant. And so, he was a great Protestant preacher of Ireland, and many, many Irish came to know the Lord. And their point of location was primarily in the North, in Northern Ireland, which today is Ulster, Belfast, etc.

Well, the Jesuits, in fulfilling their Bloody Oath that we are making and waging relentless war on all Protestants, and all political liberals, they hatched-out the plot to kill all the Irish Protestants in Ireland with the O'Neil family. And I wonder if that O'Neil family was related to Tip O'Neil?

In 1641, the massacre began, carried out by Roman Catholic nobles and the mobs in Ireland. When they started that massacre, it continued from 1641 to 1649. The massacre ended when they killed 150,000, but they still taught the Catholic children to kill the Protestant children. So, Irish Protestants were being massacred, enmasse, for 8 years.

This is NEVER told whenever anybody is ever talking about Oliver Cromwell, when Cromwell came up with his Puritan Army and ended that, when he took Drogheda, and killed every living thing in Drogheda--men, women, children, animal, everything.

Ones say: "Oh, the beast Oliver Cromwell. Look what he did to Drogheda!" What about those beasts killing those Irish Protestants for 8 years, bashing out the brains of the little babies, smashing them up against the walls like they did, led by the priests?

This was just like they did in Croatia with the Serbs in World War II, when they gouged-out the eyes of all the Serbians, where one particular priest had 23 kilos worth of eyes. They were doing the same thing to the Irish Protestants.

So, when Cromwell came up, and it was vengeance for the Irish Massacre, and the Irish Massacre was NOT started by the Protestants, it was started by the Jesuits according to Fox's Book Of Martyrs. And you can find the whole narration there, which was a classic that all Englishmen used to read with the King James Bible.

GREAT BRITAIN - JESUIT-CONTROLLED SINCE 1795, WORKED FOR ROME Martin: Do you believe that Great Britain is truly Protestant- controlled, Jewish-controlled, or Jesuit-controlled?

Phelps: Jesuit-controlled.

Martin: Why?

Phelps: Well, let's go back. To understand today we have to go back to the Napoleonic Wars.

When Napoleon came to power, he was brought to power in Corsica. When the Jesuits were suppressed, one of their main outposts during their suppression was the Isle of Corsica. The Jesuits, remember, had finished the High Rites of Freemasonry with Frederick the Great, and then used their French Freemason Napoleon to execute their vengeance.

However, the Jesuits were also protected during their suppression in England. A very wealthy landowner--and you can find this in Ridpath's History Of The World--gave his wonderful, beautiful estate Stonyhurst to the Jesuit Order. And from then on, the Jesuits received protection by King George III, and you will find that in Mitchell's The Jesuits. Mitchell is an English historian.

Ok, so the Jesuits are now protected by King George III. Well, they're going to uphold his throne. The Jesuits use the English army and navy in the resistance of Napoleon, as both sides are controlled, so that the Jesuits can control the outcome.

The end result is that, after Napoleon accomplishes everything that the Jesuits want him to do--the expulsion of the Knights of Malta, the driving of the Roman Catholics from their throne, imprisoning the Pope for 5 years, etc.--Napoleon is then ordered to abandon his army in the snows of Russia, killing all of those French and German patriots, so that there are very few patriots left in Europe to resist the tyranny coming in France with Louis XVIII, who the Jesuits will put back on the throne.

Louis XVIII was in exile, in England, in King George's own parlor, waiting for the end of the Napoleonic Wars. So, the Jesuits put Louis XVIII back on the throne. He readmitted the Jesuits, started the Inquisition, just like they did with Ferdinand VII when they restored him to power in Spain after the Napoleonic Wars.

And where do these monarchs get their protection? From King George III. King George was used by the Jesuits to restore their power in Europe, after the Napoleonic Wars, after they punished the Pope and the monarchs. So, it's been, really, from 1795, right around there, that the Jesuits have controlled England. They've controlled the Knights, they've controlled the King. All throughout the 18th century, now, England will never go to war with France again. England will side with the French during the Crimean War. England will be on the side of the French during World Wars I & II. England and France are together, both controlled by the Jesuits--even though France is predominantly a Catholic country, and when England was, at least on it's face, a Protestant country. Why should both be working together, both having the same foreign policy. Why? Because the Jesuits control both countries. How the Jesuits came to control the Bank of England?

When Rothschild sent that note, via Roost, into London, saying that Napolean had won the Battle of Waterloo, that's when the stocks plummeted, and all the Jesuits bought all the stocks up, there in London, and got control of the Bank of England. The Jesuits then made London their commercial center of the world, and Rome their religious center, aiming that one day Jerusalem would be both.

So now the Jesuits are in control of England. After the Napoleonic Wars, we have the Congress of Vienna in 1815, and guess who's there? All the representatives of King George. England is represented at the Congress of Vienna, the settlement after the Napoleonic Wars. If England was truly Protestant, they would have never went there. Now the Jesuits are in control of England throughout the 1800s, and they use the British Empire to further the power of the Pope. England has been under Rome's control, the Pope's control, since, at the very latest, 1850. And I say since 1795. Queen Elizabeth II – Pawn of the Jesuits

Martin: Let's talk about Elizabeth II. Phelps: Elizabeth II is a wicked, evil queen. She is the head of the Knights of Malta in England. She curtsies to the Lord Mayor in Old London, and she goes and visits the Jesuits of Stonyhurst and kisses their derrières. She has complete allegiance to the Jesuits of Stonyhurst, and will do anything they tell her to do, or they'll get rid of her just like they got rid of all the rest of the monarchs in Europe.

Martin: So you see her as a pawn.

Phelps: She's just a pawn, sure. She's nothing. Remember, White men rule the world. Evil, White, sodomite, homosexual men rule the world, and these are the High Jesuits, with their High Knights of Malta and High Freemasons, they rule. And these women who are involved are just pawns in their game, like the queen, the queen of Holland, just to give the appearance that these nations have a sovereign monarch, when in fact, they're just tools.

England has done some awful, terrible things, but all of the things that they have done increase and benefit the Jesuit Order. They never resisted Napoleon III. Napoleon III was a fanatical Roman Catholic Freemason, subject to the Jesuits, who was the King of France for 18 years, second Empire. England never resisted him. They fought with him in the Crimean War. And Napoleon III dedicated all of his ships to the Virgin Mary. England has been on the side of the Jesuits since 1815, no later. So, that means that the British Secret Service is totally working for Rome, all throughout the 1800s.

JESUITS REGAINED CONTROL OF THE VATICAN IN 1814

Martin: How did the Jesuits regain control of the Vatican in 1814?

Phelps: Remember that they were in control of Napoleon. A Jesuit by the name of Abbie Sieyes--you can find him, again, in Ridpath's History Of The World--Abbie Sieyes was a Jesuit-trained individual, and I believe he was a Jesuit. He was on the Directory, and he was also on the Consulate; he was the second counsel. Napoleon was the first; he was the second. He was the advisor and director of Napoleon. Abbie Sieyes, being the Jesuit that he was, ordered Napoleon to imprison the Pope for 5 years, and he did! So, the Pope was in prison for 5 years until 1814, when he restored the Jesuit Order. The Pope, prior to that, was killed. They brought him over the mountains of the Alps, and he died through that debacle.

The Jesuits thoroughly humiliated the papacy. They used their French soldiers to overturn St. Peter's chair, and they found, written in Arabic: "There is no other God but Allah, and Mohammed is his prophet." And THAT is what is under St. Peter's chair today. That was stolen from some kalif during the Crusades.

So, they completely intimidated the Pope and showed their power. The Pope then restored them with a Papal Bull, calling upon the vengeance of the Apostles Peter and Paul, blah, blah, blah, for anyone who would ever suppress the Jesuit Order ever again. When the Jesuits were "reinstalled" in all their power, that's when they were in control of the Pope, and from then on they have been.

Any Pope who resists them gets punished or murdered. And all the Popes know it. When Pius IX wanted a liberal constitution for the Italian people in 1849, all of the Italians were delighted. Here is a liberal Pope; he's going to give us constitutional rights; we're going to have a constitution.

The Jesuits raised up a revolution with Garibaldi and their Freemasons, and drove Pius IX from his throne. He had to stay in Gaeta for about a year. When he returned to Rome, under the protection of Napoleon III's French army--actually, it was the republic's army that would later be his "army of the empire"--but they returned with a French army, protecting the Pope, he became the most fanatical absolutist, pursuant to the wishes of the Jesuits. So, Piux IX was punished. But the Popes who don't obey, like, what was it, In God's Name, the Pope who was murdered after 33 days, when he didn't go along with the Jesuit Order, they ended his life.

[Editor's note: Eric is here referring to the very well researched and deeply insightful 1984 Bantam Books gem (that's very hard to find, for "some" reason!) by David A. Yallop, called In God's Name, which details the author's thorough investigation into the murder of Pope John Paul I the night of September 28-29, 1978 after John Paul had been digging into the massive web of corruption surrounding the Vatican Bank. For all of you who look for clues, note well the choosing of day 33 since his election for the execution of the murder.]

When you steal from the Vatican, like the Cardinal did at the PII Lodge, they killed him (Kalvi), and they hanged the other guy, beginning with the admiralty jurisdiction, at their first bridge of the sea. So they have their assassins everywhere to carry out orders. They are machines. They are the perfect "Manchurian Candidates" and they will kill popes, cardinals, presidents, kings, and kaisers, to maintain Jesuit power. They are utterly ruthless--just like they said they would be in the Protocols: "We are merciless."

HOW THE JESUITS USE US GOVERNMENT TO UPHOLD VATICAN POWER ALL OVER THE WORLD? Martin: As you look around the world today, who do you see opposing them?

Phelps: It's interesting. I have a friend who makes quite a few trips to Haiti. I told her about the Jesuits. She got to questioning a few people, and she found that Papa Doc had expelled the Jesuits from Haiti.

Martin: No kidding? Phelps: That's right. Isn't it interesting, his son was also driven from power and the guy put in his place, I believe it was Aristide, is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and a complete pawn of the Pope and the Jesuit Order--for which reason, when those Haitians wanted to drive Aristide from his power, this filthy, Jesuit- controlled government in Washington put an embargo against Haiti, wrecking the country. See how the U.S. government uses its military, political, and financial power to maintain the temporal power of the Pope? And that's not only in Haiti; it's everywhere. Russia is another example.

ROTHSCHILD JEW ALLIED TO JESUITS RULE ISRAEL TODAY Martin: Don't you see, coming up soon in Israel, some of these powers coming head-to-head over the rebuilding of Solomon's Temple? Don't you see some conflicts with the powers that be?

Phelps: Which powers are you talking about?

Martin: I don't know; there seem to be so many involved.

Phelps: We first have to remember the creation of the nation of Israel. World War I prepared the land for the people. World War II prepared the people for the land. World War III, the battle of Armageddon, will "prepare the people for their messiah"--with national repentance and realizing that "Jesus, the messiah, is the savior and will deliver them".

The present government of Israel was set up by the High Masonic Rothschild-controlled Jews, and Rothschild has had an alliance with the Jesuit General since 1876, with Adam Weishaupt. This is the very same Rothschild powers who betrayed the Jews into the hands of the Nazis, killing many Jews all throughout Europe, betraying their own Jewish people. These are the very same powers who run the nation of Israel today. I read a very interesting paragraph by Mark Lane in his book Plausible Denial when he tells about a Jew in Israel who wrote about certain criminal Jews, involved with the Nazis, who are now with the Mossad, something along those lines. The man who wrote the article was gunned-down in front of his home.

So, Rome controls the Israeli government. It controls the Israeli government through the Mossad.

Who trained the Mossad? Reinhard Gehlen.

We find that fact in Loftus' work The Secret War Against The Jews in most telling detail.

So what do we have? We have high-level treason and betrayal of the Jewish race; that is there in Israel today, by their own leaders, who are loyal to Rome and the Jesuit Order. And to show this, we have a great big Rockefeller edifice in Jerusalem; we have an ophthalmology center in Jerusalem run by the Knights of Malta. There's nothing but Knights of Malta, high-level Freemasonry, and the Jesuit Order running all of Israel.

THEY WILL USE US TO BOMB DOME OF THE ROCK IN ISRAEL TO CREATE ARAB JIHAD VS USA, THUS WW III So what's going to happen, I believe, with the Dome of the Rock is, that has got to be removed--somehow, some way. It's on the Temple site; it has to be removed.

If I was the Jesuit General, I would make- somehow, some way- American bombers do it. Because I want to create universal hatred for this nation of the United States, because in the United States there are more Protestants and more Jews than any country in the world, and "we've" got to kill all those people. So what better way than to create a Jihad, a Moslem fanatical attack against the United States, coupled with a Chinese invasion from the East. That's what I think is going to happen.

The Jews are not going to destroy that Temple site because, if they do, Rome will destroy their efforts of rebuilding the Temple.

Because, if Moslems control all of Jerusalem, that Temple will never be rebuilt. It has to stay in Jewish hands--because the Jews, and rightfully so, need their own homeland. They're entitled to the nation. And they haven't had their own Temple of worship. They are rightfully entitled to that.

But what they don't know is that they are being used by the Jesuits to rebuild their own Temple, that they would love to have rebuilt, for the Pope, so he can sit there and be the man of sin, the Anti- Christ of the Book of Daniel, Chapter 9. That's what I see coming for Israel.

The assassination of Rabin? He wanted to give away too much. He probably wanted to give away some of Jerusalem. The Jesuits will never allow that. So, his bodyguards just step aside and the Mossad kills him. And nothing more is ever heard.

Rome's--the Jesuit General's--international intelligence community carries out all high-level assassinations, kills anybody who's against their program. And Cromwell knew this, back in his day, and that's why he protected himself--160 of his finest "ironsides" as his bodyguards, and no one got to him.

So anybody who's going to resist the Jesuit Order has to be doing it as a matter of a "religious" conviction--being protected by God and good men who are loyal to Him. If it's simply political, with a hired Secret Service, you can forget it. ST. PATRICK'S CATHEDRAL IN NEW YORK – THE AMERICAN POPE Martin: Let's go back to St. Patrick's Cathedral in New York. Why is that so significant? You talk about the American Pope. Again, that person is?

Phelps: Cardinal O'Connor.

Martin: Now, what is his role in the United States?

Phelps: Ok, remember first that this title "American Pope" was gotten from Conney's work. John Conney wrote The American Pope, I believe in 1988, so a lot of this information is from that document.

The American Pope is the Cardinal of New York. He is the most powerful Cardinal in the United States. He is what's called "the military vicar".

The military vicar is in command of all of the military orders within the United States, they being the Knights of Malta and the Knights of Columbus. He is also in command, and privately, of "the Commission" because Cardinal Spellman was an intimate of Joe Kennedy, and Joe Kennedy was an intimate of Frank Costello.

We also see that it was Cardinal Spellman who enabled "Lucky" Luciano to be released from the prison in New York, to return to Italy in 1946. And this was because of the Luciano Project that I mentioned in my book. But Lucky Luciano, his Mafia on the East Coast, worked in conjunction with the U.S. Navy, supposedly to protect the Eastern seaboard from German U-boat attack.

So, as payback? Cardinal Spellman releases Lucky Luciano--that filthy, wicked, evil, heartless spiritual bastard, who compelled young girls into prostitution, probably one of the cruelest things any man could do. He is released and sent back to Rome.

When the Kennedy assassination comes up, the Cardinal needs a favor. After all, he's released Luciano. So now the Mafia gets to participate: Jack Ruby, Carlos Marcello, Santos Trafficante, all the High Dons participate. Why? Because that Cardinal in New York controls the Commission.

And that Commission, you know what it controls? All of the trucking, all the supermarkets, it's power is beyond our wildest imagination, second only to the Knights of Malta. And, of course, they all control the Federal Reserve Bank. Big businessmen controlled by Vatican

The Cardinal controls the Federal Reserve Bank through the Council on Foreign Relations. The Council on Foreign Relations belongs to the Cardinal. Spellman was not a member of it, during his day, but two of the most powerful members were Knights of Malta: Henry Luce and J. Peter Grace, and also William F. Buckley, to this day. William F. Buckley is indeed one of my enemies, because I name him, and he is a powerful multi-billionaire who participated in the Kennedy assassination, just like Iacocca, another Knight. Both of those men are subject to Cardinal O'Connor and will do ANYTHING he says.

Martin: Do you know who is head of the Knights of Malta, now?

Phelps: Yes; his name is Flynn. He took over when Grace died in '93. Flynn is head of the American branch. The head of the worldwide branch, the international Knights of Malta, is Andrew Bertie; he's an Englishman. And you can find that in the National Catholic Reporter, when you go after their various articles on the Knights of Malta.

Martin: Do the Knights of Malta actually meet, actually hold meetings with the Jesuits?

Phelps: Oh, sure. Remember that Alexander Haig is a powerful Knight of Malta. His brother is a Jesuit. So, sure they have meetings. The High Knights of Malta, who meet in their palace on Aventin Hill, in Rome, of course, meet with the Jesuit General, and so on. And Count von Hoensbroech, who was a German Noble who became a Jesuit for 14 years--he wrote a two- volume work called Fourteen Years A Jesuit. His father was a Knight of Malta. Yes, the Jesuits work in conjunction and have regular meetings with the Knights of Malta.

THE KNIGHTS OF MALTA CONTROL THE MONEY The Knights control the money. The Knights control the banks. They control the Bank of Canada, Federal Reserve Bank, Bank of England; they control the banking. They were the ones who were behind the sinking of the Titanic, with the creation of the White Star Line, J.P. Morgan and others.

THE JEWS ARE JUST PAWNS OF THE JESUITS-VATICAN Martin: Alan Greenspan, then, would be?

Phelps: Alan Greenspan is a Jew, probably a Freemason, because he is the leader of the Temple called the "Federal Reserve Bank" and they always put Jews in the forefront--so that they can blame all of what they do on the Jewish race in this country, to create an anti-Semitism everywhere, just like Charles Coughlin, the radio Jesuit priest of the '30s did.

Greenspan, Bloomenthal, Warburg, and all those Jews need to be publicly rebuked, because they are creating the mass genocide of the Jewish race in the United States. The Jews are being blamed right now for the foreign policy in Bosnia. Madeline Albright--she's a Jew--they're blaming her for what's going on in Serbia. I've got a good Serbian friend who blames her. I said she's just a pawn of the Jesuit CFR. Don't blame the Jewish people. It's these Jewish "pawns" who are loyal to the Pope and the Jesuits who are doing this.

The Zionists--the Jesuits are the Great Zionists. They control all of the historical High Zionists--Theodor Herzl, David Ben-Gurion, Golda Meir. Zionism is a Masonic term, coined by the Jesuits. They are the rulers; they are the Protocols; they are the Elders of Zion. So the Zionists are, indeed, evil and wicked; but they are controlled by Rome.

WHO ARE THE BAD (FAKE) JEWS? The Jews are not all Zionists.

I remember when I went to Jerusalem and Israel in 1976, and a lady said to this particular man that I had met: "You're more of a Zionist than we are!" And I thought: "What does that mean? I don't understand that."

I only later understood why Yasser Arafat says he doesn't hate the Jews; he can't stand the Zionists. And I'm thinking: "What's the difference?" I, later, learned that there is a great difference between those Zionists and the other Jews. The Orthodox Jews can't stand the Zionists.

So what's the difference? The Zionists are socialist communists, controlled by Rome. They are atheists, just like the Jesuits, although they're being used to rebuild the nation of Israel. They are the enemies of the Jewish people, per se.

THE ARABS JESUIT-VATICAN CONTROLLED? There's no conflict going on in the Middle East. There's no conflict going on with the Arab nations. All of the Arab nations are under the command of Masonic kings or iotollas. Saddam Hussein is no enemy of George Bush; they're both brothers, brothers of the lodge. That whole thing was set up to kill off a whole bunch of Arabs for the protection of the Zionist state of Israel.

Martin: Well, Bush and Saddam were business partners. We've covered that in recent past issues of our newspaper.

Phelps: Sure. That's why they never killed Saddam. They could have easily killed him. The CIA can kill anybody they want to. They could have easily killed Saddam and got out. They could use their own Arab agents in there. Saddam was a very important tool.

Martin: Still is.

Phelps: Still is, sure. They keep the Arab peoples and nations at bay by controlling them through their leaders. Or, when they start to get out of control in their Moslem fanaticism, they then foment a war and kill off a whole bunch of them. Make sense?

Martin: There was a statement you made in your book about the Jesuits controlling the Nation of Islam, and that was almost a surprising statement to read. I would think that someone like Louis Farrakhan would be pretty adamant.

Phelps: Yeah, he would hate me for that one. Well, let's think a little bit here:

Chicago is ruled by the Archbishop of Chicago, a Cardinal. It was Cody; I don't know who it is now. Do you think anything goes down in Chicago without the Cardinal's approval?

Where was the Nation of Islam founded? Chicago.

Where is Louis Farrakhan's--that murderer's--mansion? Chicago. He lives like a king.

What does he hand out? He hands out the Protocols Of The Learned Elders Of Zion to all of deluded Black Nation of Islam people, so that they can hate the Jews, just like the Klu Klux Klan. How Martial Law can be implemented in the USA?

That's right. Those three little tidbits, right there, prove that the Nation of Islam is totally under Jesuit control. They are going to be used to foment anarchy and agitation, because they have an army called "the fruit of Islam", and they have millions of rounds stored in all the major cities--guns stored everywhere, so that they can start the race war. And when that happens, you see, then the brothers in Washington can implement Martial Law, suspend the Constitution, and now the Jesuits have what they want.

So, they use these Blacks in the North, who hate the White people, for their own destruction, for the destruction of the Black people themselves. And the Nation of Islam is part of that.

When I was in the Air Force, and in jail for about 10-15 days, about 10 years ago, the Nation of Islam was paramount, or tried to be paramount, there. All the Blacks in jail become Moslems. It's a "hate the White man" religion. Every White man is a White, blue- eyed Devil. And they're playing--the Zodiac killer, back in California many years ago, all Moslems. So it's a "hate the White man" religion, designed to foment agitation and unrest.

Martin Lucifer King was intimately involved with them. The only problem is, Malcolm X got on to it. He realized he was being used and he separated from it. Then he ceased to be an agitator.

Martin: Malcolm X was way ahead of his time.

Phelps: Yeah. Malcolm X was a good guy.

Martin: Yes, he was.

Phelps: Malcolm X, even though he was used by the Jesuits, because he hated the King James Bible, he was a great agitator. When he went to Mecca, he changed.

Martin: Yes, he did. Phelps: And when he came back, he stopped being an agitator. He stopped hating the White man. He started to set up the African- American Movement. And as a result, he was assassinated by the high leaders of the FBI and the Nation of Islam.

And what do they both have in common? High-level Shrine

The Black Pope - Part 2

Father Adolfo Nicolas of Spain, new Superior General of the Society of Jesus (aka Jesuits). Traditionally nicknamed the "black pope".

Interview with "Vatican Assassins" author - Eric Jon Phelps Editor's Note: For an opposing point of view about the author of "Vatican Assassins", read this article - Eric Jon Phelps Exposed.

Clay Shaw

Martin(Rick Martin): Let's start with Clay Shaw. Phelps(Eric Jon Phelps): Clay Shaw was a Knight of Malta. He was the head of the international trade mart in New Orleans. Roman Catholic, homosexual, multi-millionaire, lived lavishly, etc. Clay Shaw was the personal friend of David Ferry. David Ferry was a CIA agent, and was also a pilot for Carlos Marchello--the CIA and the Mafia together. Clay Shaw also was a friend of Lee Oswald, and Garrison proves it.

Here we have Clay Shaw, who was in the CIA. It was admitted by Richard Helms that Clay Shaw was a "contract agent" for the CIA, and the highest security involved in the Kennedy assassination, because he gets an attorney for Dean Andrews who's subpoenaed by Garrison. So, if Clay Shaw is involved, he's a Knight of Malta, he's high CIA, and he can't go down.

That's why the court was packed. The judge was biased against Garrison. The defense of Shaw was unlike any before. There was a guy behind, whispering to the defense attorney. That's not allowed in a courtroom defense.

Shaw HAD to be found innocent, because if he was found guilty, now the CIA is going down. Now we're going to have a revolution. So, Clay Shaw had to be found not guilty.

But it wasn't many years after that, he died under suspicious conditions and never had an autopsy. He died of lung cancer. But he's part of the brotherhood, and the Jesuits are very powerful in New Orleans.

HOW GOVERNMENT AND BIG BUSINESS FORM THE BABYLON THE GREAT Martin: John McCone.

Phelps: John McCone was a very powerful industrialist, and one who was part of the military-industrial complex, before he became the head of the CIA. He later went on to become part of, I believe, ITT. John McCone was another Knight of Malta, head of the CIA, and participated in the Kennedy assassination by virtue of him being its head. And he's Knight of Malta.

Angelton is a Knight of Malta. Henry Luce is a Knight of Malta. William F. Buckley is a Knight of Malta. And William F. Buckley then ran the National Review--and what does he do? He blames Oswald as the lone assassin.

Where was the picture concocted, for Oswald, as though his head is put on this body that's not his? It was concocted, probably, I believe, in the Time-Life Building, when they did that, because Time-Life has a whole bunch of CIA agents in it. And, remember, Time-Life is right across the street from St. Patrick's Cathedral, where Cardinal Spellman was ruling from.

So, Spellman was overseeing the whole thing, with Henry Luce. And, if you get Luce And His Empire, there is a picture in there of Cardinal Spellman, Luce, Grace, Clare Boothe Luce, and Dean Rusk, on the 1963, 4-year anniversary of Time magazine in the Waldorf Astoria, only months before the Kennedy assassination. And there's Dean Rusk, the architect of the Vietnam War, according to the words of his own son.

Ok, who's the other one? Howard Hunt. Howard Hunt is a CIA agent, of course.

He said he was never in Dallas the day of the assassination, but Mark Lane proved that he was. Thank God for Mark Lane. Here's another Jew getting in the way of the Vatican. Just like Daniel Ellsberg -- here's another Jew getting in the way of the Vatican's Vietnam War.

You see Jews who are getting in the way of the Vatican, and the Jesuits are furious about it. So here's Mark Lane; he's openly defeated William F. Buckley in court before; now he proves that Howard Hunt is a CIA agent, in Dallas the day of the assassination. The jury came forward with that verdict, and who is Howard Hunt? Howard Hunt is a personal friend of Henry Luce, a correspondent for Time-Life. He's a personal friend of William F. Buckley. He goes to one of Buckley's parties at the New York Yacht Club. He knows them both. He knows two of the High Knights.

And guess what? Guess what Howard Hunt is called? He's called "Knight". (laughter)

I wonder what he was--Knight of Columbus, or whatever. But he's involved with the brotherhood.

So he was there on the day of the assassination, intimate with Luce and Buckley. Just as the chart says on my web page. And by the way, your readers need to look at my www.vaticanassassins.org web page. J. Peter Grace

Martin: I'm going to mention a few more names.

Phelps: Oh, J. Peter Grace we forgot. J. Peter Grace was the head of the Knights of Malta in 1963. He is the head of W. R. Grace, and he's one of the largest shipping tycoons in the world, in control of all the shipping in South America. Grace is a powerful man, or was a powerful man.

Martin: Has anyone filled his shoes?

Phelps: Yes, Flynn is head of the Knights of Malta now, down in Florida where there new office is. They moved from New York to Florida, I think Bocca Raton. They have 11 Knights of Malta on the W. R. Grace board.

THE MEDICAL CONSPIRACY And, of course, guess who owns Taco Bell? W. R. Grace. So now we see W. R. Grace involved in the poisoning of America with fast-food chains, so everybody gets heart disease, clogged arteries, so they can go to bypass surgery and further enrich the medical profession, while carrying out their medical inquisition. Isn't that clear? So not only are they going to kill all of the American people, but they're going to make billions doing it.

Martin: I'm sure they're laughing all the way to the bank.

Phelps: They sure are. And where Grace did his banking, W. R. Grace, they did their banking at Chemical Bank in New York. Guess who runs Chemical Bank? Knights of Malta. Jim Garrison

Martin: Jim Garrison was a very brave guy.

Phelps: Yes, he was. He lost his marriage. He lost his children. He suffered greatly through this, doing what he did.

JESUITS IN CONTROL OF TIME-WARNER Martin: Ok, I want to talk about the movie JFK. You mention the Jesuits, in control of Time-Warner, produced Oliver Stone's movie JFK. What was the reason for this? To just further cement, subliminally in the minds of the American people, their absolute power? JFK The Movie

Phelps: I think that might be part of it. But, I think it's a test. It's a test: tell the American people the truth to see what they will do about it. And they did nothing.

And that was the end of Garrison, or Kevin Costner's speech, in the courtroom, when he said "It's up to you." And he looks directly into the camera. So, he's looking at us. That was a call to do something about it. It's a test. What will we do? And you know what was done? Nothing. The men in power, the men in the know, the men who could have said something, did nothing. So that was the purpose of the movie.

Meanwhile, they interweave all these Jesuit subliminals all throughout the movie: "Black is white, white is black"--when Garrison is at the restaurant, talking to his people--that's Ignatius Loyola. David Ferry shows pictures of his Catholic uniform there, and Satan pictures in his apartment, all very much Jesuitism.

There were a couple of other things I noticed that I can't quite remember. Oh, they had a subliminal "study the past". It goes on there, it's on a building or something, "study the past". And they said: "It's like Caesar; he's not in the loop." Well, Caesar was murdered by those close to him. And the ones who murdered Caesar were the priests of Rome. There's all kinds of subliminals in that movie which point to the power of the Jesuit Order, all over. The assassination--right after they take his body out of Parkland Hospital, they've got the cross on it, the crucifix. That is a very unique, Jesuit crucifix.

When I was at a Jesuit retreat in Redding one day, I just wanted to walk through the place. I wanted to see where these sinners rule from, so I thought I would walk through the place and check out the rooms. It just so happened that the Jesuits were on the second floor, by themselves. So I went to the first floor and the third floor, and looked into the rooms. They were little, tiny rooms, and on every bed is a crucifix with a crucified person on it. It's not the Jesus Christ of the Bible; it's their Jesus Christ. And that's the same exact crucifix that was put on the coffin, in the movie, when they're shipping the coffin out.

And get a load of this: the guy who came to give Kennedy the Last Rites, Oscar Hubert, his superior was the Bishop of Dallas, by the name of Thomas Gorman. Bishop Thomas Gorman was a Knight of Malta, answerable directly to Cardinal Spellman. Cardinal Spellman

Martin: Let's talk about Cardinal Spellman. Who was he? Why was he so important? You say, in the book, he really was the man behind it.

Phelps: Right.

Martin: Why do you say that?

Phelps: Cardinal Spellman was, first, very much involved in politics all of his life. Remember, he was trained by the Jesuits at Fordham. He was trained by Jesuits at the American College in Rome. When he came back here, he was taken care of by Nicholas Brady and his wife, multi-billionaires in control of Union Carbide, and various banks, multi-multi-billionaires. Spellman help put FDR into office

Spellman was part of getting FDR into office, although I believe Cardinal Hayes was the Cardinal. Guess who FDR names as his international agent, during World War II? Francis Spellman. Francis Spellman was throughout the war-front during World War II, going to and from the Vatican, the Allied Army, etc. And, with that, he built a huge network of contacts. He, also, of course, had contacts with the mob. Cardinal Spellman got the Nazis into the USA

So, by the time of the Kennedy assassination, we have Cardinal Spellman here, who helped the Nazis get into the United States, with the FBI.

I met one of those Nazis about 6 months ago. I call him Pete. He showed me his Nazi SS overcoat, which is a beautiful overcoat--I'd love to have it. And it was the FBI who brought all of these High Nazis in and resettled them, and gave them money to settle. Who did that? Francis Spellman, by helping those criminals escape the theater of Europe so that they could not be prosecuted. It's called the "Vatican Ratline" that Loftus writes about in his Unholy Trinity.

So, Spellman is involved in getting the SS out, helping the Ustashis. Spellman is involved in this whole second 30 Years War of the Vatican in Europe, outlined by Edmond Paris in his Vatican Against Europe.

And so, he is in a perfect place to carry out the assassination. He has contacts with the Knights of Malta in England, with the Knights he controls in America; he has his Jesuit contacts who trained him at Fordham and Rome; he was a personal friend of Pius XII during the war.

He was a personal friend of the secret cold-warrior, Montini, Pius VI. So he is the perfect man, with all of the connections, to carry it out. He has contacts with the CIA, the Knights from the CIA, the Knights from the FBI, in the person of Carthe DeLouthe, who still lives. He had contacts with high-level Freemasonry, with people like J. Edgar Hoover and their raving against Communism, Communism, Communism--international, Godless, Jew Communism.

He and Hoover are bosom, probably bed, partners. And so, Spellman is in a place to be in control of the CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and through Freemasonry, the Dallas Police Department--like they control every major city's P.D. And so he carries it out.

And then he's also in control of the press, in control of Time and Life, with Henry Luce, so the press never gets it. He's in control of CBS, with a man named Frank Shakespeare, who was the head of CBS at the time.

So you think Walter Cronkite is going to tell us the truth? No way. He's in control of CBS, NBC, ABC. They have stocks in it, for heaven's sake. So, there's no way the story's getting out. And he's in control of the CIA to hit and kill anybody who wants to come out and tell the truth, which is why there's over a hundred dead witnesses over the last 30 years.

That's why they took out Fensterwald, in 1992, outlined in the book by that CIA agent First Hand Knowledge, by Morrow. He was a CIA agent. He was in on the Kennedy assassination. He completely outlines it in his book, and he tells of that relationship of the CIA to killing Fensterwald. He dedicates his book to Fensterwald.

So, how's it getting out? This is only getting out by fearless preachers, who preach the Word of God, and aren't afraid of telling the truth politically, trusting God that He will move and do His part, now that we've done our part.

JESUITS’ GEORGETOWN IS THE TRUE CAPITAL OF THE USA, NOT WHITE HOUSE

FBI Director Hoover, Earl Warren, Gerald Ford, Johnson--Jesuit tools

Martin: FBI Director Hoover, Earl Warren, Gerald Ford, Johnson-- Jesuit tools?

Phelps: Jesuit tools. All 33rd-Degree Freemasons. And remember, the Council of the 33rd Degree is located in Washington. They control all of the Shriners in this country. Washington is controlled by the Jesuits from Georgetown.

The capital of the United States is at Georgetown University, not the White House.

And if you go into the president's office at Georgetown, you will see a picture of Bill Clinton, kneeling at the grave of Timothy Healy [past president of Georgetown], while the present president, Donovan, who is on the Walt Disney Board, is standing behind him. I wanted that picture; I wanted a copy of that picture. Those people threw me out of that office. They would not let me have a copy of it. I sent another person, a lady, up there. They would not give it to her. I want that picture, for my book, of Bill Clinton kneeling at the grave of these Jesuits. Can't get it. But if you go in the president's office, it's there.

Georgetown is the capital. They control all Freemasonry. In fact, if you go to Maryland, they've got the great big lodge across from a great big Jesuit institution, in Baltimore--a great huge Shriner Lodge is across the street from a Jesuit University. And they're enemies? Cartha DeLoach

Martin: I want to talk about Bill Clinton in a minute, but before we get to him, who is Cartha DeLoach?

Phelps: Cartha DeLoach--his sir name was Deke. He was the 3rd-in- command of the FBI at the time of the Kennedy assassination. Cartha DeLoach was the real head of the FBI. Hoover was a wimp. His queer buddy, Tolson, who was nothing, was second in command.

So Hoover and Tolson were just figure-heads. The real head of the FBI was Cartha DeLoach, the Knight of Malta, Roman Catholic, subject to Cardinal Spellman.

Cartha DeLoach fabricated evidence, covered-up evidence in the FBI, in the Kennedy assassination. That was proven by Jim Garrison. Cartha DeLoach went on to retire. He went on to work for a huge industry corporation called PepsiCo, which the Knights of Malta control, and which have ranches in Communist China, which they set up. And he still lives.

Cartha DeLoach wrote a book called Hoover's FBI. You can get it at the bookstores. In that book he tells about the Secret Service, the FBI, and the Jesuits. KENNEDY ASSASSINATION AS THE "ACHILLES' HEEL" OF THE JESUITS Martin: Why do you refer to the Kennedy assassination as the "Achilles' Heel" of the Jesuits?

Phelps: Because, if it's ever known that the Jesuits killed our first Roman Catholic President, if the Roman Catholics of Northeastern America ever find that out, and ever believe it, the Jesuits are finished here.

This country is the keystone to implementing the temporal power of the Pope around the world. If this country would expel the Jesuits, and we get back our national sovereignty, and we started to be self-governing once again, we would have our liberty, and the Jesuits would be out, and we would begin to experience REAL financial prosperity, and real living.

So, if that is known that the Jesuits are the ones behind it, that Rome carried this out, the Catholics of the Northeast would have a revolution. We would have another revolution because American Roman Catholics are not like Catholics in any other country: they think. They have their own opinion. They believe in freedom of conscience. They believe they have the right to express themselves.

Catholics in Poland don't believe that. Catholics in Italy wouldn't dare believe that. But the Catholics here do. They have a lot of Protestant principles. They don't really comprehend this whole idea of universal, world-wide temporal power of the Pope. They think it's just a religion.

But, if those Catholics in New York, if those two million Roman Catholics knew that Spellman was behind it, and O'Connor has covered it up, we'd have a revolution! Because it's the Roman Catholics, unfortunately, who only do anything about things. The Protestants don't do anything. They're all a bunch of wimps, a bunch of cowards. They don't do anything. It's the Roman Catholics who apparently have built our major cities. They built our skyscrapers. They're the great steel workers. They're the ones, apparently, with the guts enough to bring about a change. The only problem is, they're unGodly because they don't know the Lord. They don't read the Bible. They don't know Christ. They're not born-again. If they would get born-again, and come to know Christ, with their determination and their resistance to tyranny, we'd have another Reformation. And a lot of people's heads would be going on trial, and to the block, for treason.

PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION Martin: I'm going to go back, now. How did the Protocols Of The Learned Elders Of Zion, authored, according to you, by the Jesuits, further the Jesuit Agenda?

Phelps: Ok. To answer that, we probably ought to look at the different Protocols. Now, to my mind, I believe there's 20 or 30 Protocols; I can't quite remember. But the Protocols further the agenda of the Jesuit Order in that Russia would be taken and, in the fall of Russia, in the Bolshevik Revolution, two major things would happen: The Romanoff dynasty would be removed. Now, of course, the Czar was not killed at Ekaterinburg; we know that from the book The File On The Czar. We know that his daughter died in the state of Virginia [not very long ago]. We know his son, Alexi, became a member of the KGB, later came to New York, and he put out what was called The White Paper. The Royal Family was not killed, because they were Knights of Malta.

So, the Knights of Malta took the Royal Family out, faked their death, and then after they had taken the Romanoffs out, the Orthodox Church no longer had a protector, because Church and State are one in Russia. The Jesuits used the Communist Jews to destroy anti-Catholic Orthodox Church in Russia

Now the Jesuits were free, with their Bolsheviks, to kill-off the Orthodox leadership that was anti-Rome. That's why they killed 5,000 priests and nuns, during the revolution, of the Orthodox Church. They just beheaded all the anti-Catholic, anti-Pope leadership of the Orthodox Church.

They got rid of the Romanoffs, and then the next thing they did, they began to purge Russia of its Protestants, in general. They purged it of its Lutherans; they burned down the Lutheran Church; imprisoned the Baptists; sent them off to Siberia. They even destroyed two Jewish communities during the '20s, which we're not told.

The Jews fared well for 10 years, until the purges of Stalin in the '30s. But the Jesuits accomplished the killing-off, the getting rid of the Romanoff dynasty and their protectorate of the Orthodox Church, the beheading of the Orothodox Church, so they could bring Orthodox Moscow back to Rome. And remember, Moscow is considered the "Third Rome". The first is Rome; the second is Constantinople; the third is Moscow. And you can find this, you can find the Jesuit alliance with the Bolsheviks in a book called Descent Into Darkness by a priest named Zatko, who taught at Notre Dame University in the '60s.

And so the Jesuits were given formal re-entry into Russia in 1922, after the Bolshevik Revolution and Civil War, and from then on--the Russian College was erected in Rome in 1929, so they could prepare Russian Jesuits to rule Russia. And that's what they've done, and they've ruled through the KGB, just like they rule this country through the CIA and the FBI.

The Protocols outline this. Remember, the Protocols were discovered in Russia, and translated by an Englishman, Marsden. But what it also did--because then they set-up the huge gulag system, the huge concentration camp system, that gave the Jesuits practice to do this in Europe. End objective of the Jesuits: Let Europe hate the Jews saying, “The Jews killed the Christians in Russia”

But their great accomplishment was, in the process of pulling all of this off, they blamed it on the Jews, and in so doing, justified in the eyes of the European people the annihilation of the Jewish race in Europe--because it's the Jews who did this in Russia! The Jews killed all the Christians in Russia! The Jews sent them off to Siberia! After all, wasn't Trotsky a Jew? Wasn't Lenin a Jew? It's all the Jews! So, they fell for the bait.

So they blamed it all on the Jews, purged Europe of its Jews, so Europe is primarily Roman Catholic now. It's a Roman Catholic block, and it will be the army of the Anti-Christ, with its European Union.

The Jews, then, were forced out of the nations to Israel. And remember, during World War II, when the Jews tried to escape and they were desperate to get out of Germany, do you think Jew- controlled Russia would let the Jews in? If the Jews really controlled Russia, they could have gone right into Russia. They were not allowed. Stalin would not allow any Jews to go into Russia. Churchill would not allow any Jews to go into England. And that criminal, FDR, would not allow any Jews to come into America. They were not allowed to escape.

They were either to be killed or funneled down through Israel, to be killed by the Mufti, that was working with the SS, Eichmann. Loftus is right. There is a secret war against the Jews, and all of the intelligence communities are waging it. The Rabbis betray the Jews And the Jews don't perceive it because their Rabbis, the majority of their Rabbis, are traitors. I talked to a Rabbi in Lancaster County and I told him to look out for the Jesuit Order. He says "Oh, they're some of my best friends!" Well, that explains it. The Rabbis betray their own people at the hand of these inquisitors. And that's what they did in World War II, and they're going to do it here. Garfield and M0cKinley

Martin: Let's talk about Garfield and McKinley. Why were they assassinated?

Phelps: I think Garfield was assassinated on a monetary issue; he was resisting the banking plans of the Jesuits. He was a radical, red Republican, too, you know, so they got rid of their own. I'm not familiar with all of the details. All I know is Burke McCarty in the book The Suppressed Truth About The Assassination Of Lincoln named McKinley and Garfield as other victims of the Jesuit Order. And had the Lincoln assassination been solved, that would never have happened. The other important issue is that Garfield was a Freemason. So, they assassinate their own Freemasons, when they want to. John Surratt

Martin: Going back to Lincoln, who was John Surratt?

Phelps: John Surratt was the young man, 20 years old, who called time outside of Ford's Theater. He was mastermind of the assassination. John Surratt was helped by the priests of Washington to escape Washington, went up into Canada, was taken care of and housed by the priests, by the Bishop of Montreal, and then he was ferried across the ocean in The Peruvian, in a steamer called The Peruvian, and he went to, I believe, Ireland, then into England, then he went to Rome, to the Pope's Vatican there. He joined the Zouave army, and he was stationed in Alexandria, Egypt, until he was found and arrested. In 1867, he was brought back and stood trial in Washington. There a woman was involved in the picking of the jury, and a High Roman Catholic was put on it. And because it's no murder to kill a heretic, the jury was hung in the first trial and Surratt went free. And he was also free in the second trial, because there were two trials. He died in 1914, I believe, at the age of 72, and they gave him, of course, a very, very, pompous funeral, a High Requiem Mass that are usually only given for priests and nuns. Evidently, he deserved it.

Of course, John Wilkes Booth, he was never killed. Corbett never killed Booth in the barn. Booth escaped Washington with a password, according to Finis Bates' work The Escape And Suicide Of John Wilkes Booth. He escaped to Kansas, and on his death bed confessed to his physician that he was John Wilkes Booth who shot Lincoln. And he escaped with the help of a Masonic password. So just like there was a patsy for the Lincoln assassination, there was a patsy for the Kennedy assassination.

Martin: Why is April 15th so significant?

Phelps: (laughter) Well, April 15 was the day that Lincoln called out troops on the South. It was the day that Lincoln died. He was shot on the 14th and died on the 15th. It's the day that the Titanic was sunk. And it's the day all the 14th Amendment citizens of this empire, like the good serfs that they are, go to confession once a year and confess to the government with their tax returns. Beware the Ides of April. (laughter)

THE COLD WAR WAS ORCHESTRATED BY THE JESUITS TO CONTINUE PERSECUTING BIBLE BELIEVERS Martin: Let's talk about the Cold War. Why did that come about?

Phelps: We had the end of World War II. We had the purging of the Jews and the Protestants, for the most part. The British Empire was destroyed, it's wrecked, which was essentially the empire that the Gospel went to China with. Modern missions were founded on the British Empire.

So, that Protestant Empire, even though it was controlled by Rome, was done. We have America in huge financial debt, out of isolationism. We have a Russia that's taken over by the Jesuits, through Joseph Stalin. Of course, the great beneficiary of World War II was Russia--Russia was the only country that won. But the Jesuits are not finished with their purgings and their installings of dictators loyal to the Pope, around the world. I mean, they pretty much have South America. They pretty much have Africa. But they don't have the East, and the Orthodox nations, and the Buddhist nations.

So, the purpose of the Cold War was to kill millions of these heretic, orthodox Buddhists, and to install in their country dictators that will carry out the Inquisition, who are loyal to the Pope.

One of those dictators was Joseph Stalin. And he was given the nuclear device in 1943 by the U.S. government, by the U.S. army. And you can find that in The Unseen Hand by Ralph Epperson. He did a lot of good documentation.

So, they gave him the bomb. I shouldn't call it "the bomb" because they gave him the nuclear device so that he could detonate it and create the illusion that Russia now has nuclear capability, when a wheel-barrow was a great invention in Russia.

I mean, the Russian soldiers, when they went into Germany and they found toilets, they were dipping their bread in the toilets and eating their bread out of toilets. In Russia they were just savages. They didn't have technology; they had nothing. All the technology they ever got was given by Vatican-controlled Western corporations, whose inventors were Protestants.

So, the Cold War has to continue under Stalin. And we have to divide up the world into two factions, so we're going to put Roman Catholic NATO on one side, and we're going to put Communist- controlled Warsaw Pact on the other.

But in the process of so doing, they put Protestant East Germany under Communism to purge the Protestants of East Germany out of the country. That's why they sent them to Siberia. They put Protestant-Lutheran Latvia, Lithuania, and Estonia under Communism, so they deported them all to Siberia. They put the Mennonites of Russia further under Communism, deporting them to Siberia. They deported the Baptists of Russia to Siberia, because they could only do--wimpy, gimpy, powerless, Russian army that it was--we could easily have beat it into the ground, if it had not been financed and supported and built by Henry Ford and Western corporations.

So, wimpy, gimpy Russia has this nuclear device, right? And oh, if we decide to go to war with Russia, well, we might get bombed! There's mutual, assured destruction. So to keep that from happening, we won't fight 'em, and we'll let them purge the world of all its Protestants. That's the purpose of the Cold War.

The Cold War then went into China, and the U.S. 7th Fleet, according to the Birch Society, and they're right about this, blocked Chiang Kai-Shek from being able to go into China and take over the country. So, Mao Se-Dung could get in control, get in power, and then carry out his inquisition against the land owners, against the Buddhists, against all the Protestant missionaries who were in China--just like the good Jesuit pawn that he was.

And, of course, the intimidation idea was that you can't go to China--why, there's millions of people there! Meanwhile, the Japanese whipped the Chinese to death in their war with China, when the Japanese went in. The Chinese had no technology. They had no organized army. They were easy to beat.

But the idea we were sold was: Oh no--China is a great, powerful nation, and now they even have the bomb! Stalin gave them a bomb, so we can't fight them anymore. So we won't do anything to them, while they're murdering 50 million people. And remember the "baby-boomers" of the United States, we would have fought the world. We would have rid the world of tyranny, had we had leadership that would have led us to that. But we had this farce, called the nuclear, mutual assured destruction. We had this farce called the dropping of the bombs at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Whatever it was, it wasn't dropping nuclear bombs--and Edwin Corley does a pretty good job in his The Jesus Factor, in trying to tell you what else it was.

And so, we have this nonsense Cold War, which enables Rome to put up all their dictators, their Communist dictators, all of them loyal to the Pope--including Ho Chi Minh. Ho Chi Minh had a secret deal with Pope John XXIII, and he was under the advice of a Roman Catholic Bishop all throughout the war.

The purpose of the Cold War was to carry out the Council of Trent, and to tie the hands of the American Protestants; and it was also used to unite the Protestants and Catholics of America against Communism. Protestants and Catholics should unite on nothing. We are different. The Catholics have a final authority--that's the Pope. The Baptists and Protestants should have a final authority--that's the Bible. We don't unite on anything. We don't agree on anything. We don't agree on America's national purpose, so we don't unite. We're not uniting with abortion; we're not uniting with Communism; we don't unite against the Black or the Civil Rights Movement.

THE JESUITS ALSO CONTROL PROTESTANT CHURCHES AND UNIVERSITIES You see, all these things were used to unite Catholics and Protestants together here, so that, ultimately, Rome would be in control of all the Protestant denominations through the National Council of Churches and the Royal Council of Churches. And that's what they got. They took Princeton; they took Dartmouth College. All the great Protestant Universities are now in the hands of the Masons and the Jesuits. Harvard has a Jesuit House. They're controlled. And so, wherever they control education, they control the politics. And they control the education in China, Russia, all the Communist countries. Now that they have all of the dictators installed all throughout the world, they don't need the Cold War anymore. So now they can proceed with their next agenda, and that's the unification of Europe, the building up of Russia, and the destruction of the Western Empire. And that's their next agenda.

NEXT JESUIT AGENDA: EU AND THE DESTRUCTION OF THE WESTERN EMPIRE Martin: How do you see that unfolding?

Phelps: What's that?

Martin: The destruction of the Western Empire.

Phelps: As far as the actions of overthrowing the government and having a tyranny, is that what you mean?

Martin: Right. What do you see life like here in the next 5 or 10 years?

Phelps: It's hard to put a date on it; it's hard to put a year on it. But I would say it's going to continually become more and more a matter of "central power" in Washington. You're going to have less and less power in the Congress. And one of these days, the Congress is going to be closed. And all we're going to have is a Commander-in-Chief. We're going to have some form of absolutism, with the President becoming now a dictator.

Martin: Do you think George Bush, Jr. will be that person?

Phelps: He could be. I won't say he will be, but he could be. It will be someone like him--with complete allegiance to Rome, just like his father. His grandfather helped set up the CFR. His uncle is a Knight of Malta. It will be someone like him.

And he WILL be the next President. They've already chosen him in the College of Cardinals. Everything else is a show. Jesuit-trained Buchanan is a show. Roman Catholic McCain is a show. The Black Roman Catholic Keyes is a show, although he tickles me. He advocates abolition of the 14th Amendment. If that happens, what are the Black people going to do? They're not citizens; they have no rights! Dred Scott comes into play. He's a fake.

So, what I see is more and more centralization of power in the hands of the President. The Supreme Court is just a rubber stamp. He becomes the king. The courts are nothing more than the courts of the king's bench. The Federal Reserve Bank will remain in power. Everything will be monitored and controlled by Washington, unless some of God's men start trusting God and get in control of the state and cause it to secede. The only answer to this is state secession, leaving this Union--it's not a Union, it's an Empire--leaving the Empire that began in 1868, assuming national sovereignty, once again. And the first state that would do this, I'm moving there. Because I don't want to see the FBI anymore. I don't want to see the CIA. I don't want to see any of these national bureaucracies anymore.

Martin: Montana seems close. Arizona seems close.

Phelps: Well, when they do it, I'll move there. But that's what would happen if things continue as they are. We'll have race war. We're going to have the Moslems fighting the Klu Klux Klan. Whites siding with the Whites; the Blacks siding with the Blacks. It's going to be a blood-bath everywhere. And that will justify Martial Law, and the military, and the whole nine yards, and also foreign occupation; we're going to have that too. And you know how foreigners are in a foreign country. They rape the women. They couldn't care less about the social strata of the country. They have no mercy on the people. They have a foreign tongue. And that's what they'll do. And that's all the more reason for a state to secede.

I've advocated that Pennsylvania should secede for the last 15 years. We have our own deep-water ports; we have our own agriculture; we have our own heavy industry; we have coal; we have everything we need to be a sovereign nation. We don't need this Empire anymore. The only problem is, Pennsylvania is COMPLETELY controlled by the Jesuits.

Every major city is under their control. And so, the place is slated for destruction -- all of the Mennonite and Amish counties of Southeastern Pennsylvania.

Everything else is Catholic: Pittsburgh, Scranton, Philadelphia, Harrisburg--all Roman Catholic. The Roman Catholic people, too, will also be sacrificed. They will be killed too. Let them not think that they're going to be delivered because the Jesuits run the show. According to the Jesuit Molina, in the tape I just sent you, it is lawful to kill -- and they will kill as many Roman Catholics as necessary to bring this plan to fruition.

UNIVERSAL ABSOLUTISM: THE BEAST ALONE WILL DESTROY THE WHORE PER REVELATION 17 Martin: Define the Jesuit term: Universal Absolutism.

Phelps: Define it? That means worldwide, universal, over every nation, absolute power. Absolutism is their great doctrine, that absolute power resides in the hands of the General. He is limited by no constitution. He is limited by no law.

This is the Great Doctrine of Divine Right, the Divine Right of Kings that was so fought against by the Calvinists. We Bible-believing Calvinists believe in the Rule of Law. The Law is king. Rutherford's "Lex Rex". The Jesuits believe the king is the law--Louis XIV: "I am the law". So, it's going to be a universal, world-wide king who, himself, is the law. All authority will be in him, as he rules the world from Jerusalem, as the Beast.

Martin: Are we talking about the present Pope, or are we talking about Count von Kolvenbach?

Phelps: I'm saying that what's in position now will ultimately bring in the future Pope, whoever he is, and whatever it may be, as a Universal Absolutist -- the Universal Monarch of the World, in Jerusalem.

Martin: Symbolic? Or you're saying literal?

Phelps: I'm saying that will literally happen. There will be a Pope, who will be killed; he will receive a mortal wound. And this is going to happen in the 70th week of Daniel. He will receive a mortal wound, according to Revelation 13.

This is the Beast, and he will come back to life. He comes back to life, mid-trip, at the very time that Satan and his angels are cast out of Heaven by Michael and his angels. At this time, Satan goes and he indwells the Beast, this Pope. Now he comes back to life, just like Christ. He was dead; now he's resurrected.

And what is he going to do? He's going to destroy the Catholic Church. He's going to destroy the Vatican; and he's going to go down in Jerusalem and demand to be worshipped as God, for three and a half years.

That's why the Vatican is indestructible. No one can destroy the Vatican. All the armies in the world couldn't destroy it. It has been determined that it will be destroyed by the Anti-Christ. And he, alone, can do it.

That's why, when the Yugoslavians wanted to mount an air attack against the Vatican in World War II, a bunch of clouds came over the airport and they couldn't take off, because they were going to bomb the Vatican. The world will not allow that to happen. The Vatican will only be destroyed by the man of sin, the Beast, the coming Universal Monarch, the ex-Universal Pope.

THE VATICAN LIBRARY The Vatican has the most extensive library in the world, the most priceless and extensive library. It goes for miles, underground, in the Vatican.

Martin: Wouldn't you love to go in there.

Phelps: I would love to. Talk about finding sunken treasure.

STRATEGY TO FILL USA WITH CANCERS: REMOVE OXYGEN IN WATER FIRST, THEN, VACCINES Martin: We've almost covered it. I almost don't want to dilute this conversation with the FDA and AMA. Let's talk about them just briefly.

Phelps: Ok. World War II, produced of course by Rome, caused the Nazi experiments on the people in the concentration camps--the Jews, the Gypsies, the Socialists, primarily the Jews. But they experimented with things like fluoride. They experimented with things like EDTA chelation, which is THE treatment of choice for anybody with heart disease. They experimented with poisons. They experimented with surgeries. They experimented with all kinds of things on these people. They also experimented with vaccinations and immunizations. Why chlorine and fluoride in drinking waters

There's a book called The Nazi Doctors. Everything that was learned by them was integrated into the American Medical Association, after the war. That's why we all have our municipal water supplies fluoridated. That's why they're all chlorinated, because chlorine decreases oxygen, and therefore causes cancer, because cancer grows in an anaerobic state--it's a virus, converting cells into mutants that are anaerobic.

Ok. All of Europe is using ozone to clean their water supplies. Here they use chlorine. They want us with cancer. And how do we get cancer? With the vaccinations and immunizations, where they inject us with live viruses, like the hepatitis vaccine--every one of them has the HIV virus, SV-40.

What they're doing is what they learned in Nazi Germany. They implemented here and they continue their research in the CIA. There's a two-tape set called The CIA And The Virus Makers which show how the CIA helped to create the HIV virus and various other viruses. They get into Robert Gallo, the world's foremost virologist.

Robert Gallo is a Jesuit. He's a Roman Catholic, Italian, the world's foremost virologist--and yet not controlled by the Brotherhood, by the Company? Ridiculous. He's under their control! He's doing all the research, and he doesn't want to be blamed for it--as the WONDERFUL Jew, Len Horowitz, proved. Again, we've got Jews getting in the way--Jews blowing their cover.

Martin: I've interviewed Len many times. He's a very courageous guy.

Phelps: Great guy. And he's right on target. And he hits the Knights of Malta in his book Emerging Viruses: AIDS & Ebola. He was a great encouragement to me when I saw him do that, when I read his book. Using Medical Inquisition to destroy the West

So, hey, let's just take it the whole way. Let's just go right to the Jesuit Order. And what the Jesuits did with the Cold War, with their Inquisition in the East, they carry out with their war on the American people in the West, with their Medical Inquisition--cut, burn, and drug. And that's what it is.

Personally, I have my own home where I use ozone oxygen. I use ultraviolet blood irradiation. I can show you how ultraviolet blood irradiation incapacitates Lupus. It destroys Hepatitis. It destroys Meningitis. It destroys HIV.

This is a very simple procedure; I do it every day. It can easily be done by any medical doctor, and they won't do it. Because, when you kill off the virus, you don't have the diseases. You are thwarting what they wanted to do with their vaccinations and immunizations.

That's why they want to make a law. That's why that filthy Ted Kennedy, that Knight of Columbus, wants all these vaccinations and immunizations--when it should be a religious tenet of everyone: "It's against my religious convictions to put foreign pathogens into my bloodstream. It's going to make me sick by the time I'm 40. It's going to give me plaque build-up and heart-disease. I'm not going to do it."

In the meantime, they're suppressing all the things that reverse it: soft lasers, hyperbaric chambers, ultraviolet blood irradiation, oxygen ozone, north-pole magnetic therapy. All the things working together that would easily reverse it, they suppress, and consider it a crime. Make sense?

Martin: Rife technology.

Phelps: When I was in the office of my friend, William, in Maryland, he told me that he had a guy from NSA [National Security Agency] come in and talk to him about his blood irradiation, and told him: "I think that it would be wise for you to stop this."

Now, this guy who runs the clinic there in Maryland is an ex-Navy Seal. He's no pushover. So he says to the NSA guy: "Well, why do you say that?" And the NSA guy said: "You know how Royal Rife died? We put poison on his tooth-brush."

This guy was from NSA. So, that was a threat. Well, now, some people get scared, and some people get upset, angry. William is one of those guy who gets upset and angry, and it furthers him that much harder.

So, mysteriously, the head of the Ultraviolet Blood Irradiation Foundation died, about 3 or 4 months ago, in his apartment, with no autopsy. So they almost destroyed the foundation, but now he is in the process of securing capital--and he will, I'm sure, very shortly, and it's going to be untouchable. The machines will be put out and it will have UVC and UVA to do the blood, and we're going to kill-off all the viruses in the bloodstream. And we're going to teach the medical doctors how to do it. We'll provide the machines for them. And we're going to end this tyranny. And we'll also educate them--no more vaccinations and immunizations.

There are only two things I'm a member of in this country: one is the national anti-vaccine society, and the other is Gun Owner's of America. Those are the only two organizations that are really worth supporting. If you get the vaccinations away from the people, they're not going to be sick. And if you maintain guns in the hands of the people, they can still use them against the tyrants. And if they go to church and read the Bible, they'll have all the spiritual zest and zeal to do it.

NIKOLA TESLA Martin: We haven't even talked about Nikola Tesla in this conversation.

Phelps: Yeah. He was deliberately thwarted by the FBI, all his papers stolen in 1943. J.P. Morgan destroyed him. J.P. Morgan was one of the kingpins in the Titanic sinking. Nikola Tesla was a wonderful man. He came here for freedom. He was a Serbian Orthodox--a curse to Rome. The father of Alternating Current (AC). He developed a whole system of Universal Power, that we would need no coal or any of that. So, one of my other goals is to perfect the electromagnetic motor. When my book gets out, then I will be working with some men in perfecting electromagnetic motors, and they will be out, without a patent, privately.

BILL CLINTON Martin: We're just about there. Let's talk about Bill Clinton. How do you see Bill Clinton in relationship to the Jesuits? And how do you see Al Gore? What can our readers glean from what you're saying about their power base?

Phelps: Well, we must remember: where did Bill Clinton come from? How did he become Governor? His father was a powerful political figure, because his mother was nothing. So, he came from nothing to being something, through some powerful political figure, probably the Kennedys.

It's rumored that John Kennedy was his father; could be. In any event, Clinton was trained by the Jesuits of Georgetown. He was the class president of his junior year, I believe. His senior year, he was not re-elected because the student body said he was "too close to the Jesuit faculty".

So, he was groomed by the Jesuits to be a powerful political leader. He was put in place in Arkansas, runs that scam there, while he's Governor, in the drug trade, belonging to Rome, working with Reagan in the drug trade, and Bush. Then he's made President.

Remember the picture of him at Georgetown, kneeling at the grave of Timothy Healy? That says it all. He is the complete and total pawn of the Jesuit Order ruling from Georgetown University. He does anything they want him to do. He hasn't resisted a thing. That's why he's untouchable. He can commit any crime. He can do any act of evil, and never be prosecuted, because they'll call on traitors like Arlen Spector to vindicate him. And, of course, Arlen Spector was Spelly's Jew in the Kennedy assassination--evil, wicked, lifetime Senator from Pennsylvania, which shows me that there are no elections anymore. Nobody voted for Arlen Spector who I know. He's a gun-grabber. So, they made him a life-time Senator. They made Teddy Kennedy a lifetime Senator.

Bill Clinton is completely at their beck and call. He will get out of office. He will live happily ever after, unless he starts talking. If he starts talking, he's done. He is NOT a Baptist. He is loyal to the Jesuit Order.

GOD AND HIS AGENDA Martin: Ok, let's talk about God and His Agenda.

Phelps: As I understand the Bible, I believe we are in what's called the Dispensation of Grace. I'm a dispensationalist. Now, there are those who say that dispensationalism was a brain-child of the Jesuits. Could be, could be Jesuits were involved with that. But I believe the Bible teaches this, because God deals with men in different ways, at different times.

He commands Abraham to sacrifice a lamb, but not me. We don't do that now. He commands Noah to build an ark. We don't do that now. He commands Moses to receive the Law of Sinai. We're not under the Law; it's for the Nation of Israel. He commanded his son to announce that the Davidic kingdom was ready to be established on Earth--repent, for the Kingdom is at hand. The Kingdom, promised to David, is about to be established, and that's why they called him Son of David.

And now we live in the Dispensation of Grace, called the present Evil Age, of Galatians, Chapter 1:4, and the Dispensation of Grace of Ephesians, Chapter 3. During this particular period of time, this stewardship, the Gospel says that the Lord Jesus Christ died for the sins of our world; he was buried and rose again.

And God commands all men, everywhere, to repent and believe on His name that they might be saved. But there is no other name under Heaven whereby we must be saved, save the name of Jesus. During this time, this good news of forgiveness of sin and free pardon, and we can be with the Lord for eternity, is going to every nation, Jews and Gentile. And during this Dispensation of Grace, Jews and Gentiles are regarded as one, in the body of Christ, when they're saved.

Now, according to Romans, Chapter 11, there is what is called the "fullness of the Gentiles". There is a fullness that is a predetermined amount of people who are going to be saved. We call them "the elect". We call ourselves the elect of the Lord.

Now when that elect, that predetermined number, is saved, then God will begin to deal with the nations and Israel, once again. And that will begin, according to Daniel, Chapter 9, when the Prince shall come, shall confirm a covenant with many for one week. That is the 70th week of Daniel. The first 69 weeks have been fulfilled, from the decree, to rebuilding Jerusalem, to Messiah the Prince, the day Christ declared himself the Messiah of Israel, was 69 weeks of years. After that the Messiah would be cut-off, and Jerusalem would be destroyed. That is the gap between the 69th and the 70th week. The temple is not destroyed; the city is not destroyed; the Messiah is not cut-off, during the 69th or the 70th week. There's a gap between those two weeks, and that gap has gone to nearly 2,000 years. In the year 2032, it will be 2,000 years. Because Christ was crucified in 32 A.D.

Ok, during this dispensation, God is saving Jews and Gentiles out of all nations and placing them in the body of Christ, by the power of His Holy Spirit, as the Gospels preached. When the predetermined number comes to fruition, then the Lord will take out his Bible- believing church, and everybody else is left to go through what is called "the time of Jacob's trouble", in the Book of Jeremiah, or the Great Day of the Lord--the 7-year tribulation, talked about in the Book of Revelation, Chapter 4-19.

That 7-year tribulation will be when the Lord begins to judge this world for its rejection of the Messiah, and for their sins, having not been taken care of, not having been saved; although there will be many people saved during this time.

The Jews will be tremendously persecuted. The vast majority of them will be murdered, and there will be a remnant who will repent at the end of the Tribulation, at which time the Messiah will come and they will look upon him, whom they pierced, and weep because they will realize that the one who is going to save them from all these Gentile armies pouring into Israel, is the very one they crucified.

When the Lord Jesus destroys all the Gentile armies, he will then set up the Davidic Kingdom that he came to set up--the born-again nation of Israel.

Can a nation be born in a day? Isaiah, Chapter 66--they will be born-again, they will inherit all the promises, and Christ will sit down in the Kingdom with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, just like he talked about, and he will eat the fruit of vine again. Because he said: "I will not eat this henceforth, til ye say, 'Blessed is he that come in the name of the Lord' until I eat it anew with you in the Kingdom." Then he will drink wine; he will eat the fruit of the vine; he will break bread; and he will be Messiah, King of the World at that time, ruling the world from Jerusalem.

So, what we have coming is more unbelief, more persecution, less faith, less manhood, less guts, and we have more persecution from the Jesuit Order, more monetary control. We have another scenario of the World Government, under the Pope from Jerusalem, and that's what the Jesuits want. And, ultimately, God in His providence, has allowed for 42 months for that to happen: 1260 days. So that's what I see coming. But what I believe is, I don't believe that the doctrine of the coming Anti-Christ should be used as fatalism--that we should: "Well, that's coming, so we can't do anything about it. The bastards are coming to take us out."

That's an excuse to cowardice. We need to do our duty. We need to resist evil in ourselves and around us, and as long as we have breath. And part of resisting that evil is resisting the Jesuit Order. It's resisting anti-Christian tyranny. It's resisting absolutism. It's resisting criminals who are in your government.

We have a civil responsibility, and that's to make sure government punishes evil and rewards good. And when it doesn't punish evil anymore, it's no government. We don't know allegiance to it anymore. We withdraw our allegiance, and we assume our own sovereign power.

And that's exactly what the Covenanters did with Scotland when they withdrew their allegiance from, what was it, King James II, or Charles II; they withdrew their allegiance and the English settled there and, ultimately, many of those Covenanters were killed. But in the glorious Revolution of 1688, they got their liberty.

Another thing is, all these men--they want to win right now. They want to do something and experience the win. We have no guarantee of that. Why not just say the way it is, resist the tyranny, and if we get killed in the process, then praise God--I mean, isn't Heaven a little better than this place? What's the big fear? All these men do not know the Lord, as far as trusting Him in the midst of a storm. They're full of fear; they're full of terror; and they're all afraid to die.

So, hopefully, with the true preaching of the Gospel--and ultimately there will be some preachers who will arise who will encourage us to do right and not fear death, and to resist these powers of evil-- hopefully that will begin to change and there will be men who will call for secession, and states will begin to leave this Union, like Chechnya, and these others, and then the Lord will intervene for us.

If we honor Him, He'll honor us. If we fight for His causes, He'll bless us. And we need to stop looking at the odds. We've always been outnumbered. We've always been outgunned. And that's the way God likes it, because then, when we win, obviously He did it.

So that's what I see for the future, and I see there's a great vacuum right now that needs to be filled. And it can be filled with the men of God telling the truth, or it can be filled with Jesuits advocating everybody give-up, lay down their guns, and submit to this New World Order, under the Pope.

WHAT NEXT TO DO: SUBMIT TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER OR RESIST IT? The question is: What are YOU, dear reader, going to do?

Editor's note: Eric Jon Phelps' book Vatican Assassins will likely be available through Wisdom Books & Press (see Back Page) after August 1. We will provide specific information about cost, etc., in an upcoming issue of The SPECTRUM when it is closer to the date of availability.

The following are direct excerpts from the forthcoming book by Eric Jon Phelps called Vatican Assassins.

THE JESUITS -- 1540 THEIR PURPOSE AND OATH The purpose of the Jesuit Order, formally established by the Pope in 1540, is to destroy the Protestant Reformation. They call it the Counter-Reformation. Nicolini of Rome wrote:

"The Jesuits, by their very calling, by the very essence of their institution, are bound to seek, by every means, right or wrong, the destruction of Protestantism. This is the condition of their existence, the duty they must fulfill, or cease to be Jesuits." [Footprints of the Jesuits, R. W. Thompson, 1894]

Extract from Jesuit's Oath

To this end the professed Jesuits have obligated themselves with an oath, part of which was published in 1899, and reads:

"I do now renounce and disown my allegiance as due to any heretical King, Prince or State, named Protestant, or liberals, or obedience to any of their laws or magistrates or officers.

"I do further declare that the doctrine of the churches of England and Scotland, of the Calvinists, Huguenots, and other of the name Protestant or Liberals, to be damnable, and they themselves to be damned who will not forsake the same.

"I do further declare that I will help, assist and advise all or any of His Holiness' agents, in any place where I shall be, in Switzerland, Germany, Holland, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, England, Ireland or America, or in any other kingdom or territory I shall come to, and do my utmost to extirpate the heretical Protestant or liberal doctrines, and to destroy all their pretended powers, legal or otherwise." [Errors of the Roman Catholic Church, 15 Contributors, 1894]

In 1981, one of our heroes, Alberto Rivera, disclosed the oath he took as a professed Jesuit. We read:

CEREMONY OF INDUCTION AND EXTREME OATH OF THE JESUITS (Given to a Jesuit of minor rank when he is to be elevated to a position of command.)

Superior Speaks: "My son, heretofore you have been taught to act the dissembler among the Roman Catholics to be a Roman Catholic, and to be a spy even among your own brethren: to believe no man, to trust no man. Among the reformers, to be a reformer; among the Huguenots (French Protestants) to be a Huguenot: among the Calvinists, to be a Calvinist: among the Protestants (those who protest and disagree with the Roman Catholic institution), generally to be a Protestant: and obtaining their confidence to seek even to preach from their pulpits, and to denounce with all the vehemence (violent emotion) in your nature our Holy Religion and the Pope; and even to descend so low as to become a Jew among the Jews, that you might be enabled to gather together all information for the benefit of your order as a faithful soldier of the Pope.

"You have been taught to insidiously plant the seeds of jealously and hatred between states that were at peace, and incite them to deeds of blood, involving them in war with each other, and to create revolutions and civil wars in communities, provinces and countries that were independent and prosperous, cultivating the arts and the sciences and enjoying the blessings of peace;

"To take sides with the combatants and to act secretly in concert with your brother Jesuit who might be engaged on the other side, but openly opposed to that with which you might be connected;

"Only that the church might be the gainer in the end in the conditions fixed in the treaties for peace, and that the ends justify the means.

"You have been taught your duty as a spy, to gather all statistics, facts and information in your power from every source: to ingratiate yourself into the confidence of the family circle of Protestants and heretics of every class and character, as well as that of the merchant, the banker, the lawyer, among the schools and universities, in parliament and legislatures, and in the judiciaries and councils of State, and to 'be all things to all men', for the Pope's sake, whose servants we are unto death. "You have received all your instructions heretofore as a novice (one who has no training), a neophyte (a newly ordained priest), and have served as a coadjutor (worked as a helper), confessor and priest, but you have not yet been invested with all that is necessary to command in the army of Loyola and in the service of the Pope.

"You must serve the proper time as the instrument and executioner as directed by your superiors; for none can command here who has not consecrated (made secret or holy) his labors with the blood of the heretic; for 'without the shedding of blood no man can be saved.'

"I, _____, now, in the presence of Almighty God, the blessed Virgin Mary, the blessed Michael the Archangel, the blessed St. John the Baptist, the Holy Apostles, St. Peter and St. Paul and all the saints and sacred hosts of heaven....

"I, furthermore, promise and declare that I will, when opportunity presents, make and wage relentless war, secretly and openly, against all heretics, Protestants and Liberals, as I am directed to do.

"That when the same cannot be done openly, I will secretly use the poisoned cup, the strangulation cord, the steel of the poniard (a dagger) or the leaden bullet, regardless of the honor, rank, dignity, or authority of the person or persons, whatever may be their condition in life, either public or private, as I at any time may be directed so to do by any agent of the Pope or superior of the brotherhood of the holy faith, of the Society of Jesus." [Double- Cross: Alberto, Part 2, 1981]

In addition to the Oath, the Jesuits have a guidebook entitled Secreta Monita. To the author's knowledge it has only been disclosed to the world twice: once in the 1600s and once in the 1800s. Because of the magnitude of its contents as it relates to our subject, The Secret Instructions Of The Jesuits (1857) is reprinted in its entirety [in Vatican Assassins]. [Due to the length of this material, we here at The SPECTRUM will only present a few excerpts and chapter headings, but this should be sufficient to give you a pretty good idea of what is contained within them. For the full presentation, refer to Vatican Assassins. The portions your are about to read have not, to our knowledge, been printed in any modern-day newspaper.

What you are about to read, The Secret Instructions Of The Jesuits, was first published in 1669 by the venerable and learned Dr. Compton, Bishop of London. In Vatican Assassins we read:]

His arguments on their authenticity, and his character as a scholar and divine, are a sufficient guarantee that he would never have given his name and influence to sustain a work of dubious authority, or calculated to mislead the public.

We have only to add that the last American edition, published at Princeton, and this one which we publish, are taken from the translation which was published in London in 1723, and dedicated to Sir Robert Walpole, who was afterwards Lord Orford, and who had the high honor of being prime minister of George I and George II.

THE SECRET INSTRUCTIONS OF THE JESUITS Chapter 1: How the Society must behave themselves when they begin any new foundation.

V. At their first settlement, let our members be cautious of purchasing lands; but if they happen to buy such as are well situated, let this be done in the name of some faithful and trusty friend. And that our poverty may be the more colorable gloss of reality, let the purchases, adjacent to the places wherein our colleges are founded, be assigned by the provincial to colleges at a distance; by which means it will be impossible that princes and magistrates can ever attain to a certain knowledge what the revenues of the Society amount to.

VI. Let no places be pitched upon by any of our members for founding a college but opulent cities; the end of the Society being the imitation of our blessed Saviour, who made his principal residence in the metropolis of Judea, and only transiently visited the less remarkable places. [AYL Comment: Savior who?]

THE JESUITS ARE MAKERS OF WIDOWS AND THEIR EXTORTIONERS! VII. Let the greatest sums be always extorted from widows, by frequent remonstrations of our extreme necessities. [AYL Comment: Did the true Jesus Christ teach extortion of the widows? What did He say instead against such practice? The Father’s Laws for the care and protection of the Orphans and the Widows

[niv]"Do not take advantage of a widow or an orphan. Exo 22:22 [kjv]Ye shall not afflict any widow, or fatherless child. [niv]If you do and they cry out to me, I will certainly hear their cry. Exo 22:23 [kjv]If thou afflict them in any wise, and they cry at all unto me, I will surely hear their cry; [niv]My anger will be aroused, and I will kill you with the sword; your wives will become widows and your children fatherless. Exo 22:24 [kjv]And my wrath shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your wives shall be widows, and your children fatherless.

[niv]Woe to those who make unjust laws, to those who issue oppressive decrees, Isa 10:1 [kjv]Woe unto them that decree unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have prescribed; Isa 10:2 [niv]to deprive the poor of their rights and withhold justice from the oppressed of my people, making widows their prey and robbing the fatherless. [kjv]To turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away the right from the poor of my people, that widows may be their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless! [niv]What will you do on the day of reckoning, when disaster comes from afar? To whom will you run for help? Where will you leave your riches? Isa 10:3 [kjv]And what will ye do in the day of visitation, and in the desolation which shall come from far? to whom will ye flee for help? and where will ye leave your glory?

[niv]For the LORD your God is God of gods and Lord of lords, the great God, mighty and awesome, who shows no partiality and accepts no bribes. Deu 10:17 [kjv]For the LORD your God is God of gods, and Lord of lords, a great God, a mighty, and a terrible, which regardeth not persons, nor taketh reward: [niv]He defends the cause of the fatherless and the widow, and loves the alien, giving him food and clothing. Deu 10:18 [kjv]He doth execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger, in giving him food and raiment.

[niv]Do not deprive the alien or the fatherless of justice, or take the cloak of the widow as a pledge. Deu 24:17 [kjv]Thou shalt not pervert the judgment of the stranger, nor of the fatherless; nor take a widow's raiment to pledge: [niv]Remember that you were slaves in Egypt and the LORD your God redeemed you from there. That is why I command you to do this. Deu 24:18 [kjv]But thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in Egypt, and the LORD thy God redeemed thee thence: therefore I command thee to do this thing. [niv]When you are harvesting in your field and you overlook a sheaf, do not go back to get it. Leave it for the alien, the fatherless and the widow, so that the LORD your God may bless you in all the work of your hands. Deu 24:19 [kjv]When thou cuttest down thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a sheaf in the field, thou shalt not go again to fetch it: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow: that the LORD thy God may bless thee in all the work of thine hands. [niv]When you beat the olives from your trees, do not go over the branches a second time. Leave what remains for the alien, the fatherless and the widow. Deu 24:20 [kjv]When thou beatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not go over the boughs again: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. [niv]When you harvest the grapes in your vineyard, do not go over the vines again. Leave what remains for the alien, the fatherless and the widow. Deu 24:21 [kjv]When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vineyard, thou shalt not glean it afterward: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. [niv]Remember that you were slaves in Egypt. That is why I command you to do this. Deu 24:22 [kjv]And thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in the land of Egypt: therefore I command thee to do this thing.

Deu 27:19 [niv]"Cursed is the man who withholds justice from the alien, the fatherless or the widow." Then all the people shall say, "Amen!" [kjv]Cursed be he that perverteth the judgment of the stranger, fatherless, and widow. And all the people shall say, Amen.

What they have done to the orphans and widows?

[niv]"Why does the Almighty not set times for judgment? Why must those who know him look in vain for such days? Job 24:1 [kjv]Why, seeing times are not hidden from the Almighty, do they that know him not see his days? [niv]Men move boundary stones; they pasture flocks they have stolen. Job 24:2 [kjv]Some remove the landmarks; they violently take away flocks, and feed thereof. [niv]They drive away the orphan's donkey and take the widow's ox in pledge. Job 24:3 [kjv]They drive away the ass of the fatherless, they take the widow's ox for a pledge.

[niv]They prey on the barren and childless woman, and to the widow show no Job 24:21 kindness. [kjv]He evil entreateth the barren that beareth not: and doeth not good to the widow.

[niv]They crush your people, O LORD ; they oppress your inheritance. Psa 94:5 [kjv]They break in pieces thy people, O LORD, and afflict thine heritage. [niv]They slay the widow and the alien; they murder the fatherless. Psa 94:6 [kjv]They slay the widow and the stranger, and murder the fatherless. [niv]They say, "The LORD does not see; the God of Jacob pays no heed." Psa 94:7 [kjv]Yet they say, The LORD shall not see, neither shall the God of Jacob regard it.

[niv]Your rulers are rebels, companions of thieves; they all love bribes and chase after gifts. They do not defend the cause of the fatherless; the widow's case does not come before them. Isa 1:23 [kjv]Thy princes are rebellious, and companions of thieves: every one loveth gifts, and followeth after rewards: they judge not the fatherless, neither doth the cause of the widow come unto them.

[niv]Those who are near and those who are far away will mock you, O infamous city, full of turmoil. Eze 22:5 [kjv]Those that be near, and those that be far from thee, shall mock thee, which art infamous and much vexed. [niv]" 'See how each of the princes of Israel who are in you uses his power to shed blood. Eze 22:6 [kjv]Behold, the princes of Israel, every one were in thee to their power to shed blood. Eze 22:7 [niv]In you they have treated father and mother with contempt; in you they have oppressed the alien and mistreated the fatherless and the widow. [kjv]In thee have they set light by father and mother: in the midst of thee have they dealt by oppression with the stranger: in thee have they vexed the fatherless and the widow.

Who is God to the orphans and widows?

[niv]A father to the fatherless, a defender of widows, is God in his holy dwelling. Psa 68:5 [kjv]A father of the fatherless, and a judge of the widows, is God in his holy habitation.

[niv]The LORD watches over the alien and sustains the fatherless and the widow, but he frustrates the ways of the wicked. Psa 146:9 [kjv]The LORD preserveth the strangers; he relieveth the fatherless and widow: but the way of the wicked he turneth upside down.

[niv]Leave your orphans; I will protect their lives. Your widows too can trust in me." Jer 49:11 [kjv]Leave thy fatherless children, I will preserve them alive; and let thy widows trust in me.

Conspiracy: They kill the prosperous man so they can take his widow and wealth!

[niv]There is a conspiracy of her princes within her like a roaring lion tearing its prey; they devour people, take treasures and precious things and make many widows within her. Eze 22:25 [kjv]There is a conspiracy of her prophets in the midst thereof, like a roaring lion ravening the prey; they have devoured souls; they have taken the treasure and precious things; they have made her many widows in the midst thereof.

[niv]"Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You devour widows' houses and for a show make lengthy prayers. Therefore you will be punished more severely. Mat 23:14 [kjv](23:14 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore ye shall receive the greater damnation.)

Mar 12:40 [niv]They devour widows' houses and for a show make lengthy prayers. Such men will be punished most severely." [kjv]Which devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayers: these shall receive greater damnation.

[niv]"Beware of the teachers of the law. They like to walk around in flowing robes and love to be greeted in the marketplaces and have the most important seats in the Luk 20:46 synagogues and the places of honor at banquets. [kjv]Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at feasts; [niv]They devour widows' houses and for a show make lengthy prayers. Such men will be punished most severely." Luk 20:47 [kjv]Which devour widows' houses, and for a shew make long prayers: the same shall receive greater damnation.

Warning to the oppressors of the Orphans and Widows

[niv]Woe to those who make unjust laws, to those who issue oppressive decrees, Isa 10:1 [kjv]Woe unto them that decree unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have prescribed; [niv]to deprive the poor of their rights and withhold justice from the oppressed of my people, making widows their prey and robbing the fatherless. Isa 10:2 [kjv]To turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away the right from the poor of my people, that widows may be their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless! [niv]What will you do on the day of reckoning, when disaster comes from afar? To whom will you run for help? Where will you leave your riches? Isa 10:3 [kjv]And what will ye do in the day of visitation, and in the desolation which shall come from far? to whom will ye flee for help? and where will ye leave your glory?

[niv]"This is what the LORD Almighty says: 'Administer true justice; show mercy and compassion to one another. Zec 7:9 [kjv]Thus speaketh the LORD of hosts, saying, Execute true judgment, and shew mercy and compassions every man to his brother: [niv]Do not oppress the widow or the fatherless, the alien or the poor. In your hearts do not think evil of each other.' Zec 7:10 [kjv]And oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the poor; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart. [niv]"But they refused to pay attention; stubbornly they turned their backs and stopped up their ears. Zec 7:11 [kjv]But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the shoulder, and stopped their ears, that they should not hear. Zec 7:12 [niv]They made their hearts as hard as flint and would not listen to the law or to the words that the LORD Almighty had sent by his Spirit through the earlier prophets. So the LORD Almighty was very angry. [kjv]Yea, they made their hearts as an adamant stone, lest they should hear the law, and the words which the LORD of hosts hath sent in his spirit by the former prophets: therefore came a great wrath from the LORD of hosts. [niv]" 'When I called, they did not listen; so when they called, I would not listen,' says the LORD Almighty. Zec 7:13 [kjv]Therefore it is come to pass, that as he cried, and they would not hear; so they cried, and I would not hear, saith the LORD of hosts: [niv]'I scattered them with a whirlwind among all the nations, where they were strangers. The land was left so desolate behind them that no one could come or go. This is how they made the pleasant land desolate.' " Zec 7:14 [kjv]But I scattered them with a whirlwind among all the nations whom they knew not. Thus the land was desolate after them, that no man passed through nor returned: for they laid the pleasant land desolate.

[niv]"So I will come near to you for judgment. I will be quick to testify against sorcerers, adulterers and perjurers, against those who defraud laborers of their wages, who oppress the widows and the fatherless, and deprive aliens of justice, but do not fear me," says the LORD Almighty. Mal 3:5 [kjv]And I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not me, saith the LORD of hosts.

Our Duty towards the Orphans and the Widows

[niv]wash and make yourselves clean. Take your evil deeds out of my sight! Stop doing wrong, Isa 1:16 [kjv]Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before mine eyes; cease to do evil; [niv]learn to do right! Seek justice, encourage the oppressed. Defend the cause of the fatherless, plead the case of the widow. Isa 1:17 [kjv]Learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.

[niv]This is what the LORD says: Do what is just and right. Rescue from the hand of his oppressor the one who has been robbed. Do no wrong or violence to the alien, the fatherless or the widow, and do not shed innocent blood in this place. Jer 22:3 [kjv]Thus saith the LORD; Execute ye judgment and righteousness, and deliver the spoiled out of the hand of the oppressor: and do no wrong, do no violence to the stranger, the fatherless, nor the widow, neither shed innocent blood in this place.

1Ti 5:16 [niv]If any woman who is a believer has widows in her family, she should help them and not let the church be burdened with them, so that the church can help those widows who are really in need. [kjv]If any man or woman that believeth have widows, let them relieve them, and let not the church be charged; that it may relieve them that are widows indeed.

[niv]Religion that God our Father accepts as pure and faultless is this: to look after orphans and widows in their distress and to keep oneself from being polluted by the Jam 1:27 world. [kjv]Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from the world.

Blessings come from being kind to the Orphans and the Widows

[niv]If you really change your ways and your actions and deal with each other justly, Jer 7:5 [kjv]For if ye throughly amend your ways and your doings; if ye throughly execute judgment between a man and his neighbour; [niv]if you do not oppress the alien, the fatherless or the widow and do not shed innocent blood in this place, and if you do not follow other gods to your own harm, Jer 7:6 [kjv]If ye oppress not the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, and shed not innocent blood in this place, neither walk after other gods to your hurt: [niv]then I will let you live in this place, in the land I gave your forefathers for ever and ever. Jer 7:7 [kjv]Then will I cause you to dwell in this place, in the land that I gave to your fathers, for ever and ever.

THE JESUITS KEEP THEIR WEALTH SECRET SO AS TO APPEAR TRUE TO THEIR VOW OF POVERTY BEFORE THE PEOPLE VIII. In every province, let none but the principal be fully apprised of the real value of our revenues; and let what is contained in the treasury of Rome be always kept as an inviolable secret.

Chapter II: In what manner the Society must deport, that they may work themselves into, and after that preserve a familiarity with princes, noblemen, and persons of greatest distinction. I. Princes, and persons of distinction everywhere, must by all means be so managed that we may have their ear, and that will easily secure their hearts; by which way of proceeding, all persons will become our creatures, and no one will dare to give the Society the least disquiet or opposition.

II. That ecclesiastical persons gain a great footing in the favor of princes and noblemen, by winking at their vices, and putting a favorable construction on whatever they do amiss, experience convinces; and this we may observe in their contracting of marriages with their near relations and kindred, or the like. It must be our business to encourage such, whose inclination lies this way, by leading them up in hopes, that through our assistance they may easily obtain a dispensation from the Pope; and no doubt he will readily grant it, if proper reason be urged, paralleled cases produced, and opinions quoted which countenance such actions, when the common good of mankind, and the greater advancement of God's glory, which are the only end and design of the society, are pretended to be the sole motives to them. [AYL comment: Inconsistent! How come “the common good of mankind, and the greater advancement of God's glory, [be] the only end and design of the society” if they extort widows and destroy their husbands first to make them vulnerable to their extortions?]

V. Above all, due care must be taken to curry favor with the minions and domestics of princes and noblemen; whom by small presents, and many offices of piety, we may so far byass, (bias) as by means of them to get a faithful intelligence of the bent of their master's humors and inclinations; thus will the Society be better qualified to chime in with their tempers.

VII. Princesses and ladies of quality are easily to be gained by the influence of the woman of their bed-chamber; for which reason we must by all means pay particular address to these, for thereby there will be no secrets in the family but what [they] shall have fully disclosed to us. XV. Finally,--Let all with such artfulness gain the ascendant over princes, noblemen, and magistrates of every place, that they may be ready at our beck, even to sacrifice their nearest relations and most intimate friends, when we say it is for our interest and advantage.

Chapter III: How the Society must behave themselves towards those who are at the helm of affairs, and others who, although they be not rich, are nothwithstanding in a capacity of being otherwise serviceable.

I. All that has been before mentioned, may, in a great measure, be applied to these; and we must also be industrious to procure their favor against every one that oppose us.

II. Their authority and wisdom must be courted for obtaining several offices to be discharged by us; we must also make a handle of their advice with respect to the contempt of riches; though at the same time, if their secrecy and faith may be depended on, we may privately make use of their names in amassing temporal goods for the benefit of the Society.

Chapter IV: The chief things to be recommended to preachers and confessors of noblemen.

VI. Immediately upon the death of any person of post, let them take timely care to get some friend of our Society preferred in his room; but this must be cloaked with such cunning and management as to avoid giving the least suspicion of our intending to usurp the prince's authority; for this reason (as has been already said) we ourselves must not appear in it, but make a handle of the artifice of some faithful friends for effecting our designs, whose power may screen them from the envy which might otherwise fall heavier upon the Society.

Chapter V: What kind of conduct must be observed towards such religious persons as are employed in the same ecclesiastical functions with us. Seducing the rich widows

Chapter VI: Of proper methods for inducing rich widows to be liberal to our Society.

I. For the managing of this affair, let such members only be chosen as are advanced in age, of a lively complexion and agreeable conversation; let these frequently visit such widows, and the minute they begin to show any affection towards our order, then is the time to lay before them the good works and merits of the society. If they seem kindly to give ear to this, and begin to visit our churches, we must by all means take care to provide them confessors by whom they may be well admonished, especially to a constant perseverance in their state of widowhood, and this, by enumerating and praising the advantages and felicity of a single life: and let them pawn their faiths, and themselves too, as a security that a firm continuance in such a pious resolution will infallibly purchase an eternal merit, and prove a most effectual means of escaping the otherwise certain pains of purgatory.

IV. Care must be taken to remove such servants particularly as do not keep a good understanding with the Society; but let this be done by little and little; and when we have managed to work them out, let such be recommended as already are, or willingly would become our creatures; thus shall we dive into every secret, and have a finger in every affair transacted in the family.

Chapter VII: How such widows are to be secured, and in what manner their effects are to be disposed of.

I. They are perpetually to be pressed to a perseverance in their devotion and good works, in such manner, that no week pass in which they do not, of their own accord, lay somewhat apart out of their abundance for the honor of Christ, the blessed Virgin, or their patron saint; and let them dispose of it in relief of the poor, or in beautifying of churches, till they are entirely stripped of their superfluous stores and unnecessary riches. XIII. Let the confessors take diligent care to prevent such widows as are their penitents, from visiting ecclesiastics of other orders, or entering into familiarity with them, under any pretence whatsoever; for which end, let them, at proper opportunities, cry up the Society as infinitely superior to all other orders; of the greatest service in the church of God, and of greater authority with the Pope, and all princes; and that it is the most perfect in itself, in that it discards all persons offensive or unqualified, from its community, and therefore is purified from that scum and dregs with which these monks are infected, who, generally speaking, are a set of men unlearned, stupid, and slothful, negligent of their duty, and slaves to their bellies.

XIV. Let the confessors propose to them, and endeavor to persuade them to pay small pensions and contributions towards the yearly support of colleges and professed houses, but especially of the professed house at Rome; not let them forget the ornaments of churches, tapers, wine, and things necessary in the celebration of the sacrifice of mass.

XV. If any widow does in her life-time make over her whole estate to the Society; whenever opportunity offers, but especially when she is seized with sickness, or in danger of life, let some take care to represent to her the poverty of the greatest number of our colleges, whereof many just erected have hardly as yet any foundation; engage her, by a winning behavior and inducing arguments, to such a liberality as (you must persuade her) will lay a certain foundation for her eternal happiness.

XVI. The same art must be used with princes and other benefactors; for they must be wrought up to a belief, that these are the only acts which will perpetuate their memories in this world, and secure them eternal glory in the next.

Chapter VIII: How widows are to be treated, that they may embrace religion, or a devoted life.

Chapter IX: Of increasing the revenues of our Colleges. XV. Let the confessors be constant in visiting the sick, but especially such as are thought to be in danger; and that the ecclesiastics and members of other orders may be discarded with a good pretence, let the superiors take care that when the confessor is obliged to withdraw, others may immediately succeed, and keep up the sick person in his good resolutions. At this time it may be advisable to move him by apprehensions of hell, and at least of purgatory; and tell him, that as fire is quenched by water, so sin is extinguished by acts of charity; and that alms can never be better bestowed than for the nourishment and support of such who by their calling profess a desire to promote the salvation of their neighbor.

XVI. Lastly, let the women who complain of the vices of ill-humor of their husbands, be instructed secretly to withdraw a sum of money, that by making an offering thereof to God, they may expiate the crimes of their sinful help-mates, and secure a pardon for them.

DISCIPLINE IN THE SOCIETY Chapter X. Of the private rigor of discipline in the Society.

HOW THE EXPELLED BY HANDLED Chapter XI. How our members are unanimously to behave towards those who are expelled from the Society.

I. Since those that are dismissed, do frequently very much prejudice the Society by divulging such secrets as they have been privy to; their attempts must therefore be obviated in the following manner. Let them be prevailed upon, before they are dismissed, to give it under their hands, and swear that they never will, directly or indirectly, either write or speak any thing to the disadvantage of the Order; and let the superiors keep upon record the evil inclinations, failings and vices, which they, according to the custom of the Society, for discharge of their consciences, formerly confessed: this, if ever they give us occasion, may be produced by the Society, to the nobility and prelates, as a very good handle to prevent their promotion.

VIII. Let the misfortunes, and unlucky accidents which happen to them, be immediately published; but with entreaties for the prayers of good Christians, that the world may not think we are hurried away by passion: but, among our members, let these things, by all means, be represented in the blackest colors, that the rest may be the better secured.

WHOM THE SOCIETY FAVOR Chapter XII. Who should be kept, and favored in the Society.

RECRUITING YOUNG MEN Chapter XIII. How to pick out young men to be admitted into the Society, and in what manner to retain them.

V. Let them be allured, by little presents, and indulgence of liberties agreeable to their age; and, above all, let their affections be warmed with spiritual discourses.

VI. Let it be inculcated, that their being chosen out of such a number, rather than any of their fellow-collegiates, is a most pregnant instance of divine appointment.

VII. On other occasions, but especially in exhortations, let them be terrified with denunciations of eternal punishment, unless they accept of the heavenly invitation.

VIII. The more earnestly they desire admission into our Society, the longer let the grant of such favor be deferred, provided at the same time they seem steadfast in their resolution; but if their minds appear to be wavering, let all proper methods be used for the immediate firing of them. CAUSES OF DISMISSION FROM THE SOCIETY Chapter XIV. Of reserved cases, and causes of dismission from the Society.

HOW TO TREAT NUNS AND FEMALE DEVOTEES Chapter XV. Of our conduct towards nuns and female devotees.

[It is noted in the pre-publication copy of Vatican Assassins from which these excerpts are being extracted that one of the pages is missing from this section of the instructions.]

ADVANCING THESOCIETY Chapter XVII. Of the methods of advancing the Society.

I. Let our members chiefly endeavor at this, always to act with humanity, even in things of trifling moment; or at least to have the outward appearance of doing so; for by this means, whatever confusions may arise in the world, the Society of necessity will always increase and maintain its ground.

VII. The favor of the nobility and superior clergy, once got, our next aim must be to draw all cures and canonships into our possession, for the more complete reformation of the clergy, who wheretofore lived under certain regulation of their bishops, and made considerable advances towards perfection. And lastly, let us aspire to abbacies and bishoprics, the obtaining which, when vacancies happen, will very easily be effected, considering the supineness and stupidity of the monks; for it would entirely tend to the benefit of the church, that all bishoprics, and even the apostolical see, should be hooked into our hands, especially should his holiness ever become a temporal prince over all. Wherefore, let no methods be untried, with cunning and privacy, by degrees, to increase the worldly interests of the Society, and then, no doubt, a golden age will go hand in hand with an universal and lasting peace, and the divine blessing of consequence attend the catholic church.

VIII. But if our hopes in this should be blasted, and since offences of necessity will come, our political schemes must be cunningly varied, according to the different posture of the times; and princes, our intimates, whom we can influence to follow our councils, must be pushed on to embroil themselves in vigorous wars one with another, to the end, our Society (as promoters of the universal good of the world,) may on all hands be solicited to contribute its assistance, and always employed in being mediators of public dissensions; by this means the chief benefices and preferments in the church will, of course be given to us by way of compensation for our services.

IX. Finally, the Society must endeavor to effect this at least, that having got the favor and authority of princes, those who do not love them at least fear them.

JESUIT POWER The Society of Jesus was thenceforth recognized as the chief opposing force of Protestantism. The Order became dominant in determining the plans and policy of the Rowish Church. The brotherhood grew and flourished. It planted its chapters first in France, Italy and Spain, and then in all civilized lands. The success of the Order was phenomenal. It became a power in the world. It sent out its representatives to every quarter of the globe. Its solitary apostles were seen shadowing the thrones of Europe. They sought, by every means known to human ingenuity, to establish and confirm the tottering fabric of Rome, and to undermine the rising fabric of Protestantism. PLOT TO RETAKE THE WORLD FOR THE CHURCH They penetrated to the Indus and the Ganges. They traversed the deserts of Thibet, and said, "Here am I," in the streets of Peking. They looked down into the silver mines of Peru, and knelt in prayer on the shores of Lake Superior. To know all secrets, fathom all design, penetrate all intrigues, prevail in all counsels, rise above all diplomacy, and master the human race, -- such was their purpose and ambition. They wound about human society in every part of the habitable earth, the noiseless creepers of their ever-growing plot to retake the world for the Church, and to subdue and conquer and extinguish the last remnant of opposition to her dominion from shore to shore, from the rivers to the ends of the earth." [Ridpath's Universal History, John Clarke Ridpath, 1899]

THE JESUITS ARE THE TRUE AUTHORS OF SOCIALIST-COMMUNISM. COMMUNISM IS NOT JEWISH IN ORIGIN The Jesuits are the true authors of socialist-communism. The economic system of the Dark Ages was feudalism consisting of the few rich landowners and the many poor peasants. It was a sin to make a profit by anyone other than the feudal lords. Thus, if the world is to be returned to the Dark Ages, the Protestant middle class must be destroyed. Socialist-communism accomplishes this, having yielded its bitter fruit in both Great Britain and the United States. The great deception is that the Jews are the authors of communism. (After all, is not Zionism Jewish communism?) The facts are that the Jesuits used their Masonic Jews to introduce it in 1848 and again in 1917 with the Bolshevik Revolution.

The Jesuits then moved their Shriner Freemason FDR to recognize Russia's bloody government in 1933. The Jesuits then financed Russian communism with their Knights of Malta on Wall Street. This enabled Joseph Stalin to carry out the purges of the Thirties.

Having deceived the world into believing communism was of Jewish origin, the Jesuits then used Hitler to implement "the Final Solution to the Jewish Question"--pursuant to the evil Council of Trent. The result was the mass murder of European and Russian Jewry at the hands of the Jesuit-controlled SS.

THE JESUITS HELPED THE NAZIS ESCAPE TO AMERICA At the close of the Second Thirty Years War (1945) the Jesuits, with their Vatican Ratline, helped top Nazis to escape to South America. And where in South America? To the old dominion where socialist- communism had been perfected by the Jesuit fathers--to the nation of Paraguay.

The Jesuits entered Paraguay in the early 1600s, sent by the kings of Spain and Portugal. They established their supremacy over the natives called "Guarani Indians" and did not allow them to mix with the Spanish or Portuguese. It was among this people that the Jesuits established their communes called "reductions".

THE FOUNDING OF ILLUMINATI BY THE JESUITS -- 1776 The Jesuits, now formally suppressed by the Pope, were allied with Frederick the Great of Prussia and Catherine of Russia. The Jesuit General was in control of Scottish Rite Freemasonry and now sought an alliance with the Masonic House of Rothschild in England. To accomplish this he chose a Jesuit who was Jewish by race--Adam Weishaupt. Weishaupt was a brilliant instructor of Canon Law--the evil Council of Trent--at a Jesuit university in Bavaria. We read: "From the Jesuit College of Ingolstadt is said to have issued the sect known as 'the Illuminati of Bavaria' founded by Adam Weishaupt. Its nominal founder, however, seems to have played a subordinate though conspicuous role in the organization of this sect." [Occult Theocracy, Lady Queenborough, originally published in 1933]

On May 1, 1776, the Order of the Illuminati was officially founded in the old Jesuit stronghold of Bavaria. The Company would now use the Jewish House of Rothschild to finance the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon the Freemason with his Jesuit-trained advisor, Abbe Sieyes. In spite of the historical writings of the Jesuit Abbe Barruel, who blamed the Rothschilds and Freemasonry for the Revolution, it was the Society of Jesus that used these very tools to carry out the Revolution and punish the monarchs who dared to expel the Jesuits from their dominions. The Jesuits, having been expelled from the Spanish Empire, found refuge in Corsica. From there they raised up their great avenger, Napoleon Bonaparte.

THE LOSS OF FREEDOM DUE TO CATHOLIC PRIESTS Lately, it was George Washington who was so beloved by France's General Lafayette. During the Revolution our great chieftain took the "boy General" under his wing for which cause the Frenchman named his eldest son, George Washington Lafayette. With this same endearing love the Roman Catholic Lafayette warned:

"It is my opinion that if the liberties of this country, the United States of America, are destroyed, it will be by the subtlety of the Roman Catholic Jesuit priests, for they are the most crafty, dangerous enemies of civil and religious liberty. They have instigated most of the wars of Europe." WHO ARE THE JESUITS ACCORDING TO NAPOLEON BONAPARTE? Napoleon was captured by the English and banished to the island of St. Helena. There, his Memoirs were written which accurately described his masters, the Jesuits:

"The Jesuits are a military organization, not a religious order. There chief is a general of an army, not the mere father abbot of a monastery. And the aim of this organization is: POWER. Power in its most despotic exercise. Absolute power, universal power, power to control the world by the volition of a single man. Jesuitism is the most absolute of despotisms: and at the same time the greatest and most enormous of abuses....

"The general of the Jesuits insists on being master, sovereign, over the sovereign. Wherever the Jesuits are admitted they will be masters, cost what it may. Their society is by nature dictatorial, and therefore it is the irreconcilable enemy of all constituted authority. Every act, every crime, however atrocious, is a meritorious work, if committed for the interest of the Society of the Jesuits, or by the order of the general." [Fifty Years In The Church Of Rome, Charles Chiniquy, 1968, reprinted from the 1886 edition, quoting Memorial Of The Captivity Of Napolean At St. Helena, General Montholon]

THE KNIGHTS OF MALTA AND THE JESUITS WORK TOGETHER TO SUPPORT LENIN AND ALSO ALLOW NAZIS ESCAPE TO AMERICA! (Truth seeker, this may seem irrelevant now, but it is important for you to be aware of this connection. As we shall see, the Knights financed Lenin and Hitler from Wall Street, also using their Federal Reserve Bank headed by Masonic Jews, Warburg in particular.) The Knights negotiated the Concordat (a Papal treaty) between the Pope and Hitler in the person of Franz Von Papen. They also helped top Nazis to escape to North and South America after World War II in the persons of James Angleton and Argentina's President Juan Peron.

In America, the Knights, with their OSS, later the CIA, were behind "Operation Paperclip". After World War II, top Nazis and scientists were illegally secreted into the United States. Many were placed in the top-secret military installation in Tonapah, Nevada known as "Area 51". The perfection of the Nazis' anti-gravity aircraft (flying saucers) was to be completed there, among other secret technologies. "Operation Paperclip" was overseen by America's most powerful Knight of Malta, J. Peter Grace. J. Peter Grace was subject to the Jesuit-trained Archbishop Spellman, as the American headquarters for the Knights was and is St. Patrick's Cathedral in New York.

1816 -- JOHN ADAMS Our founding Fathers knew of the Jesuit intrigue directed at the new Protestant Republic of these United States of America. In 1816, John Adams wrote to President Jefferson:

"Shall we not have regular swarms of them here, in as many disguises as only a king of the gypsies can assume, dressed as painters, publishers, writers, and schoolmasters? If ever there was a body of men who merited eternal damnation on Earth and in Hell it is this Society of Loyola's." [The New Jesuits, George Riemer, 1971]

PRESIDENT ABRAHAM LINCOLN

A personal friend of Professor Morse believed his warning of this Jesuit conspiracy. He was President Abraham Lincoln. We read:

"The Protestants of both the North and South would surely unite to exterminate the priests and the Jesuits, if they could learn how the priests, the nuns, and the monks, which daily land on our shores, under the pretext of preaching their religion...are nothing else but the emissaries of the Pope, of Napoleon III, and the other despots of Europe, to undermine our institutions, alienate the hearts of our people from our Constitution, and our laws, destroy our schools, and prepare a reign of anarchy here as they have done in Ireland, in Mexico, in Spain, and wherever there are any people who want to be free." [Fifty Years In The Church Of Rome, Charles Chiniquy, 1968, reprinted from the 1886 edition]

THE JESUITS -- 1868-1872 This new nation would be a centralized republic with the President exercising powers of an absolute monarch. The old Federal Republic of Washington would be converted into a huge centralized Empire, with the ten planks of the Masonic Communist Manifesto replacing the Ten Commandments of Moses.

In order to accomplish this, the Constitution had to be amended--"by hook or by crook". It would be amended in accordance with the Masonic cry of both French Revolutions. "Liberty" would be the Thirteenth Amendment. "Equality" would be the Fourteenth Amendment. "Fraternity" would be the Fifteenth Amendment. We now will examine the Fourteenth Amendment, as it was the coup d'etat.

THE ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT LINCOLN

Even though he acted the tyrant in keeping Maryland from seceding and raised the Army of the Potomac to "put down the rebellion", there is evidence that he had a change of heart. Accordingly to many, Lincoln was converted to Christ after viewing the battlefield at Gettysburg. He later joined the Presbyterian Church in Washington and had several spiritual conversations with his close friend and converted priest, Charles Chiniquy. We read:

"I will repeat to you what I said at Urbana, when for the first time you told me your fears lest I would be assassinated by the Jesuits: Man must not care where and when he will die, provided he dies at the post of honor and duty. But I may add, today, that I have a presentiment that God will call me to Him through the hand of an assassin. Let His will, and not mine, be done! The Pope and the Jesuits, with their infernal Inquisition, are the only organized powers in the world which have recourse to the dagger of the assassin to murder those whom they cannot convince with their arguments or conquer with the sword.... It seems to me that the Lord wants today, as He wanted in the days of Moses, another victim.... I cannot conceal from you that my impression is that I am that victim.

So many plots have already been made against my life, that it is a real miracle that they have failed, when we consider that the great majority of them were in the hands of skillful Roman Catholic murderers, evidently trained by Jesuits. But can we expect that God will make a perpetual miracle to save my life? I believe not. The Jesuits are so expert in those deeds of blood, that Henry IV said that it was impossible to escape them, and he became their victim, though he did all that could be done to protect himself. My escape from their hands, since the letter of the Pope to Jeff Davis has sharpened a million daggers to pierce my breast, would be more than a miracle." [Fifty Years In The Church Of Rome, Charles Chiniquy, 1958, originally published in 1886]

[Further along:]

Of the Jesuit hand in Lincoln's murder we read:

"I feel safe in stating that nowhere else can be found in one book the connected presentation of the story leading up to the death of Abraham Lincoln, which was instigated by the "black" pope, the General of the Jesuit Order, camouflaged by the "white" pope, Pius IX, aided, abetted and financed by other "Divine Righters" of Europe, and finally consummated by the Roman Hierarchy and their paid agents in this country and French Canada on "Good Friday" night, April 14, 1865, at Ford's Theatre, Washington, D.C." [The Suppressed Truth About The Assassination Of Abraham Lincoln, Burke McCarty, 1973, originally published in 1924]

THE JESUITS -- 1945-1990 The Great and Terrible Second Thirty Years' War was now over. Europe, Russia, North Africa, China, and Japan were "a universal wreck" thanks to the Company of Jesus. Millions of "heretics" had been "extirpated" pursuant to the Jesuit Oath and the Council of Trent. Unlike the Treaty of Westphalia ending the First Thirty Years' War, the agents of the Jesuits controlled the negotiations at Yalta and Potsdam ending the second Thirty Years' War.

It was time to apply the Jesuits' Hegelian Dialectic worldwide. It would be known as "the Cold War". The thesis and antithesis would be "the Free World in the West" verses "the Communist Block in the East". The American Empire would head the West, and the Russian Empire would lead the East. Both sides would be financed by the Jesuits' International Banking Cartel centered in London and New York--the Federal Reserve and Chase-Manhattan Banks in particular.

The synthesis would be the destruction of the American Empire through the so-called "ending of the Cold War". The illusion of ending the Cold War would legally enable Rome's Corporate Monopolies, federated together in New York City under the leadership of the Council on Foreign Relations, to give Russia and China high technology and financial backing. The giving of these necessities would perfect the War Machines of both economically communist and politically fascist giants for the purpose of invading North America, it containing the majority of the world's Protestants, Baptists, and Jews.

It is for these reasons that the financial might of Hong Kong was given to Red China, along with an American Naval Base in Long Beach, California. It is for these reasons that the Panama Canal, built with American blood, sweat, tears and Yellow Fever, was given away to Panama to be manned by Chinese soldiers imperiling the American navy. It is for these reasons that the Jesuits in control of Washington have established nationwide gun registration for the purpose of nationwide gun confiscation just as they did in Hitler's Germany. It is for these reasons that the Jesuits, with their international corporations managed by the Knights of Malta, have financed and continue to build both the Russian and Chinese War Machines, while influencing American Presidents to close down scores of military installations across the country.

These facts spell invasion--massive invasion by millions of foreign soldiers, with no God and no mercy. And if the Jesuits can manage to blow-up the Dome of the Rock in Jerusalem and blame the American Empire for it, the Arabs will declare a holy war against "the great Satan". The private wealth of Americans using International Business Corporations with bank accounts in the Bahamas will be seized just as they were in Castro's Cuba. (The Knights have moved all their wealth into European banks denominated in Franks and Marks as well as Eurodollars, thereby escaping the coming American economic catastrophe.)

Meanwhile, as the Jesuits, with their American dictator's internal police (FEMA) and foreign invaders, are "extirpating" "the execrable race" of American "heretics" and "liberals", the European nations will be driven to lay down their historic differences and unify.

This unification will restore the Holy Roman Empire, for which reason the Jesuits are rapidly rebuilding Rome. When the smoke clears, China will control the East, Russia will control the North, and a unified R.C. [Roman Catholic] Europe will control the West. The Pope's International Intelligence Community will see to it that Jerusalem is declared an international city with Solomon's rebuilt Temple in her midst. World government will ensue and the Jesuits' "blessed despotism" of the Dark Ages will have arrived, with the Pope being the Universal Despot of the World, so appropriately described in the Protocols Of The Elders Of Zion, while being the World Authority of The Documents Of Vatican II. THE JESUITS -- 1963 THE ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT KENNEDY

"It is of faith that the Pope has the right of deposing heretical and rebel kings. Monarchs so deposed by the Pope are converted into notorious tyrants, and may be killed by the first who can reach them.

"If the public cause cannot meet with its defense in the death of a tyrant, it is lawful for the first who arrives, to assassinate him." [Defensio Didei, Jesuit Suarez, Book VI. C 4, Nos. 13, 14]

Freed remembers what apparently passes for polite conversation when men such as Colby and Cline get together. "It was quite bizzare" Freed said, "for the subject they chose was, 'When is it acceptable to assassinate a head of state?' Colby presented what he said was a theological and philosophically sound approach. The Catholic Church, he said, had long since wrestled with this question and had, to Colby's mind, emerged with a sound concept: "It is acceptable" he said, "to assassinate a tyrant." [Plausible Denial, Mark Lane, 1991, p. 85]

"A conspiracy is rarely, if ever, proved by positive testimony. When a crime of high magnitude is about to be perpetrated by a combination of individuals, they do not act openly, but covertly and secretly. The purpose formed is known only to those who enter into it. Unless one of the original conspirators betray his companions and give evidence against them, their guilt can be proved only by circumstantial evidence...and circumstances can not lie." [Special Judge Advocate John A. Bingham, quoted in The Trial Of The Conspirators, Washington, 1865]

This chapter will examine the forest, not the trees. The hundreds of works covering the assassination can be reduced to a few simple facts. These facts viewed in the context of the previous chapters lead us to the "Lion" in his "Den of Iniquity" that had the power to execute Kennedy's murder and successfully cover it up. That Lion was the Cardinal of New York and his Den of Iniquity was St. Patricks' Cathedral, "the Little Vatican", and home base of the American Branch of the Knights of Malta. From the death of Cardinal Spellman in 1967 until now (1999), the succeeding "Lions" having kept the assassination covered-up were: Cardinal Cooke (himself a Knight of Malta) and Cardinal O'Connor, a former Navy Chaplain during Spellman's Vietnam War, and presently the Archbishop of New York.

Knowing that President Kennedy was not going to escalate the Vietnam War, the Intelligence Community began to prepare for his assassination. Roman Catholic Lee Oswald was chosen to be a patsy.... As a CIA agent, he had been sent to Soviet Russia by Allen Dulles in 1959, supposedly as a defector. Knowing that the CIA (OSS) and the KGB (NKVD) had worked together during WW-II, Oswald apparently took a vacation for nearly two years. During that time he married a Russian whose uncle was a Colonel in the KGB.

When he returned to the American Empire in 1962, he associated with CIA agents Howard Hunt, Frank Sturgis, David Ferrie, Guy Banister, Count George DeMohrenschildt, and Clay Shaw. Oswald was CIA, and related to a Jesuit. Emannuel Josephson tells us:

"An interesting angle is presented by the Lee Oswald involvement. His cousin is reported to be a Jesuit priest. And it is a matter of record that Lee Oswald was invited to address the Jesuit college in Springhill, Alabama, on the subject of his activities, two weeks before the Kennedy Assassination. The Jesuit involvement closely parallels that in the Lincoln Assassination." [The Federal Reserve Conspiracy And Rockefellers, Emanuel M. Josephson, 1968]

Jim Garrison clearly proved the CIA was involved in the assassination through Clay Shaw. He writes:

"...we discovered Shaw's extensive international role as an employee of the CIA. Shaw's secret life as an Agency man in Rome, trying to bring Fascism back to Italy, was exposed in articles in the Italian press.... To me among the most significant revelations were...the confirmation by both Victor Marchetti and Richard Helms that Clay Shaw had been an agent of the Central Intelligence Agency." [On The Trail Of The Assassins, Jim Garrison, 1991]

And who was the Director of the CIA in 1963? It was Knight of Malta John McCone. Prior to that McCone had been a defense contractor who had formally headed the Atomic Energy Commission. Later in 1970, he was a board member of ITT while remaining a CIA consultant. Marchetti tells us:

"[The] ITT board member who later admitted to a Senate investigative committee that he had played the key role in bringing together CIA and ITT offici

Main Composition of Illuminati at the Helm

1. Jesuits for the intelligence-leadership-management

2. Zionists Jews bankers led by the Rothchilds family for finance;

3. Knights of Malta for the military

Under this umbrella, are the following global organizations:

• Free masonry

• CIA, KGB, Mossad

• Drug ring

• Arms trade

• Prostitution ring/ flesh trade

• Pharmaceutical companies • The banks

• Knights of Columbus

• The extensive mass media

• Etc

•

At the top, is Satan, as the prince of the power of the air, the deceiver of all nations.

More information about the Illuminati

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew saying:there is cause for elation! After months of research, documenting evidence and closed-door meetings, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission has taken legal action against a financial behemoth that deliberately contributed to the financial ruin of millions of that country’s citizens and led to the international economic chaos. This lawsuit is far more than it may appear to be. The top guns at Goldman Sachs and its offshoots are among the kingpins of the Illuminati, and this legal claim of fraudulent dealings is a major step toward dismantling the Illuminati’s worldwide financial network through which they fund their other malevolent global operations. 2. The Illuminati is not an organization of card-carrying members, but rather the “umbrella” name of disparate groups and a large number of powerful individuals who have been controlling or heavily influencing the most important aspects of life throughout your world for centuries. In recent years they also have become known by other designations, such as the secret government, New World Order, dark cabal or the elitists; and they include the top figures in financial institutions, investment markets, multinational corporations, religions, education, media, military forces, judicial systems, entertainment, the medical “establishment,” regulatory and advisory bodies, royal families, Zionists. 3. They have controlled governments, started civil and international wars, caused famines and widespread impoverishment, created boom times for industrialists and depressions for the poor, released laboratory-designed viruses, assassinated opposition. They are the perpetrators of unjust laws, Satanic rituals, chemtrails and other toxic pollution, destruction of animal life on land and in the seas, mind control, the “illegal” drug industry, erosion of civil rights and denial of God-given freedoms, suppression or misuse of technology, political and ideological divisiveness. In short, the Illuminati have been profoundly adversely affecting all life on Earth – indeed, the very life of Earth herself! 4. It is because of the Illuminati’s long reign of bloodshed, corruption and oppression that about 7 decades back in your linear time Earth was in death throes. Her cries of despair were a call for help, and God immediately authorized the assistance of spiritually, intellectually and technologically advanced civilizations to come to her aid. With such a massive infusion of light and technologies that you cannot even imagine, countless numbers of your universal family stabilized the planet’s orbit and performed other life- saving measures. Their invaluable assistance is in action this very day, some of it directed toward preventing the plans of the Illuminati from reaching fruition. 5. Some persons who are aware of the Illuminati’s existence believe that all of them are reptilians. Indeed some are, especially within the royal families, which have kept their bloodlines pure to a large extent, but humans also are in the Illuminati’s top ranks. Most reptilians are far advanced from Earth’s human civilization in intelligence and technological development and they have a strong warrior mentality; however, it is not the different DNA in the two races, but rather the free will choices made by an individual of any race that lead to diabolical activities. A soul may have greatly advanced intelligence and be bereft of light except the spark that is its life force. 6. And just as there are light-filled human souls throughout this universe, so are there light-filled reptilians.The latter group, who are eager to dispel the erroneous belief that their race is synonymous with darkness, are working side by side with humans and other races to thwart the efforts of their darkly-inclined siblings wherever they are wreaking havoc. Also, as the light has been intensifying on Earth, both reptilians and humans have left the dark camp and joined the ranks of the light forces. 7. Do the reptilians on Earth know they are reptilians? There may be the rare exception, but in our awareness, the reptilians living among you, whether within the light or within the darkness, do know their racial makeup. There are more human-reptilian hybrids than pure reptilians on the planet, and most are not consciously aware of their racial ancestry. Nor does that matter! Race is a difference only of DNA, and never does that affect free will choices for either godly deeds or dark workings, or, respectively, spiritual evolvement or devolvement. Boy Scout Organization part of Illuminati. HQ of Satanism inVatican!

8. Now then, another recent development in the United States is a multimillion dollar award by the court to the man who, as a lad, was sexually molested by a Boy Scout leader. This, too, has implications well beyond that lawsuit. Continuing investigations into the dark aspect of that huge youth organization alongside pursuing the Vatican’s long-time cover- up of known pedophile priests ultimately will reach the top of the Illuminati’s lucrative international sex slave industry as well as reveal that the headquarters of Satanism is in the bowels of the Vatican. 9. Even though those two recent legal battles against darkness are ever so welcome, we know they are not the dramatic revelations you have been awaiting. All lighted souls in this universe would love to see the full abundance of truths shooting out like endless fireworks instead of sporadic arrays of sparklers, but it is imperative for the creation of a peace-loving, honest global society that the truths emerge through legal proceedings based on irrefutable evidence. There also is the important issue of how much shocking information psyches can handle at one time. 10. You can expect the Illuminati to fight viciously all along the way, but their dark activities becoming public cannot be detoured, much less stopped. The door has opened a crack and nothing they can do will keep it from opening wider and wider until the vibrations of the in-pouring light are so powerful that they will vanquish every iota of darkness on the planet. So do not doubt for a moment that the light is winning – in the continuum, where Earth is rapidly heading, the light already has WON!

• April 26, 2010 Matthew message

NESARA will end of Illuminati control via FRS 7. By using the global economy to demonstrate the importance each of you has in the ongoing transformational process, I shall be answering many readers’ questions. The population as a whole is seeing the economic situation as it is reported by mainstream media, with unemployment, retail sales and real estate statistics along with various analysts’ forecasts. Therefore, in the collective consciousness the situation appears dire – by some estimates, the spiraling downward will continue for as long as 2 years and the overall impact will be felt with leveling out stages over the next 10 or 20 years. The analysts are calculating in accordance with economic history and they see the resolution as combined government and corporate efforts to return to what they consider the soundness of the global system that existed prior to the meltdown. 8. You know better! You know the economic system is collapsing to end the Illuminati’s long stranglehold on all aspects of commerce, taxation, investments, and such, and that a new foundation based in light is rising out of those ashes. You know that the increasing light in your world is propelling Earth to her 5thdensity destination; you know about the universal law of attraction and the advent of on-planet assistance from the same advanced civilizations that have been helping from afar for 60-some years. By living in consonance with this awareness, the light in your optimism and trust has raised the vibrations within the collective conscious – your contribution has been phenomenal! 9. We want to clarify some misunderstandings prevailing even among the most faithfully dedicated lightworkers about the economic reforms underway. Some persons still do not know the magnitude of what is commonly known as NESARA. In previous messages I have recommended reading the explanatory messages about the true NESARA, but we understand your time constraints and I have been requested to summarize that material [Special NESARA Edition in “Matthew’s Messages” below September 11, 2006 message on www.matthewbooks.com]. 10. Most succinctly stated, NESARA is that master plan for manifesting spiritual renewal and world transformation.It had to begin with the thought becoming known on Earth so it could enter the collective consciousness, and it was presented in the form of legislation in the United States because that country is perceived by your world as the strongest. No legislation can state anything about a plan devised in the continuum jointly by light beings in spirit and those in advanced civilizations. It cannot state that there is nothing “federal” at all about the Federal Reserve System, that it is a grand deception designed by the Illuminati who own this private banking consortium, or that partially through that means, they manipulate the global economy; or that through the Fed’s agency, the Internal Revenue Service, the Illuminati garner the billions of dollars paid annually by US income taxes; or that ridding Earth of Illuminati economic control will be accomplished by the growing intensity of light. No, the National Economic Security And Reformation Act could be worded only according to what was acceptable to the US administration and within the normal parameters of legislation. 11. Of course, that government never intended to enact it anyway. Massive corruption within national and global political and legal channels prevented enactment and the dissemination of disinformation added confusion and disbelief to NESARA’s energy pool. Regardless, because its monumental goals are literally “in the heavens” and already manifested in the universal continuum, the plan’s down-to-Earth progress continued in other directions to accomplish the very same goals. 12. Now then, among the believers are those who expect NESARA to begin with its announcement on television and followed with the delivery of enormous sums of money to specific individuals and “debt forgiveness.” There will be no TV announcement, no such deliveries, and no automatic elimination of all debts. The actuality is that light forces on, off and within the planet have been working for more than 6 decades toward achieving all of NESARA’s goals, and one goal is fair distribution of the grand abundance of your world’s resources.The key word is FAIR. Would it be fair to eliminate a 10 million dollar mortgage on an estate or yacht purchased with laundered drug money? Or a hundred million dollar mortgage on a building acquired by someone whose money came by defrauding investors or deliberately putting small companies out of business? Would it be fair to eradicate a $25,000 credit card debt incurred by someone who replaced last year’s model of an expensive car with the latest model? Choices like that, like all other free will choices, are the responsibilities of the individuals. 13. What NESARA will do is eliminate the unconscionable disparity between the billionaires and the impoverished billions of people. This will be a process of examination, calculation and reallocation of funds derived through exploitation of entire nations’ resources. You need to understand this so your thoughts and feelings about the resolution to the current economic status can be made in the fullness of NESARA’s profound reforms that extend to every hamlet and city in every country where God-given human rights and the rights of Earth herself have been trampled by the darkness that destroyed the conscience in some souls.

• Message from Matthew, January 20, 2009 OBAMA ACTUALLY AGAINST THE ILLUMINATI

EU will not prevent the fall of Global Economy controlled by Illuminati. Wars& violence will wind down.

3. Truths and reforms will be catapulting into your midst as there can be no more delays in the highest universal council's master plan to free your planet of millennia of dominance by darkness. That is why efforts to strengthen the European economy will not prevent the imminent collapse of the global economy, which has long been controlled by the Illuminati. It is why local, state, provincial and national governments will accede to the citizens' demands for betterment of their lives, and why wars and other violence will wind down. 4. For a bit longer the Illuminati will continue countering all progress toward dramatic changes with such distractions and disruptions as their black ops terrorism, stock market shenanigans, bribing or threatening politicians, limited resumption of chemtrails in some areas, weather control, and of course fear-filled disinformation. Stop fear; fear feeds the Illuminati! Since the light continually is intensifying on the planet, it is logical to wonder why they are able to keep going. The answer is fear. 5. The many people who are fearful about what is happening in the moment and what lies ahead unwittingly are aiding the Illuminati by emanating the fear energy that those dark ones need to sustain their very being. With the knowledge that the Golden Age on your near horizon already exists in the continuum, you can feel serene – well, serene and excited! – and the high vibrations of your feelings will radiate out into the world. Earth's perpetual balancing motion will enable your light to reach those who need it to overcome their fears. 6. Lightworkers' steadfastness, the light from all who are awakening, and our universal family's services, are fast weakening the Illuminati's last remnants of power. In the coming year, their formidable forces that have prevented US President Obama from fully acting on his light- filled mission will be torn away and truths will be revealed about the extent of the power bloc that has derailed or distorted his reform efforts. It will become known as well that behind the scenes he has been cooperating with the evolved souls from other civilizations, and you will see his effectiveness in working with other leaders to bring about stability and harmonious relations among all nations. November 5, 2011 Matthew Ward www.matthewbooks.com

OBAMA PRESIDENCY TO END “SECRET ILLUMINATI GOVERNMENT” 8. Attention is being given around the globe to the United States presidential candidates. Despite the rigged primary elections to favor Hillary Clinton and John McCain’s supporters waffling because he himself waffles, soon it will be glaringly apparent that Barack Obama’s greater popularity among voters will be sustained. Thus free will choices of the majority have been made and now, without influencing those choices one whit, we can reveal that in the energy field of potential, Obama’s momentum always was unstoppable, and we can tell you that this highly evolved soul with many lifetimes as a wise and just leader came from a spiritually and intellectually advanced civilization specifically to rise to his current prominence. At soul level he knows this is his mission, but consciously he is aware only of his innate leadership abilities and genuine intent to serve his nation as he so states; in time he will become consciously aware of his origin and purpose for embodying in this lifetime. Once he is in office, some darkly-intentioned persons expect to control him just as they and others before them have controlled a succession of US presidents and many members of Congress. However, that vicious kind of governing is at an end, and contrary to the protestations of Hillary Clinton that this race is not over, she and other top Illuminati know they are witnessing the demise of their “secret government”; therefore, the Obama family members are among the most intensely light-protected persons on Earth. 9. While that election is of undeniable importance, foment leading to benevolent changes in other countries’ governments is of paramount significance too. The myriad reforms underway span the globe – WORLD transformation is what is occurring – and in time, every leader in every nation will be a lighted soul. The darkness that has deluged Earth and deluded her peoples from before your recorded history is behind the wars whose victors created national boundaries to enrich themselves. “One World Government” has a dreadful connotation, and rightly so because it is associated with the Illuminati’s plan to rule everyone on the planet that this cabal deems worthy of life, those who will serve their purposes, and eliminate all others. Not only has that plan been battered into oblivion with only maddened minds still clinging to a broken concept, but we assure you, you will greet with elation your world when borders and citizenship pale by comparison with the peaceful and harmonious cooperation agreed upon by all peoples everywhere. 10. Congratulations are in order, and we joyously extend them to all whose minds and hearts are focusing on spiritual renewal and no longer dwelling on mundane matters. Yet we see as well that too many lightworkers still lapse into fear with each dire prediction or outright claim about various situations. Also many feel that as Earth keeps ascending into higher frequencies, they will be left behind because they haven’t discovered their “mission” in this unique time in the universe, or they greatly desire to communicate telepathically and this still eludes them. So I believe it will be helpful if I address these issues again.

Quoted from the March 23, 2012 Message from Matthew www.matthewbooks.com

Obama versus Illuminati

Obama is slowly dismantling octopus Illuminati and its worldwide tentacles

2. Now then, while Illuminati control of mainstream media has cracked, it has not disintegrated sufficiently so that information they do not want you to know is reported; nor is the full truth given of situations they would like to keep completely quiet but cannot. And you can be certain that nothing is reported that reflects the concerns of lightworkers who are distressed because President Obama has entrusted vital responsibilities to persons known to be affiliated with Illuminati power bases and some of his decisions appear to be strengthening rather than weakening those bases. Certainly the highly evolved soul that Obama is does not need our defense, and that is not what we are doing by explaining what he is dealing with. Our purpose in speaking of this is to state that not only is an individual’s balance disturbed by the energy of distress – or discontentment, disappointment, disillusionment, anger – but also that energy goes forth and adds to the negativity Earth has to transmute into light. Thus, far better than feeling negative emotions about what Obama appears to be doing is staying positively focused on the world as you want it to be. 3. So then, what is he dealing with? In short, the incremental dismantling of the Illuminati worldwide network. As background on this pernicious “umbrella group,” only the topmost members know the full extent of its infiltration into governments, banking, commerce, religions, education, media, science, entertainment – all bodies that most impact life in your world. Below those few peak individuals are the ones who control the many aspects of the global network. Each has general knowledge about the others but no detailed information about any operations except what he or she is in charge of. The farther down the hierarchy a member is, the more secrecy enshrouds the reasons for the Illuminati’s very existence; and at the bottom are the many thousands who simply follow instructions without a glimmer of understanding what real purpose they are serving, somewhat like a 1000-piece jigsaw puzzle dumped out of the box – no piece is aware of the interconnectedness of all the pieces, much less suspect that altogether they form a whole picture. In the case of the Illuminati, that picture is sinister indeed. 4. After assuming office, President Obama was briefed on information he had no way of knowing prior to that time, and to continue our analogy, each of the briefers had only a few puzzle pieces. Furthermore, Obama was faced with a dire global economic situation that purportedly started with “toxic” mortgages in the United States, and he needed a knowledgeable, experienced team who could take immediate steps to prevent worldwide collapse. The enormity of the Illuminati’s economic network is known in fullness only by the peak of that group, but by connecting puzzle pieces, Obama has become aware of that entanglement and the fortunes hidden in off-shore banks, but the total picture puzzle that will show how that money has been used to manipulate and dominate the world’s peoples has yet to be put together. 5. As difficult as it is to imagine the extent of organizational complexity that is the Illuminati’s base of power and influence, it is even more difficult to totally eliminate it. Discovery and legal means to rid the world of that insidious control are underway, and until all is in readiness, it would be foolhardy to make public those efforts. Thus neither the Illuminati nor the Obama camp want their respective activities to become public knowledge, and the “transparency” he promised in good faith must for a while longer be “behind-closed-doors” instead. As the light continues steadily intensifying and truths no longer can be hidden or denied, you will see the results of his wise course that in this moment seems to belie many of his campaign promises. 6. Now then, to address some specific questions. When will we see the change he promised? It is in process beneath the temporary appearance of “business as usual” as he takes cautious steps to untangle the strands of the Illuminati’s global web so major changes can be instituted. 7. Is Obama leading the nation into socialism, and if so, was this always his intention? Attaching “socialism” to his leadership is a strategy to create anxiety, distress and dissension among the citizens. When labels are applied to any government, movement, group, or philosophy, the labelers’ intent is to undermine its genuine value because that conflicts with their ideas or motives. Witness the effectiveness of “conspiracy theorist” applied to anyone who questioned the official reports about the assassination of US President Kennedy or who was responsible for “9/11.” 8. Why is the US president expanding the power of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve banking system? In time you shall see “all that glitters is not gold” – that is, it will indeed be gold, but no longer will it be their gold! Some may be under the impression that the Fed is being strengthened by direction of the topmost Illuminati, but they are panicking because they know their financial systems and vast fortunes are flowing out of their control. As we stated in previous messages, the Federal Reserve will be eliminated along with all the other devious and deceptive measures that have enabled the Illuminati to manipulate economies and commerce worldwide for centuries. 9. What will the US do about the threat North Korea poses? You also ask about Iran, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iraq, the Middle East. Situations are not identical in those regions, but the outcome will be the same. For a while longer, saber rattling will continue and so will oppression, suffering, deaths and black-ops activities; however, you shall see Obama pursuing the path of negotiation, and in conjunction with the increasingly high vibrations of Earth’s pathway, peaceful resolution eventually will emerge out of current animosity, defiance and bellicose mentality. 10. About the little known “migration assistance” to Palestinians, a humanitarian effort to relocate some of them to the United States. Obama is making a strong statement to the Zionists that no longer can they via their lobbyists persuade Congress to consistently vote to give Israel billions of dollars annually to continue its 60-year oppression of Palestinians under the guise of Israel’s “right to exist.”The Zionists, who are among the most powerful and vicious of the Illuminati, care nothing at all about the Israeli people or Jews living anywhere, but they scream “anti-Semitism” whenever anyone tries to disclose their history, which includes involvement in the Holocaust.Eventually that and other facts about the Zionist movement’s ruthlessness will come forth. Alien Spacecrafts

11. With sightings of spacecraft increasing, it is natural that prominent in many minds are questions about the civilizations surrounding your planet. The reply to When will they land?is the same as we have given before: when safety is assured for them and for all of you. How can we be certain all of the aliens who come are friendly?The light grid around Earth permits entry by light beings only; even if dark entities wanted to enter, they cannot approach the brilliance of that grid.Will the human-looking ETs already on Earth keep that appearance after they identify themselves or will they shift into their original bodies? If there was no change at all in their appearance, it is not very likely that you would believe they are from a different civilization simply on the basis of that claim; therefore we think they will choose to introduce themselves as they are in their homelands. Part of soul growth is accepting differences in peoples’ physical appearances as naturally as you do the differences in flowers and animals. And you may be quite surprised to learn that in other lifetimes, you looked just like some of the helpful visitors because they are your ancestors. Not all Illuminati are reptilians

12. There is the misconception that all Illuminati are reptilians, and that is not so. Just as humans can be “good” or “bad,” most simply speaking, so can reptilians, and within the Illuminati are “bad” of both species. Also, just as there are many different human civilizations in the universe, there are many different reptilian civilizations, and those in one world don’t necessarily know about their counterparts in other worlds. The primary difference between the human and reptilian species is DNA-related – speaking only generally, reptilians’ intelligence and physical strength are superior to most humans and their emotional spectrum and spiritual clarity are less developed.

• June 24, 2009 Matthew message

OBAMA WILL DESTROY THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL SYSTEM CONTROLLED BY THE ILLUMINATI Obama part of the Golden Age master plan

30. In a recent message I described the Golden Age master plan that includes Barack Obama’s election as president of the United States as an integral part of Earth’s ascension, and again I refer to the collective consciousness. Instead of feeling fearful that he may be assassinated, please know that he is protected within the Christed light. Yes, also by other measures, and this is a good place to respond to readers who questioned whether there was a starship in the skies over Washington, DC, on inauguration day. It has been there ever since the Obama family arrived – it decloaked briefly January 20th as evidence of its presence and the powerful protection surrounding them. However, envisioning the president and his family in golden light and praying for their safety adds to the collective conscious, so yes, by all means, do this. 31. In the same respect, it would be extremely helpful to suspend doubt, disappointment or disapproval about what Obama does or does not do, such as his selection of individuals to work most closely with him or a change from his stated intended course of action, and instead, allow time for actions and results to unfold. No one on the planet other than he has total awareness of what is in his heart or mind – his reasons, questions, motives or unfolding plans and objectives – and at this station, we do. Many within both parties of Congress are either Illuminati or under their control, and they are working to sink his efforts rather than support them. Negative thoughts about Obama’s intentions, just like anxiety about his safety, zoom into the collective consciousness and aid that “enemy camp.”

32. Also apparent in the collective consciousness are expectations of Obama to be a miracle-worker or flawless in judgment, and he cannot be either. He had no reason to disbelieve information he had been given; he is learning that some was unintentionally incomplete or inaccurate and some was deliberately skewed. And, once he was in office, he was briefed on situations that are so highly classified that he did not know of their existence or extensiveness prior to that time, and he is taking judicious steps to learn about and eliminate all the cancers in institutions that adversely impact life in his country.

33. The United States is not the only country teeming with situations in vital need of reforms and not all can be quickly accomplished. Your world is in a “birth” process, so to say, and every nation is experiencing the stages of gestation prior to a successful “delivery.” However, because the United States is perceived to be the most powerful nation economically and militarily, hopeful eyes of the world are upon it. The light generated by individuals everywhere affects what happens in the States and simultaneously benefits the entire world. All of Earth’s souls except the ones steeped in darkness passionately want an end to war, tyranny and rampant corruption, and their light streamers will continue to increase in intensity until peoples worldwide are free of darkness and the conditions it creates.

34. We empathize with your longing for an end to haranguing about peace instead of negotiating in good will to achieve it, an end to all violence and impoverishment, an end to all suffering and injustices. That is why we lovingly urge you to keep the glow of the Golden Age in your thoughts and hearts and radiate that light into the collective consciousness to more swiftly manifest the world you do want. Elimination of the Federal Reserve & what comprise the Global Financial system

35. So then, back to Earth in this moment. The global economy will continue to plunge downward until its root causes are exposed and eradicated or reformed.

An essential step is elimination of the Federal Reserve, a collection of privately owned banks, and the international owners are desperately maneuvering to keep the truth from becoming public knowledge.

The Swiss banking system that has sheltered monies derived from illegal dealings must be ended and those funds retrieved.

The Bank of England and the Vatican also hold vast fortunes that must be restored to the peoples.

The International Monetary Fund, which has raped nations’ natural resources in exchange for directing loans into a few bottomless pockets, must be taken out of multinational corporate control.

The storehouses of stolen gold must be opened and precious metals once again become the stable basis for national and international economies and commerce.

A series of banking regulations that have abetted the massive fraud must be stricken and new laws enacted to safeguard against a similar situation ever recurring.

The global “illegal” drug industry, which garners untold funds for a variety of nefarious activities, must be halted.

Take heart in knowing that this network of unimaginable greed, corruption and deception under the Illuminati umbrella is unraveling.

36. We wish you could know how greatly we honor your resourcefulness, ingenuity and cooperative spirit in dealing with the financial fallout! However, we are not at all surprised that you are weathering the temporary hardships so constructively – your spiritual strength is innate, and you are acting on inspirations your souls are sending to your consciousness. True, you have the benefit of knowing that you came in well prepared by multiple lifetimes of encountering and overcoming many challenges, but is it not encouraging and uplifting to see that same spirit and motivation is blooming in people who are unaware of the source of their preparedness? February 7, 2009, Message from Matthew Ward, www.matthewbooks.com

Our Educational Institutions Controlled by Illuminati

Part II 17 Jan 2006

Secret Vatican Catacombs, Child Sacrifices, Mind Control: Svali, Involved In U.S. Illuminati. For 30 years, Talks Openly About Devious Plans To Topple America

Born into the Illuminati, Svali says her Vatican initiation ceremony at the age of 12 involved child sacrificing and a promise to serve “The Family or Order” for life.

She looked into the eyes of the “French Father” while a man looking like a priest in scarlet robes put a golden knife into the heart of sandy-haired little boy about three or four years old.

The boy, drugged and glassy-eyed, had been placed like a sacrificial lamb on a large black table in the center of the room located deep within the belly of the beast—the Vatican.

And the room, dark and foreboding with the scent of evil dripping from the walls, was only accessible through a hidden passageway camouflaged by a large painting.

Once inside the secret chamber, 13 distinct passageways were visible, each leading to a separate catacomb with every one of the 13 doorways blocked by the horrific site of a mummified body. “After the boy was sacrificed, I had to bow and kiss the ring of the priest in scarlet robes and swear to serve the New World Order for the rest of my life,” recalls Svali, 48, about the senseless sacrifice of what looked like “a drugged little boy” during her 1970 induction ceremony into the feared Illuminati.

“I also had to swear to serve he who is to come as the ‘great leader.’ Looking back, it was just horrific and terror rushes into my mind every time I think about what happened.

“I remember counting the 13 mummified figurers in front of the catacombs and a voice saying ‘the spirits of the Father are watching over you’ and that is when the little boy was sacrificed. A priest did that in scarlet robes and terror still goes through my mind when I think about it.” At the age of 12, Svali remembers being flown to Rome, taken to the Vatican and then meeting with two of the Illuminati fathers, one the French leader and the other from Germany. Prior to leaving the U.S., she remembers being briefed by her multi-millionaire American parents about the importance of the ceremony, but told very little else about what to expect concerning the details and the gruesome child sacrifice.

Once in the Vatican, she also remembers the two fathers, as they were called, meeting with high- ranking members of the clergy before being escorted through a hidden doorway to the secret underground room. “There were two other children my age also present and after the ceremony outside in the Vatican courtyard, I remember the German father saying I did very well and would rise to greatness in the Order,” said Svali who now lives in northern Texas and wants to remain anonymous after leaving the San Diego ranks of the Illuminati four years ago. She added there are 12 ruling Illuminati “Fathers” in Europe and a ruling council of 13 in the U.S. which is divided into separate regional bodies.

“I have never granted an interview like this before, but feel it is necessary to warn Americans how dangerous these people really are and how deeply embedded they are in all aspects of our business and government.

“Although I know it is dangerous to be talking like this, perhaps my words can save the lives of other children before it’s too late. After rising to be a head trainer in the sciences division of the Illuminati, or the Enlightened Ones, I finally couldn’t live with my self any longer and had to get out.

“When I was a child, I was taught we were chosen to rule over and make the world a better place. But as I got older, I saw the real intention of the “Chosen Ones,” understanding it was nothing more than a ruthless plan to obtain money and power by any means possible, including torture and killing.” Like many others born into the Illuminati, from her birth in Germany Svali had no choice in her future, as her wealthy, rich and powerful parents charted her course as a “Chosen Child” from an early age.

Told she was “special and born to rule over the masses” to make a better world, Svali recalls going to regular Illuminati meetings with other “chosen children” at least three times a week after moving from Germany to Virginia and then finally to San Diego. “I was born into it and long before the induction ceremony when I was 12, intensive training began to instill into me that I was special and the New World Order was good for the world,” said Svali.

“When you grow up with wealthy parents like this, always being told you are special, it takes a long time to figure out the truth and a way out. I worked my way up the Illuminati ladder to the rank of head trainer, overseeing 60 other trainers. People have a hard time believing or understanding just how organized the Illuminati really are here in America, comprising about 1-2 percent of the total population.

“Yes, Bush, Rumsfeld, Cheney, Kerry, the Clintons and the others in power are all a part of it and they are in the governmental division of the Illuminati. However, I do not want to mention other members not in public office for fear of getting sued. Saying that the Illuminati’s main goal is to depopulate the world and create a unified, one world government, Svali said to fully understand Illuminati cult programming it’s first important to comprehend the structure and philosophy of the worldwide organization as she learned it as a child growing up in the ranks.

In a manuscript from a book she is trying to publish, written after she ran from the Illuminati in San Diego, Svali explains: “The Illuminati are a group of people who follow a philosophy known as “Illuminism” or “enlightenment”. The Illuminati were named several hundred years ago, but trace their roots and history to the ancient mystery religions of Egypt, ancient Babylon, and even Mesopotamia. Out of these ancient religions, which were practiced secretly over hundreds and hundreds of years, there arose esoteric groups which continued to practice the rites, traditions, and enculturation brought in from the original groups. “Over the centuries, these groups practiced openly in some countries, and covertly in countries where Christianity or other religions opposed their practices. Some of the groups which came out of these ancient roots included the order of the Knights Templar, Rosicrucian’s, Baphetomism, and Druidic cults. These groups were the forerunners, or roots, of modern day Illuminism. The original Illuministic leaders chose to take what they felt were the best practices of each root religion, combine them into principles, then organized these principles according to specific guidelines.

“Modern day Illuminism is a philosophy funded by the wealthy, but practiced in all social strata. It is a philosophy whose tenets have spread across the world. It started with the German branch of Rosicrucian’s, spread to England, then came to the United States with the first settlers.” Svali said during her 30 years with the Illuminati she witnessed a lot of violence from programs stemming from the CIA’s MK ULTRA, as well as other mind control programs utilized by the cult.

Working a steady job in the day and then attending heavily guarded, secret meetings three times a week during the evening near San Diego, Svali said she learned “from the inside” the Illuminati plan to rule the world, also known as Novus Ordem Seclorum, is very real, very dangerous and being played out right before the eyes of Americans, as the cult’s stepped up plans to take over the U.S. is underway and in full-throttle.

What better way to learn about the plan then to listen from an insider, trying to make amends with herself and the world. The following is from Chapter 3 of her published manuscript: “All groups have goals, and the Illuminists are no exception. Moneymaking is not their final goal it is a means to an end. This end point, or goal, is no less than to rule the world. The Illuminati has a set plan similar to the Soviet Union’s previous “5-year” and “10-year “ plans. This is what the Illuminists themselves believe and teach their followers as gospel truth.

“Whether they will actually succeed is another matter altogether. The following is the Illuminist agenda at ALL levels of the Illuminati. As with any goal, the Illuminati has specific steps which it plans to implement to reach its objectives. Briefly, each region of the United States has “nerve centers” or power bases for regional activity. The United States has been divided up into seven major geographical regions. Each region has localities within it that contain military compounds and bases that are hidden in remote, isolated areas or on large private estates.

“These bases are used intermittently to teach and train generational Illuminati in military techniques, hand-to- hand combat, crowd control, use of arms, and all aspects of military warfare. Why? Because the Illuminists believe that our government, as we know it, as well as the governments of most nations around the world, are destined to collapse. These will be planned collapses, and they will occur in the following ways:

“The Illuminati has planned first for a financial collapse that will make the great depression look like a picnic. This will occur through the maneuvering of the great banks and financial institutions of the world, through stock manipulation, and interest rate changes. Most people will be indebted to the federal government through bank and credit card debt, etc. The governments will recall all debts immediately, but most people will be unable to pay and will be bankrupted. This will cause generalized financial panic, which will occur simultaneously worldwide, as the Illuminists firmly believe in controlling people through finances.

“Next there will be a military takeover, region by region, as the government declares a state of emergency and martial law. People will have panicked, there will be an anarchical state in most localities, and the government will justify its move as being necessary to control panicked citizens. The cult trained military leaders and people under their direction will use arms as well as crowd control techniques to implement this new state of affairs. This is why so many survivors under 36 years of age report having military programming. People who are not Illuminists or who are not sympathetic to their cause will resist. “The Illuminists expect this and will be (and are BEING) trained in how to deal with this eventuality. They are training their people in hand-to-hand combat, crowd control, and, if necessary, will kill to control crowds. The Illuminati is training their people to be prepared for every possible reaction to the takeover. Many mind control victims will also be called into duty with preset command codes. These codes are meant to call out a new, completely cult loyal presenting system. Shatter codes programmed under trauma will be used to destroy or bury non-cult loyal alters.

“Military bases will be set up, in each locality (actually, they are already here, but are covert). In the next few years, they will go above ground and be revealed. Each locality will have regional bases and leaders to which they are accountable. The hierarchy will closely reflect the current covert hierarchy.

“About five years ago, when I left the Illuminati, approximately 1% of the US population was either part of the Illuminati, sympathetic to it, or a victim of Mind Control (and therefore considered useable). While this may not sound like many, imagine 1% of the population highly trained in the use of armaments, crowd control, psychological and behavioral techniques, armed with weapons and linked to paramilitary groups.

“These people will also be completely dedicated to their cause. The Illuminati firmly believes that it can easily overcome the other 99% of the population, most of whom are untrained, or poorly trained, such as “weekend hunters.” Even the local military will be overcome as the Illuminati will have regional cell groups with highly trained leaders. They also count on the element of surprise helping them during their takeover. Many of the highest leaders in the militia branch of the Illuminati are or have been officers in the military, and so already have a good knowledge of which techniques will work best to overcome a region’s or locality’s defenses.

“After the military takeover, the general population will be given a chance to either espouse the Illuminati’s cause, or reject it (with imprisonment, pain, even death being possible punishments). These people very much believe that the intelligent, or “enlightened” or Illuminated, were born to rule. They are arrogant, and consider the general population as “dumb sheep” who will be easily led if offered strong leadership, financial help in an unstable world economy, and dire consequences if the person rebels. Their utter ruthlessness, and ability to implement this agenda, should not be minimized.

“The Illuminati banking leaders, such as the Rothschilds, the VanderBilts, the Rockefellers, the Carnegies, and the Mellons, as examples, will reveal themselves, and offer to “save” the floundering world economy. A new system of monetary exchange, based on an international monetary system, and based between Cairo, Egypt, and Brussels, Belgium, will be set up. A true “one world economy”, creating the longed for “one world order”, will become reality.” Svali said this is the tip of the iceberg of the Illuminati agenda in America and she has been disowned by her family for leaving. Although recently offered $15,000 to return home, Svali has refused, saying her ministry to awaken the American people is her first priority.

Through years of special training, she learned members of the Illuminati are willing to give up their lives for their cause, as they believe their children are their legacy. “I was told that my children’s generation would see this takeover, sometime in the 21st century. At present, the Illuminati have quietly and covertly fostered their takeover plan by their goals of the infiltration of the media, the banking system, the education system, the government at all levels, the sciences and the churches,” said Svali.

Excerpt from: Searching For the Illuminati Deep Within The Bowels Of The Vatican by Greg Szymanski from ArcticBeacon Website

OVERVIEW OF ILLUMINATI HISTORY & OBAMA’S ROLE

12. I shall add an update, but first I must go backwards to put it within the larger context. The Illuminati was once a cohesive body made up of numerous groups and individuals, and combined they controlled the most important facets of life on Earth. In time, egos, greed, lies and ruthlessness split the group into two factions, each pursuing the same goal of killing most of the world's population and enslaving the rest for self-serving purposes. Although one faction's operations were primarily in the United States and the other's primarily in Europe,finally the power base of each spanned the globe due to strategic marriages and later the merging of banks and corporations into multinational behemoths. The enormously profitable illegal drug industry funds both factions' “black ops,” including terrorist activities blamed on innocents and vast underground areas where their scientists conduct unconscionable experiments on humankind and develop spacecraft, weaponry, surveillance and weather control systems using technology introduced by the “Little Grays.” In recent years the intense competition between the two factions, which eroded the power of each, extended to in-fighting within each faction, thus further weakening all areas of control. With growing distrust of each other within and between the factions, numerous futile attempts to stage another “9/11,” the loosening stranglehold on world economy, and defection of lower ranking members, the once solidly entrenched global foundation of the Illuminati now can be likened to scattered piles of rubble. 13. Yet some members are not giving up their dream of world domination, and that brings us to the update I mentioned. That very brief overview is relevant because the Clintons, the Bush family and their closest cronies within and out of the current administration are powerful in the Illuminati faction that influences US politics, and Hillary is the choice of that clique to continue their control. However, other faction members wanted to end it, and voila! Senator Barack Obama suddenly was thrust into national prominence. Of course the faction members are unaware of his soul-level mission, but they saw him as sharp- minded, ambitious and charismatic, with strong appeal to voters who are clamoring for a new direction in government; so even before the beginning of the campaign, the fierce in-faction competition was underway. Obama has had to play the game of loyalty to the intentions of the whole faction – to rule Iran by installing puppet leaders and gain ownership of the country's oil; continue conquest of the Mideast; promote poppy growth in Afghanistan to increase opium sales and promote more addiction worldwide; and do whatever else they deem necessary to become more powerful than their rival faction. As Obama's popularity kept growing, Hillary and her core group remained determined to have her in the Oval Office, and elections were rigged to give her victories in key states. When she had no choice but to concede that Obama was the party's nominee, her clique attempted to eliminate him in an “accident.” It wasn't successful, and any other attempts to kill him won't be either – a powerful shield of Christed light is keeping him one of the most securely protected persons on the planet. However, both the assassination attempt and failure caused even greater dissension between this faction's two elements, further decreasing the possibility that any of the Illuminati's insidious plans will ever reach fruition. 14. You may be wondering where John McCain fits into this. He is not free of Illuminati favors or pressure– most politicians with an iota of influence are not – but he isn't considered a viable presidential contender because the Republican party is held in such national disfavor due to the nation's steep decline under the current administration. 15. Now, two more notes related to this election topic. A few of the writers who were quite at odds with what I reported about Obama suggested that it was my mother's way of putting forth her own preference. Not only would she not even think of ever distorting what I say, but if she has knowledge of the topic I am speaking about, her clarity in receiving prevents it from bleeding into the transmission and overlaying my words. Nevertheless, to inject a bit of humor here, let us suppose that she had lapsed into an aberrant moment and expressed her presidential choice – her long-time loyalty to Dennis Kucinich would have given him “unstoppable momentum” into the White House. Since that message came well after he had dropped out of the race to run for reelection to Congress as a Representative from Ohio, it surely would have brought “my” comment about him into serious question! 16. My second note is more serious. Mother, please copy the excerpt of a channeled message sent to you in an email a few days ago. Readers, it came without the name of the receiver, or the channel, and although the name of the “source” is given, it will be omitted here. “Your ‘beloved Obama’, is busy right now in the Middle Eastern countries carrying out his orders from his Zionist controllers. He is riling up in Afghanistan against Pakistan. Your black ops folks have been very busy again lately, creating instability there and Obama has told you many times you must get the soldiers out of Iraq and send them right on to Afghanistan again, because the plan is to carry war into Pakistan, from Afghanistan. You have in the “new age” community, one Matthew Ward through Suzy his mother, and who has said Obama is a gifted star seed. In that, you know not to trust Suzy or Matthew for your spiritual growth. Dear ones, stop following all of this, and look at the evidence if you are accepting Matthew’s version. Obama, by his fruits, is not a lighted man.” 17. Thank you. I know the soul to whom that information was attributed. The moment he was in my thoughts, he connected with me and an instant later, our soul energy was beside my mother. He didn't need to tell me that he did not transmit that message, nor did I need him to – we felt the low vibrations being emitted from the computer monitor. At this juncture, most individuals would not be able to immediately detect those and recognize that the information came from a dark source claiming to be a well-known light being. Low frequencies do affect a body's energy system, but a receiver who can't distinguish that difference unwittingly distributes the transmission with its fraudulent attribution, and undiscerning readers may accept both the information and its claimed source as valid. A clear “red flag” is this: A spiritually evolved soul may identify disinformation and correct it, but never does that soul disclose the identity of the receiver or the name the dark source falsely gives. However, the soul whose name is falsely used may request another receiver to pass on that soul's message to the receiver of the original material alerting him or her to what happened. I now see that in my several messages about discernment, I was remiss by not thinking to mention that “red flag” when I stated that dark entities always are on the lookout for individuals to contact telepathically; that's why we have urged you to ask for protection of the Christed light and have given guidance for identifying sources. 18. Before moving on to the next topic, to the thoughtful soul who wrote that a group of meditators will be praying for Obama's safety although they know he is protected by the Christed light, I say by all means pray for his safety – the love energy of the prayers adds to that powerful protection! Never underestimate the power of prayer for one's own or another's highest good!

• July 28, 2011 Message from Matthew

MUSIC

HOW PRECIOUS IS MUSIC? MATTHEW: Of all the arts, music is the most important here. I have spoken about our magnificent concerts, but music hold much greater significance for us than that-it’s vital to our very existence! The perimeters of this realm are dependent upon the frequencies of music. The vibrations, especially from the strings, are part of what keeps the entire realm in attunement. Also, music is the single most effective medicine for the soul, and the energy of music is indispensable in our treatment of the traumatized psyches that come here. So, although respect and reverence are given to all masters, you can see why the highest honors are given to the most distinguished souls in music.

Unlike the personalized views from our windows or the weather we can create at will, music is all encompassing. It exists throughout the realm for all to tune into at the same frequency, so we can hear it whenever we wish by tuning into it on radio waves. You do the same with a radio, and you have radio stations with people who select the music to air. Here we serve as our own radio waves, stations and selectors.

S: DO YOU HAVE REAL INSTRUMENT AND MUSICIANS, OR IS MUSIC ITS OWN ENERGY FORM? MATTHEW: That’s an interesting concept, Mother, but our music is more down to Earth than that. We have many more stringed instruments and musicians that all your symphony orchestras combined, and a multitude of master harpists. That may be why the usual depiction of Heaven in paintings if full of angels with harps. None of our harpists are floating around on clouds, though!

S: WELL, SO MUCH FOR THAT LOVELY IDEA! IS ALL OF YOUR MUSIC SIMILAR TO OUR CLASSICAL?

MATTHEW: That’s backwards. Your music is more than similar to ours, it was complete in the heavens prior to being written on Earth. The composers may think of it as inspiration, but is more accurately filtration. All the major themes, all the combinations of notes and chords, were here in that form prior to the composers absorbing it and filtering it through their minds-through their SOULS!-onto paper.

Not all of the musical beauty available for absorption has been captured in compositions anywhere, but some of the most magnificent tones in Creation already are on Earth. In centuries past there was considerable similarity in the majestic music taught and produced here and that absorbed by composers and musical artists on Earth. Sadly, in recent years less of the soul-universe musical connection is being registered there. S: IS THE MUSIC THAT’S “FED” TO US MEANT TO BE FOR MORE THAN ENJOYMENT-MAYBE AN EMOTIONAL CATHARSIS?

MATTHEW: YES! That’s exactly why this music of the heavenly spheres is available throughout the universe! Music is continuously being created here for all of our own needs, and it’s being transmitted and absorbed continuously into Earth mentality to allow suppressed feelings there to be felt and released. Releasing and positively transmuting that kinetic energy heals the soul, and the ripple effect benefits the entire universe.

But definitely not all music popular on Earth has its source here! Divine music has no cacophonous sounds, unlike the heavy metal and hard rock and even some jazz and neoclassical compositions prevalent there. Those raucous types of compositions may allow a great deal of angry, rebellious energy to be expressed in the writing, playing and listening, but the negatively charged energy being produced by those sounds is not being transmuted, it’s swirling right there around you.

Loud discordant music-NOISE!-agitates the spirit and creates imbalance within the human psyche. As the imbalance increases, the psyche’s capacity to absorb light energy decreases. Consistent decreasing eventually can destroy the capacity altogether. Generating imbalance is one of the dark forces’ most effective strategies on Earth, and the kind of music that accomplishes it is one of their tools. Thus, without the awareness of the composers, musicians and listeners, they are being drawn into darkness. The sound they think captivates them actually is capturing theme, because it is strategically designed by the darkness to stunt spiritual growth and adversely affect emotional, physical and mental integrity.

Quoted from “Matthew, Tell Me About Heaven,” by Suzanne Ward

SOUNDS AND MUSIC CAN EITHER BUILD OR HARM YOU 9. A related subject for your discretion, at least insofar as radio and television, is sound. The sounds from every source emanate frequencies that are beneficial or detrimental to your psyche and body, and in the higher frequencies now prevailing on Earth, you are correspondingly more greatly affected by the sounds around you. The dark minds are keenly aware of this and their skullduggery extends to bombarding you with damaging inaudible sound waves – those you can’t avoid. But in most instances you can choose sounds from radios, TVs and stereos. A great deal of modern music and programming teems with dissonance or harmful decibels or both, and you can avoid those noises.

GOOD EFFECTS OF GOOD MUSIC LIKE MOZART, BEETHOVEN, ET AL

Scientific experiments with classical works by Mozart, Beethoven and other masters have proven their calming, nurturing effects on very sick patients, the flourishing of plants, and the gentle receptivity of animals. We understand that symphonic music is not everyone’s cup of tea, but you would do well to keep in mind its great benefits. Whenever you can, venture into Nature – delight in the sounds it offers and revel in the essence of being at One with All. And please don’t overlook the soothing sound of silence – it is golden indeed!– And as often as possible, treat yourselves to the restorative upliftment of stillness.

• January 27, 2008 Message from Matthew

On sounds, vibrations, music, noise

28. Now there is more to be said about vibrations. The vibratory levels of sound affect mental, emotional, physical and spiritual bodies positively or negatively. Noise jolts your entire energy system. Noise from a gunshot, car backfiring or thunder, for instance, has a short-lived impact; noise from an evening of raucous or dissonant music, for example, or a day of working with roaring machinery has exponentially longer lasting and more adverse effects. 29. When that kind of noise is unavoidable, its effects can be somewhat improved with as much solitude and serenity as the affected persons can manage. The soft, gentle tones of melodious music, the sound of flowing waters and the energetic emanations of trees are extremely restorative and helpful in regaining the light within balance. 30. In addition to the sound of words, the words themselves have vibrations. Loving words spoken sweetly by parents to their children are nurturing and assist them in achieving balance. Conversely, not only does yelling harsh words to children – to anyone! – destroy their balance and the balance of the ones who yell, and when their thoughts of those instances come as memories, the low vibrations return too. Although with less intensity, written words also emit vibrations, so choose your words carefully to benefit those to whom you write and yourself, and select reading material that will lighten your heart and mind. 31. It is your high vibrations that are connecting you with kindred spirits and causing reluctance to spending time with some individuals, whose vibrations are low. When the latter kind of encounter can’t be avoided, keeping your thoughts positive will enable you to stay balanced, and the light within balance will help raise the vibrations all around.

MESSAGE FROM MATTHEW, SEPTEMBER 9, 2011

Light, Love, Meditation, Music etc

Light, the same energy as love, is the way to peace, harmony and balance within each individual and in your world. You absorb light by being kind, honest, compassionate, forgiving and generous, and the light of a smile has immeasurable ripple effects.

• Message from Matthew, December 9, 2011 The Vibration of Love The power of Love will transform everything into Golden Age

Along the way there will be many profound changes, changes you can’t even imagine, that will transform life as you have known it into life in total harmony with all of Nature worldwide and thusly flow out into the universe. Very little of the wondrous world on your horizon will be rooted in your systems to date – that is precisely WHY you are creating your new world! The goddess vibrations that already are showing effects will continue to bless you as individuals and as a civilization. The negativity that is the root of fear, greed, dishonor and violence will be gone in the Golden Age, and the vibrations of Earth’s entirety will be LOVE. Love, which is the same energy as LIGHT but simply expressed differently, is the pure essence of Creator, the ultimate power in the cosmos. This energy is the composition of souls and the key to opening hearts and illumining minds, and it is flowing more abundantly on Earth than ever before. As the darkness continues to fade, love will replace conflict and tyranny with peace and cooperation; love will eliminate the superficial superiority of one group over another; love will enlighten those who regard others as possessions or dispensable and uplift those who have been subjected to living in those conditions. In short, LOVE is the power that is transforming your world.

• Message from Matthew, December 31, 2007

HIGHER EARTH VIBRATION WILL ALLOW ALL TRUTH TO COME OUT “IN THE HIGHER VIBRATIONS IN WHICH EARTH IS NOW ORBITING, THAT TRUTH CANNOT BE HIDDEN MUCH LONGER.”

MESSAGE FROM MATTHEW, SEPTEMBER 11, 2008

ARTISTS AND MUSICIANS AT THEIR CURRENT SERVICE!

28. I welcome being asked what artists’ role is during this time of transition. Recording it for posterity! True artists – painters, sculptors, poets, composers, musicians – express what is in the soul. Their creations flow from within rather than coming as a projection of calculated studies, and as such, their productions are expressions from the heart rather than the mind. Persons who have ”tin ears” or are “all thumbs” yet are profoundly emotionally moved by art are responding to cellular memory of lifetimes as an artist. Civilizations more advanced than yours would not consider that everything your “experts” call “art” deserves that distinction. A unique idea or perhaps even a successful spoof, but surely without the beauty that comes with the exuberance of the heart. In time, when admiration of art will be with finer discrimination in consonance with the higher vibrations, ugliness in forms and sounds will be seen as examples of the diverse moods and attitudes of their era. 29. The importance of music’s effects on your energy systems and psyches cannot be stated too strongly. The vibrations of music traditionally associated with Christmas time – especially orchestral arrangements and choruses, the “Nutcracker Suite” and carols – touch the “strings of the heart.” Music of more recent origin that also is popular in this season lacks those high vibrations, but nevertheless can let people feel happy. And a great deal of current music genres, most particularly the jarring effects of “heavy metal,” prevents the smooth flow of energy that is required for balance.

• Message from Matthew, December 21, 2008

5. As the long era of darkness is ending through the ever-growing thoughts and desires for a world of love, peace and harmony, not everyone can feel like joyfully celebrating these days at hand. We see the grief that wars and other violence, disease, hunger, and loss of homes and employment are causing many families around the world, and we feel the heaviness of their hearts. By no means am I “throwing cold water” on the merriment of those living in kinder circumstances – merriment is good for the soul! Please do not deny yourselves that upliftment, but rather feel thankful and lighthearted – the high vibrations of those sensations not only let your heart sing, but they radiate outward to happily affect all lives you touch. What I do mean to convey is, that of all times of the year, this season is when feelings all along the emotional spectrum are heightened. We rejoice with all who are rejoicing, and to all who are feeling sad or anxious, we say: Take comfort in knowing that as these days pass into the new calendar year, if you allow the ever-increasing light to lift your spirits, it also can strengthen your resolve to deal with your personal situations.

• Message from Matthew, December 21, 2008

How the Illuminati control and manipulate our education to dumb us down including the use of music, TV, drugs, etc. How to join in the ascension to higher density/dimension?

• Message from Matthew, December 21, 2008 WHAT IS MUSIC? (2080.5) 195:7.20 “Science lives by the mathematics of the mind; music expresses the tempo of the emotions.” – The Urantia Book

“Talent, any talent, but especially art and music, is an infinite mine: the more you excavate it, the more it becomes more plentiful; the more you give it, the more it glitters and becomes more precious and valuable; the more you use it, the better it becomes; the more you give it away, the more it increases, and the richer you become!; the more you make people happy with it, the happier you become!; the faster you dispense and circulate it, the faster it increases!”

- Savante Servantes

PUTTING NR INTO MUSIC IS WHY I WANT TO GUIDE COYCOY MORE DILIGENTLY

It is the NR (New Revelations) in my mind why I want Coycoy to both master the computer hardware and software. It is also the NR that I want him to paint and compose music. By NR, I also mean Divine Love. I want him to innovate, assemble, etc., an eReader mainly to put into it the NR, so we can gift it to people.

And I want him to paint and compose music on Divine Love, to write from wordings quoted or derived from the NR. There are countless of wordings in the NR which I know, with or without revision, can be quoted best for love-Music. I know the world’s songs are love for self, e.g., woman. I want to see new composers composing songs like the psalms of David, namely: adoration to the Father and appreciation of His beautiful creation and works.

The NR are a kind of poems – love poems. The statement of our Father and Lord Jesus are often poetic.

These I wish to arrange, and put some nice tunes. Just like what Mr. Ross Jutsum did with the nice verses in the Bible. He picked up the appropriate verses here and there, and instead of making it into sermons, he arranged them into beautiful songs.

You have his composition, right? While we were still in WCG, right? I love his songs. They are still in my heart. But I lost the cassette tapes. We could not preserve them because of humidity and lack of know-how.

Anyway, I tried to trace him in the internet and I was glad to find Mr. Jutsum. He has the songs and new other compositions. We exchanged a few emails.

I would like to copy him, at least in a small degree. I have more feeling I will not be able to attain this with myself, but maybe through other guys, my kids included. I want them to compose songs of divine love…. Yes, based on the NR.

***

But I do not want to lose my first born son to the world, and see him use his abilities to the benefit of the businessmen of Babylon. So, I am holding on to a rope that still does not exist Franky, if you get what I mean. I mean, I am still trying to create a personal, customized, learning environment and curriculum for my son, so he can be trained in the NR environment, and not in the world’s school campus, and be prepared for the NR Work, including the hard ware aspect as well as, if possible, even in translation. Coycoy is good in many subjects. In English and Math as well as Science, he is above their class.

Nevertheless, I do not want him to the software, for the sake of the hardware. By software, I mean: NR, music, arts, where he is doing well.

***

“Also with the music, I am strict. I let them think, not just blindly following the general public pulse and feeling, to determine what is good music to God, not to us, as we must “Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven”.

So, the kids are one in their desire to screening songs/music, although not perfectly yet. I want to see them give expression to the NR via music, arts…”

***

WHERE SHALL I APPRENTICE COYCOY?

Yes, the question: If I want to actualize his practice, I need to find a real business or work where he can apprentice.

Arts/painting – where?

Music – where?

I need to find or establish my own businesses where he can do real work using his talents. Shall I therefore establish or start my business mainly to make use of his talents? For arts/painting, I can start my emagazine. I can also start the business to sell his artworks. And we can also post is artworks at YouTube.

For music, concert will help. Posting at YouTube can also help.

The presence and growth of my kids, makes me desirous to establish the business ideas that I have long kept inside me. I may not need to get good profit from these, but I am more desirous to start them so the kids shall have an actual practice of their skills and talents.

***

Also, the ORGANIC GARDENING AND CLOSE-TO-THE-NATURE EXPOSURE SUCH AS FILMING/VIDEO SHOOTING because these are the foundation of an artistic and creative and humble heart and mind which are necessary for a good artist and musician, not to mention, as a son of God.

***

For example, we need to finance Coycoy’s talents development. I will let him avoid formal school. That means, he will not be able to use his scholarship. I do not want to give him to the world. I will let him practice painting, music and computer assembly as soon as possible, backed up by some internet free courses and manuals. If there is no free, than, at least cheap online course.

***

COCOY: He must have his own computer to assemble, disassemble, assemble, then, to use for his arts or graphics, to learn to type, work with music, etc. Ask if we can pay monthly installment if we buy two. One is for you.

To continue Bee, if they still criticize the decision, then tell them that IT IS IN THE NR: an education that gives freedom from many things: freedom from human control by employer, freedom from poverty, from hunger, from slavery, from etc., etc., etc.”

*** I want Coycoy to become a great musician in his music talent. How? Answer: Through early use much of his time (from 8 am to 5 pm to say the least) to practice music. If I let him go to high school and sit their from 8 am to 5 pm, thus, waste his time, and leave no more time for his talents’ theory and practice, then, that is, the subtle way of killing his talents or leaving his talent undeveloped, thus useless, for any purpose. The formal school, both public and private, does not provide this specialized, specific-student focus kind of education. Great musician never came from schools. It’s more on self-learning or special tutorial by a great music maestro, not from school curriculum.

*** Thus, I have concrete plans to let Coycoy et al also take special personalized classes in the homes of great musicians and artists in the province.

***

Franky: “Well yeah, personally I am very concerned about the outcome. As I said, one does not exclude the other. I mean he can continue school and do some learning aside. But care should very much be taken not to overburden him. That is also a danger.”

Cocoy: “But up to this point, I am weakening in my position, after your statements which let me see some other considerations that I had overlooked.

Yes, he is still very young and fragile.”

Franky: “Indeed, you can overburn him…that can in a way short circuit him ”

Cocoy: “Ha, ha, short circuit. Well, that's the word.

Also, I realize now how much he will miss the company of young children his age. This may also be emotionally hard for him to bear to be more with me as his tutor, etc., and then, to be alone with the tools.”

Franky: “Oh yes he will miss the children of his age.”

Cocoy: “

Actually, your advice helps give space in my heart. I will try to see it in that light.”

OK, I will consider this social side.”

***

But I am of the opinion that the average parent or teacher who has not known the correct speed of learning, would most probably be astonished to see my eldest son, Coycoy, learned how to repair and assemble computers (skills which graduates of 4-year degree computer science are not able to master despite studying 4 years), creates MP4s or video K songs by mixing music/songs, lyrics and appropriate pictures and/or videos, knows about organic farming, and many other home tasks at age 13! Many would be astonished how on earth a child could master the skill of computer repair and assembly at age 13, for example, which graduates of Computer Science at age 20 are not sufficiently skilled to do. That my son is 7 years advanced in learning would cause many parents and teachers to accuse me of over-speeding up my son’s learning.

My answer is this: I am not over-speeding up my son’s learning nor is he lacking time to play and relax in his young age. He has plenty of time for everything.

What we are doing here is not an “all works no play makes Johnny a dull boy” scenario. I AM SIMPLY REMOVING ALL DELAYERS OR TIME-WASTERS THAT THE SCHOOLS OR EDUCATION MINISTERS HAD INSTALLED IN OUR EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM!

One worst delaying tactic is the presence of lots of theories and the dismal lack of hands-on or practice! So, from Grade 1 to 4th year College (14 years), the student keeps on memorizing about the 8 parts of speech without having mastered them!

They of young minds ought to have learned the 8 parts of speech in short time. But they could not because there is no emphasis to practice; rather, every block was placed to prevent practice! Forgive me for telling the truth.

***

Behind this is my broader feeling of pity to many poor young boys in our country. Many of them have already graduated with no workable knowledge in science and technology, thus, they will not be able to invent, or make things or innovate. They, as we already know, would and will remain employees – paid workers, a sort of slave, modern slave. This will not help our country. What our country needs is creative, inventive, innovative, entrepreneurial men.

Let us make this our goal: TO HELP MAKE OUR YOUNG MEN BECOME CREATORS, INVENTORS, INNOVATORS, ENTREPRENEURS, INDUSTRIALISTS. Be it in the fields of agriculture, music, arts, electronics, etc.

***

AYL’s idea: Music & arts are talents which must not be driven by money-motive; otherwise, the products, e.g., paintings or song, will be bad. Love-inspiration must drive the artist and musician. Money will just be the next or incidental effect.

***

If in Japan, China and Germany, they are able to make their sons and daughters expert in assembling and repairing appliances at age 8, then, it will not be too much if we aim our children to be like them at age 12! One of the probable ways to hasten this quicker mastery in the academic and talent-skill areas is the establishment of mini-shops in say, music, arts/painting, computers, electronics, carpentry/furniture, demo garden for organic agriculture, baking/cooking, sewing, etc.

To make these shops alive and effective, they shall connect to real shop so the products of our mini-shops will be elevated one step higher as apprentices of real shops, e.g., bakery, tailoring, electronics shops, etc. Of course, during vacation time, to avoid conflict with their academics.

***

I have higher dream for our children, namely: that they will rise above the line of mediocrity and become employers, scientists, artists, musicians, or productive agri-businessmen, because they have some things in common: freedom and independence, financial prosperity, and the noble role of being employers, the ability of giving jobs to others who are less fortunate.

As to enjoyment, everyone will agree that if the work or job you are in is your talent or “line,” then, you will not need so much other kind of enjoyments. You will enjoy your work if it is your “line”. That is why God did not include “Thou shall enjoy in six days.”

If you are in the job you love, then, there will be no greater need for other enjoyments such as gambling or loafing. Your work will be enough to provide you joy. Your work will be more than like the games the children play or the diversions un-fitted men engage or unfulfilled men play.

Relaxation may come by sleeping at the right time, or whatever that will not encourage the laziness and crimes, the opposite of diligence, honesty and goodness encouraged by the Ten Commandments.

Let’s start right at home and then in school to impart the children the ancient values and virtues without which the basic institution of marriage and family and then of the country will not be able to stand and endure against the trials and temptations of this time.

*** SONY – AN EXCELLENT CASE OF DEVELOPMENT FROM A TALENT

INTO HOBBY INTO SKILL INTO ENTERPRISE INTO INDUSTRY!

To get the point I intend to drive and I wish all of us to comprehend, as it holds the key to our liberation from poverty, we need first to understand the meaning of the following keywords:

• Talent – means the inclination of a child’s heart and mind – his love-activity, where his heart and mind is most inclined. Is it electronic? Is it art? Talent is the seed of a future great work, invention and enterprise. Talent is the seed- inclination God put inside a child. Matthew 25 and Luke 19 (Parable of the Talents and Pounds) tell us that it is God who gives us talents, at least one talent to start with. Along the years, we can ask or receive additional talents. • Hobby – is the first practice, use and application of a child’s talent. It should not be seen as a must-income-generator; instead, it must be seen as source of the child’s happiness, a work but in the form of play or nature of play; it is not serious, but more of enjoyment. The best method to teach work to a child is through play. The work must be taught in the form of play or game. In this manner, hobby leads to skill. • Skill – is a phase of learning where theory has been applied, practiced, developed and honed to a certain point or level that the result can be considered an acceptable or praise-worthy service to fellowmen or even worthy of being paid. • Enterprise – is the next possible development phase. If a talent has turned from hobby to skill, then, the next thing to happen, as soon as customers or beneficiaries increase, the skilled worker will need to hire an assistant, thus, he is now an entrepreneur – his work now an enterprise – a business; • Industry – happens when your one business becomes many, as your former employees are guided, assisted, most praiseworthy by you, also become independent entrepreneurs!

Imagine talent as the seed, hobby the seedling, skill the young tree, enterprise the mature tree and industry the forest (many trees).

Be it music, be it electronics or arts, let it be that it shall flourish to become a forest (industry)! Let no more worker remains an undeveloped paid employee forever! Like Sony, let every talent grow into an industry – through the diligence, intelligence and selflessness of its key person or founder.

In Bohol, we have the town of Loboc as the magnificent example of a talent turned into an industry: the music industry. As story was told, music started in Loboc during the Spanish time when a church assistant taught music to church/school children. A choir or band was later organized.

As music grew and grew, it has indeed managed to become a tree (enterprise) and now an industry – making many independent musicians, individual and group.

What makes a great enterprise and a spreading industry possible? Not a skill not in line to your heart. Not a skill intended just to earn a living. Not a skill hurriedly found in some corner in the garbage site in order to meet a sudden need for food and milk of a child born prematurely, without preparation in the part of the father.

The SONY story and the LOBOC experience are one of the best proof that, as Jesus indicated in Matthew 25 and Luke 19, IT IS TALENT GUIDED AND NURTURED THAT HOLDS THE KEY TO WEALTH AND PROSPERITY and THAT TALENT MUST BE THE SKILL; TALENT MUST BECOME SYNONYM OF SKILL. No skill must come up out of sudden economic pressure or necessity. Skill must come up out of a child’s heart – his inclination.

All parents and educators must work together to find the child’s inclination (seed talent) and focus all time, money, education, training and resources to confining (even imprisoning) the child in this path so that he will not get diverted or strayed away from the path God has drawn specifically for him through his built-in talent.

***

TODAY’S CURSE What I mean with “curse” is the misery, poverty, the bankruptcies, the helplessness of our workers and even businessmen.

Why? Because their works could not give them prosperity. Their businesses often end up bankruptcies or in huge indebtedness.

Why are our work skills not producing prosperity? Why are our skills not creating the likes of Sony and Loboc?

Answer: Our skills are not our talents. Our talents were killed by these skills whose purpose was only economic. We neglected to make our talents our skills, business and industry. Our talents long died as soon as we replaced them with not-our-line skills, skills which the monopolists need to perpetuate and expand their businesses.

TOMORROW’S BLESSING When God pronounces “Blessed by you…” He did not mean what we term here in our dialect as “dawat-limpyo” which means similar to “being spoon-fed” or “net receipt without an equity on our part.” Catholics and protestants have been told and taught and made to believe that “blessing” and “salvation” is “dawat-limpyo” because according to them, our Lord Jesus Christ has been so loving that He did it all and so merciful that He obeyed everything in our behalf. Result: we are no longer required to obey strictly God’s Laws and commandments.

This is a big lie that the Catholic and Protestant churches have successfully sold to gullible people like us. They thus rendered us lazy and complacent, for we thought that God and Jesus has done it all for us..

This has hindered the full operation of the instruction “Lihok tawo aron tabangan tika” (Man, do your best; God will do the rest”) (“God will not do what man can do for himself”)

This conflict of teachings has created a long tug-of-war – a confusion – a stagnation and lack of progress and advancement.

May this discussion of God’s Will give our nation the wisdom to get out of the present box, and come out free to identify our talents and guide them, develop them into hobby, skill, enterprise and ultimately, an industry.

Then, every seed-talent will become a huge forest (industry) like SONY!

THE KEY IS THE PROCESS OF SYNONYMS-CONCEPTS From now on, let us realize that it is a PROCESS OR SUCCESSION SYNONYMNS, to wit:

Step 1: Inclination - Talent as the seed Step 2: Hobby – Talent as Seedling Step 3: Skill – Talent has become honed enough to serve the fellowmen, as paid or free service; Step 4: Enterprise – Talent has become a mature tree, bearing much results, including monetary profits; Step 5: Industry – the tree has multiplied and has become a forest.

The dictionary for Filipinos should now have the following entry:

Talent – 1) inclination (as seed); 2) hobby (as seedling); 3) skill (as young fruit bearing tree); 4) enterprise (as mature tree); and finally, 4) industry (as forest).

The support Scripture are: Matthew 25 (Parable of the Talents) and Luke 19 (Parable of the Pounds)

Support from practical wisdom: the experience of Sony Corporation and many other similar experience where the child-founder-to-be started with his talent, which he treats as hobby until it became a great skill, then, enterprise and finally as industry.

The same story for the great Apple Corporation with its founder Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak.

SELFISHNESS HOLDS YOU BACK Filipino Christians have been sick of selfishness. Korean Christians are not. They include in their Christian living the bestowing of talents, skills and capital to their fellow Christians. Result: Korean businessmen speedily increase all over the world!

Afraid of competition from their own friends and relatives? No, they are not. For they are wise and grateful. No disciple puts up his business where his former employer operates. They spread; and they help each other spread to the wide world.

So, an employer is not threatened; he knows and sees that his former employee is grateful enough to choose another site for his new business. In other cases, the employer enters into partnership with his former employer to put up a branch in other towns or sites.

This describes the way to prosperity which is also the same as saying that it is the way God will bless us. There is no other way: we have to work as partners; we must put up our equity – we have our parts to do. It is not a “dawat-limpyo”.

Enough for the “Jesus did it all and obeyed all for you, so you are left with nothing to do, just sit or lie down and wait to be spoon-fed” false doctrine of the Catholic and protestant churches, which has born the poverty-producing attitudes of laziness, complacency, inclination towards vices. OUR VISION OF EDUCATION: SONY STYLE From the biography of its founders and the company itself of Sony Corporation, our vision of “expanded school” or “expanded education” shall therefore:

• Include the homes as the foundation of talents as hobbies. It is at home that talent should turn into hobby; • Convert the elementary school into theory-classrooms and practice-mini- shops where hobbies are guided to become mini-skills, e.g., mini table, mini chairs, etc., all made by the mini carpenters (the pupils); • Convert all-theory, purely academic high school into theory-classrooms and practice-shops where mini skills are honed into real skills. • Connect our shops to real shops in the real work of work and business, where our students shall work as apprentice for a few months or years. • Our businessmen shall provide bridges and extending hands to make sure our graduates will be able to find the work which best suits to their specialization; this employment stage shall only be temporary and should be treated, above all, as further training for independence; • Our capitalists, including PTA and alumni associations and parents, shall prepare the honing young experts to have capital for their own shops and later enterprise; • Other supports shall not be lacking from the parents, from the government, etc.

****

EPILOGUE

This is this unique vision for a high quality expanded school that I am motivated to support. If the vision is like the ordinary high school where the product (graduates) are mediocre, namely: employees forever or care giver forever, or slaves forever or Japayukes forever (forgive me for telling the painful truth), then, I am not for it.

I – We – envision our future children, pupils and students, and graduates to be:

NO LONGER EMPLOYEES AND RUN ERRANDS OF THE TAIPANS (BUSINESMEN) BUT FREE AND INDEPENDENT

Self-employed experts in their own talents (no masters, no slaves);

Or employers, scientists, artists, musicians, or productive agri-businessmen, because they have some things in common: freedom and independence, financial prosperity, and the noble role of being employers, the ability of giving jobs to others who are less fortunate. AND PROSPEROUS PROVIDERS OF THEIR OLD FOLKS AND LOVED ONES, DEVELOPERS OF THEIR VILLAGES AND LIBERATORS OF THEIR NATION!

SO HELP US FATHER GOD prepare for the New Era!

***

FROM THE HATHORS

Virginia: Now one question that many people are asking today. In the human body, with all its DNA, RNA and different cellular, genetic and hereditary aspects, how can we use sound to stay well during this period of crisis where we have so many degenerative diseases?

Hathors: Well, you’ve asked a very, very complex question.

Virginia: Yes, I know, and perhaps there is no single answer.

Hathors: The fundamental reason for these degenerative diseases that you’re mentioning, as we understand it, is the devitalization of the Earth . At the beginning of time the vitality of the Earth was very strong because of the glaciers, glacial activity, and the grinding and transformation of the rocks into minerals. The waters were highly mineralized, the soil was highly mineralized, and the oxygen level was higher. Your scientists have estimated that the present level of oxygen averages around 18 percent whereas it was 30 percent several hundred years ago. With this tremendous decreases in oxygen levels, the amount of prana available has also decreased.

And one might ask why this is happening. It is happening for many reasons, but in terms of human behavior it is happening because you are decimating the forests- even the rain forests-and you are polluting the oceans so that the plankton or organism which produce oxygen in the ocean are stunted. This part of the problem occurs where ever humans are so disconnected from the Earth that they are destroying the very bedrock of there existence. Because most people are running around independently pursuing whatever they are trying to achieve in their personal lives, there is often little cultural appreciation or contemporary understanding of the need to honor the Earth mother. Consequently, there is mass decimation of those fundamental generators of oxygen, as well as depletion of the mineral reserves through agriculture . So these are the two primary things that cause many of the negative conditions that, as a civilization and as a planet, you are experiencing.

The question of sound is a complex question because there are specific frequencies that will help with specific health problems, and many of your researchers are only now uncovering this therapeutic use of sound. In the coming decades, “sound therapy” is going to be a very big part of your medicine. It is true that you will discover how to use one frequency for this problem and another frequency for that problem, and ultimately you will learn how to use sound t assist and heal those who suffer. But it is equally true that simply learning them and using them will not remove the deeper cause of much disease-which is your disconnection from the Earth itself. This disconnection must be healed. But our answer to the question you’re asking-what can an individual do for themselves with sound-is that a person can learn to apply what is called the Law of the Fundamental Tone.

This law states that a Fundamental Tone rules over all other tones in relationship to it. In terms of music, for example, if you pull the damper of the strings of the piano say the note of “C,” then all those C notes that are above and below the note you struck will reasonate. They will begin to sound through the Law of the Sympathetic Resonance, and this is the Law of the Fundamental Tone. So a Fundamental Tone can set off resonances in other octaves.

What this means, practically speaking, is that an individual can go to the place in their own consciousness where they are healthy, radiant and have the attributes that they desire. By making the sounds from that higher state of consciousness on a regular basis, they can transmute those other conditions in the lower octaves because they have sounded the Fundamental Tone. So if you have an unhealthy situation, a condition to be changed, then you go into the place in your consciousness where you don’t have that condition. When you find that place you repeatedly make the sound expressing that positive quality through your own voice. By doing this over and over again, eventually it will have a positive effect- sometimes even an immediately positive effect.

Source: The Hathors Materials

***

Positive music. Music is one of the greatest powers to bring health, heal sickness. It increase Mind Power. Mind Power over matter (physical sickness) - Savante Servantes

***

LETTER TO MR ROSS JUTSUM Dear Mr Jutsum and family,

Thank you for the email. I am happy in my heart for hearing the news, my big brother.

I know our Lord will reward sincere hearts, despite the evils that your country has done to us, third world countries.

Before anything else, let me inform you that I am happy to find a few of your wonderful music/songs compositions now available in the internet.

I have to remind you how much I love and owe you for your beautiful songs. They have been my favorites. I know all of those songs you shared to the church.

My most beloved are the “Remember Your Creator,” “Rivers of Living Waters,” “Sunset to Sunset” (oh, I forget its title), “We Are Family,” “How Good and How Pleasant,” … sir, why don’t you do a Don Moen? Let your songs be out to the world! They are even more wonderful than Don’s, no pun intended against Don.

But what I mean is: Songs like yours must now come out to the world that is hungry of true spiritual values, after it has drunk the dirty waters of the world. They now yearn the waters of living waters. Their hearts yearn for beautiful songs like the ones you have composed.

Sell them sir.. . And like Don, sing them! Do concert outside the exclusive church.

Don is out into the open. He is not confining himself in a single church. And I encourage you, if you have not done so.

Songs… Music knows no bound. It does not respect the walls and divisions we have created among denominations or sects or in our midst. It does not know what denomination or sect means.

Music is universal… as love that it expresses is also universal.

So, sing sir. Or have children choir or adult choir help you in the singing.

Let your CDs, VCDs, DVDs be circulated all over the world. There is a section in almost stores for Christian Music.

In this way, you will help tremendously awakening mankind’s love for God.

I have long known that 99% of the songs and music in the world are about love of woman and self.

I have proof to that: in my hard disk are two general folders (classifications): Songs for God (Agape Love) and Songs for Woman (Eros Love). And you know what? If not because of the hymns I got free from the UCG, the hymns by Mr. Dwight Armstrong which are based on the wordings of the Psalms, then, I would have only no more than20 songs inside the Agape Love folder!

While my Songs for Woman (Eros Love) folder? Almost all songs fit in this category!

Love for woman, which is actually man’s love for his own self (which he wants to satisfy or please with the use of a woman) is a true rival to the Love of God. The woman, and self, even though we don’t admit it, has become a god-rival to the God.

This “I”-dolatry is the most subtle and the worst kind of idolatry… ever.

As someone say, it is the “I”mpire. Its members: My, Me, Mine.

My wife. My woman. My children. My friends. The expanded Self.

Unless we come to love God above all, then, our love for woman or family, will continue to become rival, instead of acceptable to God.

We need to come to learn to place God, Neighbor and Self in unity and harmony. We need to learn to love all. And we need to give the degree of love each deserve. If we don’t, then, one will continue to get in conflict with the other, vying for our attention and resources, our love.

In the words of our Lord Jesus Christ in His 7,500-page Own Direct Word, His own version of the Gospel, which you can read and check at www.franky1.com, in 25 volumes, the correct percentage or valuation to make love perfect, should be,

600fold Love for God

60f0ld Love for Neighbors and

6fodl humble Love for Self.

And that will sum up to 666 – the good kind of 666.

Reverse that, as Jesus said, then you will have 600fold Love for Self and only 6fold Love for God. That is the evil 666 mentioned in Revelation 13 which the Babylon the Great - Beast Government (led by America) and the Mystery Babylon the Great – Whore Church led by the Roman Catholic Church and followed by the majority of the Protestants churches as harlot daughters of this whore mother!

That is the evil 666 found alive as the philosophy inside Democracy and Capitalism.

So that, what Winston Churchill once said, “All forms of government are worse. But Democracy (and Capitalism) is the best among them!” And all these years, proponents of Democracy and Capitalism have been working hard to present the already bad in its inner nature to appear good before all men.

But the stench is leaking to the air. We are now seeing how bad is Capitalism and Democracy is.

Yet, our government – the Philippine Government is still clinging to defend it. Why not move to reform the system instead? At the roots?

I hail what the Aquino Government is doing here in the Philippines. President Aquino is making very hard sacrifice of their family’s Hacienda Luisita. I hope he is more willing than not. I know how difficult it is for him to do it or for him to allow the Supreme Court to pass such ruling to give the hacienda to the poor tenants. And I know many of his cousins and relatives are against or not so willing in giving up the hacienda to be given to the people. And I know he is in danger of being liquidated (executed) by one of his own blood relatives.

But may the Lord assure him and his clan that what you gave up shall be replaced by more eternal and more abundant blessings, if not here, but surely in the hereafter. For God is the Owner of all things. And He is a good Father to all.

***

May I inform you that I am using your songs posted inYouTube as part of the DVD I am making for my “Music Therapy” to my cancer-stricken friends and relatives. Rest assured I am not making a business out of it. I am using them only to help create a positive mind and heart or attitude in the suffering person.. and I choose your songs along with Yanni’s and Moen’s and some from Celine Dion to form the list which I am letting cancer patients to hear!

My “Music Therapy” is based on my belief that good music produces good waves in both mind (thoughts) and heart (feelings or emotions) which are like lasers – healing, cleansing, restoring the person at the cells-level, not to mention at the spiritual (mental-emotional) levels.

In your email, you wrote,

“the Lord would open just the right doors for us to serve and lead God's precious children in heartfelt worship in word and song, and bringing hope and joy, love and peace.”

Sure, there is!

May I humbly recommend that you consider yourself pioneer to what I call “HEALING THROUGH MUSIC THERAPY”! Healing of mind and heart and then, as automatic or eventual effect, healing of the body. For I believe in what the Lord said: “A healthy body preserves a healthy soul; and a healthy soul is the best doctor of a sick body.” (New Revelation of Jesus Christ,” www.franky1.com)

You are among the best musicians and composers I have ever known. You have the talent-gift to weave beautiful verses into beautiful lyrics, creating a beautiful whole.

And you know what? I’ve found a great source of great wordings for great lyrics in www.franky1.com in the free ebooks in there.

Perhaps soon, Mr. Jutsum, I can have the money to buy your entire albums.

***

Music affects – even reverses – the state of the Mind and Heart. Mental and Emotional. Mind and Heart are spiritual, therefore, Music is spiritual in nature and effect. Using music as healing therapy or treatment tool is acknowledging that music is a spiritual medicine.

And God’s Word put to music is very powerful spiritual medicine because it sets the patient’s heart, not just mind, to operation – even strong vibration. In reading God’s Word, there are times only the mind is engaged, and not the heart, although the effecting or stirring of the heart is the objective.

For example, when Matthew 11:28-30 was set to music by Filipino singer-composer Basil Valdez and titled “Lift Up Your Hands to God,” I can imagine how many hearts were moved to internalize and feel what used to be mere ink-words in Matthew 11.

Music put the words to life, that is, feelings were moved, heart affected, eyes moved to tears, hard pride moved to humility.. yes, healing of the mind and heart ... healing of the spirit was taking place.

I do not mean it was not made alive by those who read and meditate Matthew 11:28-30, but we know that setting it to music – beautiful tunes, has an additional powerful effect, not possible with mere letters. Music carries emotion – it changes or set to order emotion in disorder. Yes, that’s healing.

We are very thankful to composers of godly music especially those based on the Word of God.

Mr. Jutsum, you are of highest caliber in creating sublime music. Not for the purpose of making comparison, but I consider you rank even higher than Don Moen or equal to him. That means to say, and I mean to encourage you to come out into the open more than you have done so far. And to find very nice poetry or nice wordings to use as basis of your lyrics or songs is a great find, right? Therefore, I strongly recommend you the books found in www.franky1.com . SET THEM TO MUSIC MY BIG BROTHER!

That’s your great service to mankind in this entering to the new eras.

*** MUSIC IN MIRON (NEPTUNE) AND SATURN

THE NATURAL SUN - Chapter 61 - Man upon Miron; dwellings and villages

oncerning men upon this planet, they are not as large as upon Saturn, yet larger than those upon Uranus, although subject to great size fluctuation among themselves. Thus there are people of forty metres height and others of hardly twenty metres. In this respect the planet nearly resembles your Earth, where there are also great variations in physical size. This also applies to women.

2 The physical shape of both sexes is one of great beauty although there are considerable deviations as well. To get the best picture, we shall keep to average types from which viewpoint all others can be surmised; we shall have a look at a man of sixty and a woman of fifty-six metres height.

3 What does this man look like? He has a serious but by no means repulsive appearance. His limbs are fully masculine, like those of a perfect Earthman. His head is covered with long curly hair, dark-green in colour. His skin colour is white with occasional transition to light green. His lips, although red, have a greenish sheen. Eyes are never blue or grey but variants of green, with a rich green beard, somewhat lighter than his head. His fingernails have the look of solid green glass, whilst his fingers are completely white when clean, which is usually the case upon this planet. His teeth are of bluish mother-of-pearl and shine in various colours. His voice is tuneful but usually very deep, so that the average speaking voice would move in the region of your contra-basso and is of such sonority that it would be like thunder to your ears from even two to three miles away. Although the woman also speaks in a low pitch, her voice is nonetheless more pleasant, and more flexible as it were. Wherefore she is most attractive to the male of this planet and more so because this planet is the mother of musical art, so to speak. For here, art is practiced not only by the different and flexible human voices, amongst which the female excels over others, but also with diverse musical instruments.

4 This tells us what the naked man looks like; and now we shall study the female without her clothing. It could be asked: why not with clothing on? The reason is the diversity of clothing, as with you yourselves, and so no representative fashion can be given. For here too, men wear miscellaneous coats, overcoats, leg covers, shoes and hats, depending on the country and custom and the women do likewise. Hence if you want any person dressed up, you have to do so yourselves, which should not be too difficult for you. You only have to transfer the more fashionable national dresses of your European and Asian folk on an enlarged scale of course, unto this planet's inhabitants and you have them before you, dressed! Knowing this, we can now look at a naked woman appropriately, to see her type.

5 The woman is usually of exceptional beauty, and that sometimes to an amazing degree. She has a wonderful sweetness, charm, softness, tenderness and her build is almost always curvaceous. Her skin is exceptionally tender and of a brilliant white colour, like your freshly fallen alpine snow, with only her cheeks becoming soft green. Her hair is a blackish green, shimmering like your peacock feathers, together with the perspiration locks under her arms, which blink like diamonds; and similarly her pubic hair. Her fingernails are a most vivid green, shining like finely polished glass, giving a most exquisite appearance upon the round white fingers of this planet's woman.

6 The woman's face has that shape which, in your vernacular, you call the most beautiful. A smooth high forehead, fairly ample eyebrows, big and very lively eyes with a pupil of a fiery green, with an occasional touch of red. Her nose is long and softly rounded with a well-proportioned mouth in accordance with all her other features. Her chin is neither too pointed nor too wide, but has a perfectly oval shape with an average dimple.

7 Her neck is of average length and round, the nape being without prominences. Her breast is a full one and below it the woman is slim down to her hips after which her figure broadens sharply to shoulder-width toward the thigh joint. It goes without saying that her feet are well proportioned also.

8 Now you can dress this woman as you like and get an idea of what a well formed woman looks like without making her into a Parisienne make-up doll however but, as said, with some national costume.

9 Therewith you have the humans but without their dwelling however, which we shall now look at; for like yourselves, people on this planet live in houses. What do these houses look like and are they isolated or in clusters, like your villages? Whereupon we shall have provided our beautiful and big people of this planet with a private dwelling.

1 The dwellings here almost resemble yours, but without storeys and usually no 0 higher than a man's height and a half. The rooves likewise look like your country houses but are more pointed, somewhat like gothic houses of prayer.

1 Each house has no more than three rooms, one for males, one for females and 1 one, usually in the middle as a living room for everyone. What is their size? Relative to these people's size, neither too big nor too small, but easily able to accommodate a hundred people.

1 What is their building material? Hewn stone throughout. Windows are high, 2 but not too wide and glazed with elastic natural glass, similar to your mica, usually in metal frames; the colours are diverse, as nature's free workshops provide. The residents also have artificial glass, the purpose of which we shall discussed later.

1 Besides private dwellings there are also business houses and houses for 3 animals as well as for other domestic purposes. In front of the private dwellings there are also single room creches that are of similar height to the general dwelling although of less girth.

1 It only needs adding that people generally live in villages and presently we 4 shall look at their other arrangements.

THE NATURAL SUN

- CHAPTER 63 -

DOMESTIC CODES, GOOD SOCIAL NORMS, MUSIC AND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS UPON MIRON

hat is understood by minor domestic customs? Nothing other than those rules followed by every individual home, from a social aspect. To these belong obligatory, friendly relations and related etiquette, by which a house indicates its close relatedness.

2 The first rule therefore is: respect for respect, love for love and friendship for friendship, followed by a second rule: eye upon eye, hand upon hand and heart for heart! A third one says: step for step, ear to ear, walk for walk. These precepts are followed by every occupant of a house.

3 The parents are the head of the family, the father for the males and the mother for the females. Since over there, father and mother truly make up one body, these two uppermost rallying points unite to focus one action. Wherefore the mother wants whatever the father does, amounting to a convention among both males and females.

4 Wherefore one rule says: respect upon respect, in the house in general. The housefather respects his wife and the wife respects the house-father, by which they become one because only from this respect can true love emerge. Wherefore the brothers respect their sisters and the sisters their brothers; and so do the children respect their parents, from the youngest up and the parents respect their children. And the younger brother respects the older and the older the younger, as with the sisters, and equally the older sister towards a younger brother and an older brother towards a younger sister.

5 Wherefore, through the solid foundation of mutual respect, all are united through mutual love, which expresses itself in mutual affability. Wherewith all other rules are already fulfilled. Because "eye for an eye" under such amiable conditions surely signifies seeing together, being of one heart and practical supportiveness, gladly lending each other a hand, gladly listening to each other and going along with one another.

6 Sometimes, not just one but three to five families reside together in one house making up five pairs of parents as it were, who are blessed with diverse numbers of children; yet all these families within one house are so united that there is hardly ever any talk of a quarrel; on the contrary, the more families that live together, the more sincere and blessed they are. These people truly love one another so much that they would rather suffer anything than fall short of respect towards any family member in the smallest degree; but rather, starting from the smallest children leaving their creche, the greatest respect and gentleness is adhered to.

7 Which also is the reason why these people love music as it mostly corresponds to their inner character in all their talents and sciences; and music also counts among the main domestic activities. 8 But to get an idea of the musicianship of these people, we shall first go through their musical instruments and thereafter lend our ears to a small musical production.

9 Regarding their instruments, these bear no resemblance to yours, wherefore the sound of music is completely different. Neither wind nor string instruments are to be found here. But in place of stringed instruments there is a kind of bell instrument together with disk and ball instruments.

1 Regarding the bell instrument, this is prepared from a very tuneful metal as 0 follows: several bells are cast in the shape of half-spheres, which are then fastened unto a spindle, after prior polishing and precision tuning, in the manner of your chromatic scale. There are usually three octaves of bells upon a spindle, from your "D" in double base up. Double tones are enticed from each bell either by soft hammer or rubbing by the fingers, which are first put into a little salt water. This instrument is usually played by the men and is not a solo instrument, but for harmonic accompaniment to women singers.

1 After this instrument there is the disk instrument, which is produced from the 1 abovementioned glass. The disks likewise are fastened upon a spindle, which like the previous one is rotated, the tone being produced by the fingers rubbed in resin. This gives a most penetrating tone and the instrument is tuned an octave higher than the previous one and is used only to augment the previous bell instrument.

1 The much preferred and also solo instrument is the aforementioned ball 2 instrument. As this is of a rather involved mechanism, we shall detail it next time, together with the way the musicians skilfully handle it; and so we will leave it for today.

THE NATURAL SUN - CHAPTER 64 -

BALL INSTRUMENT, MUSICAL ART AND COMPOSITION OPTICS, MECHANICS AND THE (ART OF) WRITING UPON MIRON.

he ball instrument is made up entirely of wound pipes, rather flat on the outside but completely round inside. At its widest, the ball has a diameter of six metres; beneath this widest part of the sphere, the thickest pipes are wound. Towards the sphere's poles however, which are open in a funnel fashion, smaller graduated pipes are attached.

2 This sphere rests upon an open tripod, beneath which there is a powerful wind mechanism, through which the wind is conveyed into the sphere through the tripod legs. Besides the aforementioned main tone pipes, there run smaller windpipes whose openings are aligned with above holes that emerge from the sphere with a slight prominence. At the point of wind distribution into the diverse pipes there is a valve and shutter-flap, opening and closing by its own mechanism. On opening, the wind is brought to the sound-producing pipe opening, or alternatively the shut-off, ending the tone somewhat like your organs.

3 So much for the instrument structure. How is it played? Like your organ, it is played on a type of keyboard, which however is differently shaped, the half tones divided differently to your piano. Because the scale, which you call diatonic, is not a basic scale here, the basic scale consisting of whole tones, between which half tones are placed. This correspondingly is the keyboard, consisting of two rows of elongated half-spheres of about a foot in width. This keyboard is called the lower. Between this lower key, somewhat higher and shorter, there is also a half-sphere, a mere half foot wide. You will say: would flat keys not be preferable to these round ones? For your fingers indeed, flat keys would be better than round ones; but for the strong fingers of our Mironians, these keys are better, for if they were flat, they would have to be twice as wide for depressing individually, because a Mironian's finger is usually two feet in diameter. Through the higher positioning of the keys however, the player can, without trouble to the two adjacent keys, depress each individual key whose drop is small, which shows you their advantage to these inhabitants.

4 Therewith we now know what this instrument is like; what kind of sound does it make? The tone resembles that of your flute, except with incomparably greater power, but through a shutter system near the instrument poles, the tone can be modulated in volume from fortissimo to pianissimo.

5 Upon this instrument, our Miron dwellers are great artists and would astonish your greatest artist with their ball instrument. Thus it is not absent in any household, being so popular that anyone who does not possess at least a modicum of ability upon it, is regarded as extremely dull, which however is rare.

6 You would indeed want to know what sort of pieces are played and whether they have compositions like yourselves on Miron? You can take it from Me that there is no lack of such productions, for there is a resident composer in nearly every house, who writes down his ideas in colours upon three lines representing three octaves, on either metal or stone tablets and occasionally on smooth, thinly planed wooden ones.

7 These signs are much simpler than yours, because through six colours they represent six tones, with round points like yours. The half-tones however are drawn in equally sized hills, in the colour of the preceding basic note. Therewith the composer can write an entire scale within an octave. If a harmonic scale is desired, he makes points of different colours above each other, as you do, keeping clear of the second line, for this reason there is ample space left between the lines.

8 You will say: that's easy enough, but what about rhythmic divisions? That's easy! He draws a line over the notes within the same time-measure, placing either a cipher or dots under it. For sustaining a note longer, it is placed by itself, with a cipher for its length underneath the single note. And there is a time signature before every section, as with yourselves, for a subsequent section, the rhythm being indicated with vertical lines, as you do.

9 This in substance is how the Miron composers write down their ideas. Since their instruments are restricted to three octaves, the three lines suffice, with just one key signature. Although the disk instrument reaches an octave higher, this causes no problem, for it then depends only on the instrument itself, which will read the notes like an instrument of a lower octave. The same goes for singers, who rarely reach the range of their instruments.

1 A full orchestra therefore, except for singers, consists of only three persons; 0 and with the ball-instrument, with the addition of a bellows-operator. These three people together with the bellows-operator however bring forth such volume that you could hear it from three hours (walk) away. Firstly, these instruments have extraordinary (carrying) power on account of the immense air-elasticity of this planet; and secondly, the singers here have such immense voices; for the full volume of a Miron singer would make a fairly lively canon- barrage all but inaudible upon your earth.

1 At close range, this concert would indeed be a little too powerful for your ears; 1 but at a substantial distance it would reduce you to rapture. For these compositions are of an exalted nature, rarely moving within a major scale but mostly a minor one, which they call half-tone scales.

1 In their musicology they recognise three kinds of tone: the completely hard, 2 which is the foundation of the rest; then one composed of whole tones similar to your minor scale; and then a half-tone scale, corresponding to your major scale, which major scale they recognise as the only pleasing fruit of their tone- tree; the whole-tone scale (minor) they call the inedible tree stem; whilst the hard-tone variety is the root of this tree which, like the stem, is declared inedible. And therewith we have the substance of the musical art of the inhabitants of this planet.

1 It only needs mentioning that these people have the same skill in optics as 3 they have in acoustics. And from this you can in turn gather that they are also conversant with the subjects of mathematics and astronomy.

1 It hardly needs mentioning that in view of their instrumental production, they 4 have to be competent also in the subject of technology. You would be surprised to find everywhere the most efficient mechanical clocks, much more precise than yours (approximately the year 1840 - the trans.), measuring much more minute time-units. These technicians are found in every village, like other professionals, with, relevant factories, besides their private dwellings.

1 Similarly, this planet's inhabitants also have writing to record their words, 5 upon the same material used for musical composition. From this surely you can conclude that the people of this planet are in every sense literate.

1 Regarding their religious education of the spirit, we will thoroughly discuss this 6 next time. Hence we will leave it for today.

THE NATURAL SUN - CHAPTER 67 -

LIFE CONDITIONS AND SPIRITUAL NATURE UPON THE SEVENTH BELT.

oncerning social norms among this belt's inhabitants, these as already said, are almost identical to those upon the corresponding planet, except that there are no dwellings to be found and therefore no villages. People nevertheless congregate in social groups using jointly possessed grounds i.e. this substantially great area is not owned by any individual.

2 Whatever the ground yields naturally and normally is available for everyone's needs. But whatever someone is able to call forth from the soil through his will is exclusively his. But in accordance with their civil conventions, everyone can cede at least a third of their own production to the commonwealth. This is also the case with those possessions claimed as coincidental, of which you might say: "this is land to my liking, where roasted birds fly into your mouth!"

3 You will remember that Miron's atmosphere brings forth wonderful sustenance, which only has to be caught and put into one's mouth. This is even more the case upon this solar belt, and especially the northern one; for the sun's polar regions being the very ones from which the entire host of planets obtain their rich sustenance, you can take it then that an abundant portion of "crumbs" find their way over the polar mountain-chain and into the seventh equatorial belt. And so there is always something for the inhabitants to nibble.

4 Wherefore the climate upon this belt is also much cooler than upon the other belts, since the air is constantly filled with all kinds of fruitful mists, out of which all kinds of good material things come forth, no less beneficial for these inhabitants than was the manna to the Israelites in the desert. Whatever the air freely yields therefore belongs to the first finder and claimant, although he is to share half with the community. Therein lies the social code of these residents.

5 However, since these huge people have no houses, it can be asked how are they accommodated? They seek out soft, level areas on the hills, which are of notable size. There they grow thick grass of great elasticity, not infrequently reaching a height of several Klafters (one Klafter is approximately 2 metres). This area usually two to three square miles (GM) is surrounded with immensely high, gigantic fruit trees and together with the surrounding trees is then the communal dwelling place, apportioned partly to men and women respectively. This type of dwelling or rather these dwelling places are never of regular shape but are dependant upon the hill area.

6 The rest of the land around this hill often extends to between eight hundred and a thousand square miles and is a common area for the residents' benefit.

7 Who is in charge of this community? The order is similar to the planet. The parents are everything to the children; any elder, or if more than one is consulted for advice on important issues, the advice then is also keenly followed.

8 What unites such groups? Great friendship in their gatherings. There is no distinction among them, unlike upon the Earth-dwellers, who treat their darker brethren like animals. On the contrary, upon this belt, greater respect is always given to a person of another colour and that in the belief that the great Creator wanted to show further proof of His unapproachable wisdom. Wherefore they also probe the Creator's all-wise reason for this human being a different colour, whereafter every word from the mouth of this other-coloured individual is treated like a treasure found and observed from every angle and taken apart for its innermost meaning. 9 The diverse human sizes upon this belt likewise receive special attention, for these individuals too are regarded in the same way as those of a different colour.

1 Are these people as industrious as those of the planet? Not really, for as they 0 have neither houses nor clothing this eliminates much industry, consequently they have little need of the requirements of the residents of other planets.

1 They are however vastly ahead of their planetary counterparts in terms of 1 their spiritual and scientific knowledge. Besides their powerful will, they have no tools other than their two hands and healthy senses.

1 What is their position musically? Materially very bad, because they do not 2 possess musical instruments nor can they produce anything resembling music with their voices, which are too deep. But spiritually, they are so much more musical, being able to impart their spiritual concerts to each other inwardly, audibly and perceptibly, the way you can communicate your thoughts through words.

1 How does this take place? Almost the same way that some of your so-called 3 somnambulists can distinctly perceive those tones and harmonies that their so-called magnetiser thinks and feels. You shall ask: how is this possible? To this I say firstly that spiritual man has ears and all other senses just like natural man. Just as natural man can, with his natural senses perceive the song of others, just so and incomparably better can the spirit do so with his incomparably more perceptive senses. From this it surely transpires that man can, without instruments and the material capacity to sing, still be the most competent musician. Were this not the case, no music would have arisen amongst you. For whence would the first musician have derived it, had his spirit not been already a clever musician. From what has been said, you are well able to understand how our inhabitants upon the seventh belt can be excellent musicians, even without musical instruments and singing ability, capable of delighting one another and Myself most deeply in praise.

1 Music in the spirit indeed always corresponds to the deepest, innermost praise 4 that a spirit can bring Me from his innermost, celestial depth, as did the man after My heart and others, in My honour and as the angelic spirits of heaven always do. If however music is treated, as by yourselves, then many musicians would be better off performing with rattlesnakes at the public balls than with their tuneful musical instruments whose tones, taken together spiritually, are no more than Satan's trumpet call to eternal death! But enough ofthat, as you are very well aware of the extent of contemporary music's degeneration.

1 What is the state of these people's astronomy? Very good, just as with music. 5 In consequence of this belt's constant mists, they don't actually ever see a star in their wide sky, but ever so much more in their spirit, and they are so competent in this subject that distant regions of space are almost as familiar to them as their equatorial belt.

1 Not everyone, but their wise men certainly know the set-up of the perfect 6 planet - sun and what boarders it carries upon its surface as well as its interior and its atmospheres. But they also know that they have to abide there physically for as long as their spirits are destined to carry their bodies. Thus these inhabitants are by no means as naive and clumsy as they might appear in their huge nakedness.

1 Were someone to ask: why are these people so unbelievably huge physically, 7 if their spirit with all its perfection nevertheless has no more to show for itself than any other perfect spirit of an incomparably smaller human? Behold, this again is a question, which instead of being answered, calls for certain other questions. For could you not just as well ask: why is the oak so big in relation to its insignificant fruit? And why is the apple tree with the biggest apples not only the smallest in relation to the oak but also to its fellow apple trees? You could further ask: why has the great elephant the smallest eyes in relation to other animals, whilst the fly and other such insects has such big eyes in relation to its smallness?

1 Many more such amusing counter questions could be asked; but these two 8 shall suffice to make it clear to you and others that I have certain peculiar things up my sleeve for which I am not always inclined to account for Myself, especially not to those men in their natural state who, out of further well- considered reasons on My part, are inaccessible to higher wisdom. Once however this time of testing is at an end, there shall still be plenty of time to lead perfect spirits into all kinds of wisdom. Wherefore we shall leave our huge men upon this belt to themselves for now. There shall come a point in time, when the spirit shall be in a condition to grasp everything.

1 Since we have now looked through the social norms of our seventh belt 9 inhabitants, we shall next time turn to their religion, when certain seeming contradictions in our presentation of the sun shall level off. And so we will leave it for today. MUSIC IN SATURN Source: Saturn

Chapter 11

6. The Evening Stream, the stream that flows towards the west, is famous because of its many harmoniously singing birds. If it were possible for you to spend an evening there, you would be spoiled by a concert like this to such a degree that the music on earth, even if it were by one of your great composers, such as Handel, played by the most magnificent Philharmonic Orchestra, would be nothing more than the croaking of frogs in a puddle by comparison. 7. Behold, consequently on Saturn I am the music teacher for the birds! You may rest assured that even your best vocalists, if they could hear such a feathered singer of this planet only once, would not dare to sing another note for the rest of their lives. (N.B.: Music is a very popular form of enjoyment for the Saturnites; the only thing is that they do not have any musical instruments. Instead, they are excellent singers, and they praise and thank Me with that talent during their divine services. All of this will be described when we discuss the actual Saturnites and their relationships and circumstances.)

Chapter 20

18. There is one other peculiarity: if two or three birds fly in a straight line at high speeds, they produce a pure sound by cutting through Saturn's air. When several of these birds fly in this manner in the same direction, almost each bird produces another sound. These sounds often form a chord which swells from a pianissimo to a fortissimo and fades again to a pianissimo, the same as a tone or chord on the piano. 19. This is why this bird holds many extraordinary attractions for the Saturnites. Although they are very fond of singing and especially of harmonious chords, they are not very musical. They have the simplest and most primitive musical instruments, but they have much better singing voices. The women usually sing the melody and the men sing only the chords. These singers often amuse themselves for days with one chord, after they are fortunate enough to have found one. However, it is very difficult for them to find another good or harmonious chord after an interruption. As far as the. Saturnites are concerned, any other circumstances will be presented in a clear manner at the right time. Since we cannot report anything more of great importance in regards to our heaven's messenger, sunbird and merry morning singer, we shall turn to another of our feathered inhabitants of the air.

Chapter 21 The singers above the rivers and lakes. The masters of the art of the fugue. The northern singer of the air. The most effective music.

1. The species of birds which we will now discuss are called the “singers above the rivers and lakes.” These birds were mentioned once before because of their delightful singing. However, we will dedicate a little more attention to them and first take a look at their shape. These birds somewhat resemble the swans on earth, only twenty to thirty times larger in size, and the neck is not as long proportionately, but instead is much thicker. The head is proportionately larger than the head of a swan. 2. These birds have a very flexible larynx which is in contact with a very agile tongue and in proportion to the rest of the body they have large, very elastic lungs with a large air capacity. They are the actual musicians on this planet – as far as music is concerned, they are entertainers. This bird never repeats anything it sings. Even if it sings for years, it will never repeat a melody it has already sung. 3. This, however, is not what is surprising as far as the musical art of these aquatic singers is concerned, but when several of these birds gather (which is what usually happens because they like to sing in company), you will never hear one disharmonious chord. Should one of these birds begin to sing, it will not take long for a second, third, fourth and so on to join in, but it will never be one and the same melody. In spite of this, each bird will sing its own particular melody, but, guided by its very sensitive feelings, the singing of the other birds will never be in disharmonious contrast, even if there are up to thirty or more. 4. The singing of these birds would be a feast to the ears of every friend of the strictest and most accomplished fugue. Not only is there a continuous meeting of new ideas, but these ideas are modulated and change the fundamental tone so suddenly that even the greatest composer on earth would not be able to imagine it. And imagine that the purest of voices are added to all of this; the voice of the best singer on earth would be a mere shriek by comparison. This will give you an idea of what great enjoyment these birds represent to the Saturnites, who from birth are great friends of music. All I can tell you is that if it were possible to hear only three tones from the throat of such an aquatic singer, all the music on earth would be repulsive to you for the rest of your life. 5. These aquatic singers are also the reason why the Saturnites themselves do not show too much interest in the subject of music, even though they are great friends of music. They say: “When compared with these singers, our throats are nothing but clumsy wood. And the sounds that we compose are so bad by comparison that you cannot listen to them; and as long as the great Spirit of Spirits allows us to have these singers, we have the most magnificent music in abundance.” The Saturnites who live on the shores of these lakes do not practice any music at all, whereas those who live farther away from these waters and those in the mountains do. 6. Can these birds be captured and tamed? Yes, that can be done. But when such a bird is in captivity, it ceases to sing, even if there is a whole flock. But as soon as it is released and swims again on the surface of the water, the bird begins to sing. 7. These are the singing birds which were mentioned earlier. Someone probably would like to know if these singers are at home in many of the large countries of this planet and whether their habitat is predominantly in the southern, northern, eastern or western parts. This species of birds has its habitat on most of the large mainland or continents. But in the countries themselves they mostly inhabit the southern regions. 8. The northern parts have very few of this species; instead, another species makes its home there, which in a manner replaces this extraordinary company of singers. However, these northern singers of the air do not sing melodies. When several of these birds sing together, it sounds like a wind blowing through the strings of a harp, thus producing enticing sounds. In these regions it rarely happens that these weaker musicians hit a harmonious chord. But for those Saturnites who do not have the opportunity to hear the better singers, the songs of these birds are quite uplifting. Even if they do not sing as beautifully, they are more indigenous. As far as their shape is concerned, they are by far the most beautiful and most magnificent species of bird on this planet. We will discuss their appearance in the next message. But for today, this shall suffice. 9. What do these northern singers of the air look like? It will be very difficult to give you a proper description, since there is not one bird on earth which resembles it. Regardless, we shall attempt to give you an idea as to the shape of this bird. Now listen: 10. This bird is as large as a fully-grown ox on earth. Its body is covered throughout with greenish-golden feathers which are more wooly than smooth. The little feathers on the upper edges of the wings, beginning from the body right towards the ends of the wings, resemble polished gold upon which a bright red carmine color has been applied. The pinion feathers of the wings are light blue; whereas the edges of these feathers look like matte gold. The quills of the feathers are a dazzling white that scintillate in various colors like a gold mother-of-pearl shell on earth. The tail consists of long feathers and is divided into two parts, similar to a swallow on earth. These feathers are not covered with rigid down, but with long and flowing down. The flowing down has colors almost like the down of the peacock’s tail feathers. On the outermost tips hangs a bushy mane of these flowing downs, which at times hangs 90 inches long from the feathers. But it is so light that its entire weight in accordance with your measurement does not even weigh 9 grams. These down-manes are multi-colored, so that with every move the colors change. 11. The feet of this bird are completely white and well shaped, that is, they are not in accordance with the feet of the birds on earth. The difference is that the feet of the earthly birds are usually naked and highly thin, while the feet of the bird~ on Saturn, right down to the claws, are much meatier and are covered with the most beautiful plumage, which looks exactly like that of the abdominal area, only a little lighter in color. The so-called talons on the feet of the Saturnian birds usually have the shape of the paws of a well-shaped monkey on earth. In this case, however, this bird has feet shaped like a real human hand, only that the fingers up to the pointed nails are covered with beautiful light feathers. 12. This is what this bird looks like from the body to the head, the head being the most peculiar part. Why is that so? Behold, this bird (believe it or not) has two heads, but not in the same fashion as those earth pictures of a two-headed eagle; instead, these two heads are one on top of the other. A neck like a swan with a head emerges from the crown of the lower head. 13. The lower head is quite round and has a diameter from the bottom to the top of almost 2 feet and is 1 ½ feet wide. This head has a female human face, almost like the mermaids on earth (which are, of course, very rarely seen), and the top of the head is covered with the richest long hair, changing over into a dark blue color. From the crown of this lower head emerges a 30-inch long neck with a second head which somewhat resembles the head of a swan on earth and which serves this bird in the same manner as the trunk serves the elephant. 14. The bird does not take any nourishment through the second head, because this neck has no throat. Regardless of that, this head does have two eyes and, since it is very flexible, this bird can see everywhere with the eyes of the upper head, whereas it cannot see with the eyes of the lower head. However, since the eyes in the lower head are very sharp, they allow the bird to distinguish everything over the farthest distances. The face of the lower head is not naked; it is also covered with very small pale red feathers; only the lips and the opening of a rather flat nose are bare; everything else is feathered. The eyes of the lower head are large and light blue and towards the forehead the second neck changes over into a dazzling white color. The neck of the upper head is light violet, whereas the head is completely fire-red. The beak is bluish-white with a very strong grip well equipped for holding onto objects. 15. How does this bird take its nourishment and how does it drink? This is done in a very simple manner. It removes the fruit from the tree with its upper head and holds it in front of the mouth of the lower head, which with its sharp teeth, like the mouths of monkeys on earth, naturally bites into the fruit and consumes it. If this bird wants to drink, it uses the upper head like a drinking glass. It scoops up the water with the upper head and keeps it in the large hollow space of the upper head and then takes it to the mouth of the lower head and the lower mouth drinks from the upper head. 16. That was our second singer, although somewhat imperfect, because it can only sing one tone. But this tone is beautiful and melodious. It would impress the people on earth more than a complete orchestra. 17. And you can believe Me when I say that the music in heaven, when it is most appealing, does not consist of a conflict of many sounds, but instead it is one single tone. This music is the most touching and the most effective. Prove it to yourself. What do you prefer: A single clear beautiful note of a male or female singer, or a piercing chord made by an instrument? When someone has an extremely clear and highly melodious voice, would it not be a pity if such a voice were to be overshadowed by other sounds? Therefore it is not a matter of the multifariousness of the sounds, but it is the quality of the individual tone that causes the heart-rending effect of the music. A perfect tone is within itself already the purest harmony, since a tone does not come individually by itself to a perceptible or audible manifestation; instead, when the fundamental tone comes into being, there already exist within this tone the corresponding tones which are derived from the fundamental tone in the proper proportions, almost like the sound of a pure bell. 18. That is how you must imagine the tone of this Saturnian singer to be, but in a fairly low octave, as for instance the G, A and B which is known on earth as the great octave. This will give you an idea of the singing of this bird. When this bird sings, it begins with pianissimo as much as possible and increases the tone without deviating in the slightest, or in other words without lowering or raising the tone, to such a decibel level as if you were right next to a bell that is being pealed. The bird keeps this decibel level for a few seconds. Then it lets it fade more and more until you can no longer hear it. Should there be two, three or even four of these birds together, and if they have coincidentally good harmonious voices, this gives a surprisingly wonderful melodious chord, which is enjoyed by the Saturnites. 19. There is, however, no change in this chord; in other words, one and the same chord remains. Even though this kind of music cannot in any way compete with the music of our well-known main singers, this simple music never fails its purpose. Should there be two Saturnites at odds with each other, which only occurs on this planet occasionally, all that is needed is this kind of simple singing, and in no time these two bitter enemies become the most peaceful friends. That is why these birds are often called “peace makers.” 20. These birds can also be tamed and then take the same place as peacocks on earth and are considered to be ornamental birds. These tame birds have a stronger voice but their tone is somewhat coarser, while the same species in the wild produces a highly clear and pure sound. The tame species are sometimes taken as a rarity to the southern regions of a country. But there they soon lose their voices as a result of different nourishment; they become sad and sick and usually die soon. That is also why the northern people are not easily convinced to part with any of these birds, because of their fondness for them. 21. The female species bears her young alive and feeds them with very full breasts which are below the neck of the lower head, almost like a human female; only the breast of this bird is not bare, but is covered with light feathers. 22. Now you know everything that you should know about this bird. After this we shall take a look at some of the domesticated fowl, and then we shall turn to the land animals; following that we shall discuss the Saturnites.

Chapter 29 Harmony of the celestial bodies. Examples of the art of music. The secrets of the teachings of sound and creation. Correspondence of the wild animals on Saturn and on Earth.

1. You already know that we have only described those animals in detail which are extraordinary in respect to their species. From what has been disclosed thus far you have learned about the peculiar animals which are indigenous to this planet. When these animals were described, you must have noticed that most were of such a kind that, as a whole, no animal on earth or on any other planet could be compared with them. 2. However, there exists a perpetual harmony in everything between one planer and another, without which two celestial bodies cannot exist, even if they are far removed from each other. To understand this properly, I must point out to you that harmony can only occur where one and the same cause brings forth the effect. 3. For example, if you were to tighten a string over a flat board and pull the string, it would at all times give you a particular high or low tone. Should you tighten the string more, then the sound would become more intense or, as you would express it, the tone will be higher. However, the less the string is tightened, the lower the tone. What is here the cause of this sonorous effect? You will probably find or specify no other cause than the board and the string which is tightened over it. As often as you renew the cause, that is how often you will have the same effect. The changes, in as far as the sound produced is low or high, make absolutely no difference, because a sound remains a sound, regardless of whether it is high or low. You might ask: What actually causes the sound - is it the string or the flat board? And I will tell you: It is neither the board by itself nor the string by itself, but both objects together. The flat board as a coherent whole has all conceivable forms for the formation of a tone at all times in readiness. The vibrating string above the board calls forth these forms in a manner distinguishable from one another. Therefore the flat board contains all conceivable forms of sound. The string which is stretched over it is there to awaken these forms of sound in order to transfer them into a perceptible appearance. For this to occur there must exist an undeniable harmony between the flat board and the string. 4. If you would consider the air as a means of forming sound, then it must be shown, when bringing forth any kind of effect, that it is impossible for more than two polar causes to be brought forth into a reciprocal connection. The means, however, cannot be considered a cause, but only a path by which the effect of the two polarities is brought forth to appear. 5. For example, observe the magnetic fluidum! Can the magnetic fluidum, when it is absorbed by an iron rod, only be found polarly? Or, rather, is it polarly freely effective within itself throughout the entire infinity? Therefore an iron rod is only the path upon which this fluidum can express itself tangibly to your senses. It would be an impossibility to consider the iron rod as that which brings forth the magnetic fluidum itself. 6. Or would you say that the air and the ether between a sun and a planet are the source of light? They are no more than the path upon which the light reaches a planet while emanating from a sun, provided that the planet is structured and is capable of absorbing the light that overcomes it. 7. Therefore, we shall not consider the air in this manner, when forming a tone as a means of being the cause of the sound, but only as a path upon which the tone-forms as they are developed between the string and flat board can be perceived by the ear. 8. Do not imagine the sound when you think about “tone,” but only a form which, through a certain degree of vibration, is drawn out of some smooth and elastic surface. The sound is no more than a witness which, through regular vibration of some body that has the ability to vibrate, develops the forms of another underlying body. Even though you might believe that you are well-versed in the art of music, I say that there is hardly a subject with which you are less acquainted or more ill-informed about than the art of music. As far as this subject is concerned, you do not know more than the worms which gnaw on the dead bark of a tree. Consequently, you compose a few different high and low tones and you take delight in them, just like the worms when they gnaw on the dead bark of a tree. But who among you has ever had the idea that the tone is one of the most wonderful forms? 9. If you sing a note or a tone, or if you generate sound with an instrument, you have nothing more to say about it other than: This tone is a C or an A, and it belongs either to this or that octave. And you may also have the ability to know which instrument produced that tone or sound. Admit it: You do not know much about a tone, except perhaps that you can assess the quality of a tone and can rate its proportion in comparison with your ear, but that is about the extent of your knowledge of the tone. 10. That you may have a fundamental understanding of how little knowledge you possess in the art of music, I will enlighten you a little in passing about the tone itself. 11. You know that many strings can be tightened over one board, and each string will, in accordance with its tension, produce a different high or low tone, and everything will occur on one and the same board. If all possible differences of sound can be brought forth on one and the same board, then there must be an infinite number of forms contained in that board, so that they can appear completely perceptible through each possible degree of tension of the string. 12. When you closely examine this particular board, what do you find? Nothing but an empty, flat board! And when you examine the strings that are attached to this board, what do you find? You find a uniform elastic string, either made of metal or the guts of an animal. And you have nothing but two flat uniformities, about which you cannot philosophize. Despite this, such multi-fariousness lies within these two flat uniformities that all the composers who have ever lived, dating back to the times of David, have not even taken a one billionth26 part of this in all their compositions; and these external tones are, in respect to the actual real tone, nothing but what the dead bark of a tree is in respect to its internal invisible spiritual life. 13. In accordance with this, what is a tone? Tone is nothing more than a self- expression of the many endless harmonious spiritual forms and how they are inherent in matter or how they project into this matter. Therefore, the board of a musical instrument that vibrates with that instrument is an infinite world filled with spiritual forms. For example, if you strike a C or an A, then an entire creation with an eternally innumerable number of beings of all kinds reports to your ear in a uniformly perceptible way through that rudimentary sound. 14. As a human being, you remain with what you perceive but you do not examine what is behind it. And even when, after several successive sounds, you are seized by some great ideas and these living spiritual forms literally grab you by the neck, you are blind and gnaw on the bark, without thinking that with every single tone, through the perceptible tone of a single word, all things that fill the entire infinity come forth. Now you should have a small idea of what a tone is and how different its great significance is from the monotonous sound that you call “tone.” 15. Since we previously proceeded from harmonious conditions and described how a continuous harmony exists between a flat board and a string, and how these effects at least outwardly originate out of this harmony, we can therefore bestow complete validity upon our first sentence, when it was said that between two celestial bodies there must exist a continuous harmony regardless of their distance from each other. 16. Why is that so? Think of the sun as the vibrating board and the planets as the strings that are tightened over it. Now when the planets or strings that float around the vibrating board of the sun are struck by the light that emanates from the sun, the planets take on all the underlying forms that exist on the sun after they have received this legacy by means of the light and make the forms appear outwardly. 17. If you now direct your attention upon the string of Saturn which is tightened over the same sun as the string of the earth which you inhabit, you should easily understand that the same cause which affects your earth and allows its forms to appear will therefore have the same effect on Saturn. 18. For example, compare a piano with seven octaves to one with only five; you cannot deny that the piano with seven octaves has much higher or much lower tones than the one with five octaves. However, when you start playing the scales on the piano with the seven octaves at the same spot where the highest or lowest tone begins on the piano with five octaves, you will find that the scale will have the same rising and falling sound as it does on the piano with the five octaves; of course the tones of the larger instrument will probably sound stronger, have more volume and be more developed than on the smaller instrument. 19. Actually, we already have all this information. I said in the beginning that we would take a general overview of the entire wild animal kingdom on Saturn; before we describe the domesticated animals individually, I just wanted to tell you that we have already made such a general overview. The description of the productive power of the sun had to be mentioned before, so that what still has to be said does not appear as blather or as a compelling representation of things on this planet which make it appear as if the one who declares this has lost his imagination and therefore seeks refuge in what the earth has to offer as regards formal appearances. So that you would have to say: All the animals you find on earth will also be found on Saturn, though of course with a few variations; they are proportionately larger in size and stronger, and, as a consequence, the light of the sun is more refracted and the animals are more colorful. 20. Since such an anatomical analytical representation of the harmonious condition has preceded this, there should not be one person with a believing heart who would object when I say: Beginning with your largest original elephant down to the smallest mouse, Saturn has all of these animals as well on its surface, only they are proportionately larger and stronger and more varied in color between blue, green, red, white and black, while the colors of the animals on earth are rarely as completely developed, since the rays of the sun are still too intense and therefore they are not sufficiently separated when they fall to the ground. The coloration is at all times a consequence of the light. The flowers on earth are colored with all kinds of perfect colors, but these colors lack a certain living luster, whereas the flowers on Saturn become much more lively; not only does this coloration apply to the animals, but also to the humans on this planet. 21. This should suffice as a general overview of the four-footed animals as well as the other animals of this planet. We will briefly examine only those few tame animals that the earthly piano with its five octaves does not contain.

Chapter 45 More details regarding the path of rebirth and becoming one with God.

1. Do you now have an idea of what the spiritual religious worship of the Saturnites consists, and how it differentiates from the ceremonial worship? 2. Behind the spiritual ceremony lies well hidden the service of the spirit, which is constant, while the ceremony itself is successive in certain intervals of time. 3. Since this part of the religious worship of the people of Saturn is of the greatest importance for the people on earth, I will give you another descriptive example through which you will be able to clearly differentiate these two kinds of religions. 4. Take, for instance, a student who wishes to embark on a career in the arts! Lets us assume that he wishes to reach the proficiency of a virtuoso in the art of music. If he would come to you, what would you say to him and what would be the first step? You would examine his abilities, and refer him to a reputable and orderly school and instruct him as to the conditions or give them to him in writing and tell him: "If you completely fulfill these conditions, you will without a doubt become a virtuoso. However, if you do not fulfill these conditions, you will be a strummer, but never a true virtuoso. 5. What will this student who is serious about his virtuosity now do? He will immediately make use of all his external diligence in connection with his inner volition and practice day after day, 5, 6 or 7 hours as it is required of him. He will also complete the school from A to Z and he will not practice anything other than those exercises which are necessary for the attainment of his purpose. When the student has practiced and developed in this manner for many years, he will be given by his teachers the encouraging certification that he has attained the level of an accomplished artist, since he now masters the instrument of his choice mechanically and spiritually at any degree of proficiency. 6. Now we have what we need! What was the prescribed practice or exercise for the attainment of the technical proficiency? It was nothing more than the well- ordered ceremonial part of his art cult or art worship. Did he practice day and night without interruption? Oh no! He only practiced the prescribed time necessary for the exercise. 7. How was the state of his endeavor and his will during the exercise? Was his will arranged periodically? Definitely not! The will was without intermission similar to a good main spring of a watch, present in his spiritual and natural organism. This drive is the spiritual art cult of our music student through which he actually becomes completely whatever he has set his sights upon. 8. Once he has become an accomplished artist, what kind of a life will he live? Certainly he will not live the life of a student; instead he will live the life of a free master or maestro. Will he become, on account of that, an enemy of his former life as a student? Certainly not! He will continue as a great maestro to do what he did when he was a student, only now he will do it with truly great pleasure. He will diligently practice his scales and repeat all the other exercises that he practiced when he was a student. But with a great difference! What he did with great effort, ungracefully and with a great expenditure of energy as a student, he does now with the greatest of ease, without constraint, with confidence and full of inner spiritual significance. 9. As a student he played the scales, but he did not know the significance of what he played; now, as a master, he sees in the same scales countless new forms of which he had not the faintest idea before. That is how he, as a “reborn” master, practices the ceremonial art cult; but this cult is an entirely different kind of hearing, sight, feeling, perception, thinking and volition. And that is the spiritual rectificatissimus and it is the all-material ponderous and sensual dissolving combustion power of the rays of his spirit, and therefore by itself a purely spiritual cult. 10. If you transfer this to the actual life of a human being, whether of the earth, Saturn, Jupiter or the sun, everywhere and at all times there exists this twofold divine service which conducts itself as a path and as the goal or purpose for the path. 11. Whosoever continues to persevere on the path will reach his destination. Once he has reached his destination, the path he has taken will never vanish from his memory, neither from his remembrance forevermore. Nor until he has reached his goal will he have a clear and complete view in his spirit over all the turns and relationships of the path he took. 12. You know the main goal the Saturnites are trying to obtain on their path is nothing but the Great Spirit Himself; they wish to become completely one with His will. 13. Once they have reached this goal through diligent practice, then the spiritual religious cult is complete; from this point on the actual impulse to reach the Great Spirit's will ceases. In its place steps the great unshakable longing to remain faithful forevermore. 14. And this exceedingly definite and firm wish is continuously the most inner divine service of the most complete spiritual kind of every reborn inhabitant of Saturn. This state can be reached on Saturn by everyone regardless of gender or age. This concludes the spiritual part of the religion of the Saturnites. 15. Since we have experienced in this manner everything that is of necessity and noteworthy in the mountains, we will shortly take a look at the lowlands and then take an excursion to the polar regions of this planet as well as the ring and the seven moons. That will be all for today! SONG REVIEW: ANG TAO’Y MARUPOK (MAN IS WEAK)

August 19, 2011

Dear Franky, Thierry,

Below is a Tagalog song which is very meaningful. I have classified it as a Godly Song. You can find that in YouTube or if not, at www.MP3skull.com . Just search ANG TAO’Y MARUPOK by Rico J. Puno

I have translated that into English and with some practice you can also sing the English lyrics in the right timing.

It is unique because I have not found an English song which states about man’s weak love for his God. As the song says, when all is well, e.g., when you indulge in happiness with your loved ones all night and day, you forget God – you forgot at least to thank Him.

The song laments about man’s weak love for his God which easily gets eroded by earthly happiness, leisure and pleasures.

The Father does not like us to lose the amenities on earth, only that, at least, we will not forget to thank Him and handle the gift in the appropriate manner. In His message to one of His prophets, He does not complain nor regret that He has given us abundant gifts – what hurts Him the most is that WE LOVE THE GIFTS MORE THAN THE GIVER; WORSE, WE ADORE THE GIFTS, AND FORGET THE GIVER!

Take the case of the woman. To us men, there is no gift that can exceed the preciousness of woman, e.g., our wife. But did we – do we – remember God, e.g., to thank Him, and best of all, to love Him for giving us our wife? Or have we forgotten Him and our attention fully devoted to the gift – the woman? This is where we sinned.

When we did that, we started along the long wrong path, committing one error after another, because we seek to please the woman, whom we have adorned as our goddess, in place of God. As we can find in our numerous songs, we have gone overboard – we have crossed the forbidden line and come to give to our women what is only due to God, namely: highest love and worship. Our love for our women should take only second place, for women are merely gifts while God is the Giver; and woman is only one of the many gifts, all coming from God.

Without Him, there would be no gift. No happiness. We owe it all to Him, not to the woman.

So, my fellow men, I hope you can re-arrange your heart. Recalibrate your heart and give greater love to God to whom it is due, and lesser love to your woman.

That’s the secret of true and everlasting happiness which the woman cannot give; only God can give it to us. The happiness that the woman can give to us is part of it, but not the whole of it. We should also realize that the happiness the woman gives to us comes from God because she came from God. She is a gift from Him. So why do we think shortsightedly as if happiness comes from the woman?

May these thoughts help all men to begin to realize the truth and begin TO LOVE BOTH GIVER AND GIFT, LOVING THE GIVER MORE, THE GIFT LESSER.

***

ANG TAO’Y MARUPOK (Man Is Frail) Singer: Rico J. Puno Composers: M. Surban & E. de la Peña

Kay sarap na mabuhay Oh how sweet to be alive sa daigdigan. In this lovely earth.

Lalo na’t kong kapiling ang Especially if you are with mahal sa buhay. your dearest loved ones.

Nang madama ang ligaya When in your heart is happiness sa gabi’t araw All night and all day.

Nalimot mo ang lahat ay Then you forgot that everything mayro’ng hangganan won’t last forever

Ngunit nang ‘yong naramdaman But when you felt through experience ang kalungkutan the pain and sorrows

Ay noon mo naalala That’s the time you remembered ang Maykapal the Almighty

Chrorus:

Ang tao’y marupok Oh how frail is each man!

Kay daling lumimot sa Diyos How quickly does he forget God

Na ang lahat Siya ang nagdulot Who gives him everything that he has

{Repeat 2 lines of Stanza 1 accompaniment only)

Nang madama ang ligaya When in your heart is happiness sa gabi’t araw All night and all day.

Nalimot mo ang lahat ay Then you forgot that everything mayro’ng hangganan won’t last forever

Ngunit nang ‘yong naramdaman But when you felt through experience ang kalungkutan the pain and sorrows

Ay noon mo naalala That’s the time you remembered ang Maykapal the Almighty

Repeat Chorus

Sa Diyos na ang lahat Siya ang nagdulot God gives him everything that he possesses.

PRESENT SCARCITY OF SONGS OF LOVE FOR GOD IN THE WORLD POPULATED BY POTENTIAL CHILDREN OF GOD

September 3, 2011

Dear Franky, Thierry,

Although there are within different religions composed songs of praise for God, I am enormously shocked, as if I did not know that already, how the world, which comprise the largest portion of outer crust mankind, said to be the chosen ones to become God’s children, do not have sufficient love for Him. Why do I say that? Why have I concluded that?

Through what I suppose to be the largest and most complete archives of music/ songs in the web, namely: www.mp3skull.com

I suspect it contains all known songs and music, save this one type: songs/music for God!

I might be wrong but when I typed “God” or similar words to find divine songs, I only found a handful and they were not nice-tunes!

Since I was young, I have two or non-church song for God, namely: “In the Beginning” and “He”. The third one is “Amazing Grace.”

The world is scarce with song of love for the One we owe everything including the gift of music!!?? It has lots of – billions! – of songs about love, but sadly, love for woman, love for self, and as you search for the sublime love of fellowman, you will only find less than 5 fingers, only the title “He ain’t heavy, he’s my brother” – yes, only a handful. And how less is the songs for God!

Throughout human history, only one man stood to be a great musician and song composer in the most important subject of all, LOVE FOR GOD. His name is: David. King David.

His Psalms need to be revived. They chronicles in both words and emotions the Love of God for us and our ought-to-be love for God, which David exemplifies for us.

Thankfully, I had a CD from the UCG of most of the Psalms which the late Dwight Armstrong has put tunes. But some of D. Armstrong’s tunes are not included, but I may safely say, some 90% of the WCG Psalm-hymns are adopted by the UCG. I have them in one CD.

It is time we recapture and gather all those songs that man has composed for his and our Father. Where are they now? Most of them are properties of religions and churches? I hope someone can come to collecting them into one website for all to savor.

And I hope the churches or the composers will lend them free to the hungry world – hungry of the love of God – hungry of the songs that the humble soul, after so much searching and pining and fainting and many deaths, has composed for his God – his Father, and his Savior.

David is our model. We should follow his example.

Amen. In Christ’s love,

Your friend C

SEARCHING FOR THE ILLUMINATI DEEP WITHIN THE BOWELS OF THE VATICAN by Greg Szymanski from ArcticBeacon Website

All roads lead to Piazza San Pietro when it comes to power, leadership and initiation into the devious and diabolical Illuminati. In the 1980’s, the Vatican Bank Scandal brought to light the connections between the Freemasons/Illuminati, the Vatican and the mafia. Secret initiatons are said to take place in the catacombs of the Vatican and was Pope John Paul I killed after 39 days in office for wanting to expose the truth about Vatican finances and the Illuminati?

Part I

16 Jan 2006

While Mass is being said in the Sistine Chapel and tourists are being shown the works of Michelangelo, deep within the bowels of the Vatican sits a large, circular room with 13 separate chambers, each leading to a distinct catacomb.

When a mummified body is placed in front of each doorway, a young child is then brutally sacrificed with a long, golden knife during what is said to be a secret induction ceremony for new members of the Illuminati, better known as the New World Order.

As a young freelance reporter in Rome during the early 1980s, I heard many rumors of these secret ceremonies from local shop owners, several drunken priests and a couple of local clairvoyants or fortune-telling card readers, one who apparently advised and guided the film career of the famous Italian film director, Federico Fellini.

Although a product of a Catholic education and graduate of Notre Dame High School before going on to college, I still couldn’t help but wonder if the stories about the brutal child sacrifices were actually true.

While on a story assignment or covering the weekly Papal address, I remember sneaking around the Vatican, on one occasion taking a flight of stairs down to the basement level in search of the secret room and the catacombs.

Of course, I never found the secret room or a hidden doorway leading to the tombs, my secret Indiana Jones hunt for the Satan’s Den interrupted by a Vatican security guard who escorted me to the top of the stairs after showing my press card and saying I was lost.

“One night alone in this place and I know I could break the biggest story in my lifetime,” I thought to myself, as I walked through St. Peter’s Square and looked up at the sculptures of the 12 Apostles staring down at me from the Vatican roof. Rome is like a huge small town with many neighborhoods, functioning like dozens of little villages within the city proper, each having its own distinct feel and flavor.

That particular day after trying to uncover the exact location of the Illuminati’s secret induction ceremonies, I stopped for cheese and a glass of white wine on the first narrow, cobblestone street next the Vatican, known in English as the “Street of the Whores.”

According to the locals, the street received this rather unusual name since for hundreds of years it housed many of the whores whose primary clientele were the Vatican cardinals, bishops and priests, as well as any visiting members of the clergy.

After World War II, the prostitution on the street eventually moved to a more secretive location, making way now for stores engaged in the lucrative business of selling religious paraphernalia like rosaries, pictures of the Pope’s and holy water.

As I sat having a glass of wine and going through the Italian papers, the main headline read how Cardinal Paul Marcinkus, head of the Vatican Bank from 1971 to 1989, was indicted by Italian authorities (in 1982) as an accessory in the $3.5 billion collapse of Banco Ambrosiano, an Italian financial institution with close ties to the Vatican Bank. Although I tried many times without success to interview Marcinkus, since he was from my hometown of Chicago, the case never came to trial in Italy, as courts corruptly ruled that as a “Vatican employee he was immune from prosecution.” the Vatican Bank also refused to admit legal responsibility for the Bank of Ambrosiano’s downfall but did acknowledge “moral involvement”, paying $241m (?169m) to creditors.

Little did I know that this story, the 1978 death of Pope John Paul I, the murder of the bank’s president, Robert Calvi, found dangling under the Blackfriars Bridge in London, a little known mafia figure named Mario Cuomo (not the former mayor of New York) and a mysterious woman named Maria would all help in putting the pieces together of a larger more sinister puzzle.

Although still incomplete, the small pieces of the puzzle I uncovered in the 1980s all lead to direct involvement of members of the Illuminati/Freemasons, through groups like “P Due”, the Prieure du Sion and others, as well as the deep involvement of the Vatican, the hub and centerpiece of this secret worldwide organization known to the public as the Illuminati but known by members as “The Family or The Order.”

After writing several stories about the Vatican Bank Scandal and traveling to London on the Calvi story, finding very little new evidence, I didn’t give much thought to the Illuminati and child sacrificing until about a year later when I was sitting on Via Venato, having coffee for a brief hour or two with the rich and famous.

As a quick aside, no one ever really believes me anyway when I mention I once sat on Sophia Loren’s lap, so I will leave that story for happier times.

Mysterious Maria

As I mentioned, I put the gruesome picture of a child sacrificing out of my mind until a strikingly beautiful, black-haired Italian woman in her late 20s, named Maria, asked if she could join me at my Via Veneto outdoor table.

Rome is a small town, like I mentioned, later learning Maria desperately wanted an outlet to tell her incredible story, finding out through street talk that I was an American journalist researching stories about secret societies and the Vatican’s involvement.

Maria prefaced her story by saying she could never reveal her full name, saying it meant an immediate death sentence for both of us if her identity hit newsstands, linking her to what she called “The Chosen Ones” or the Illuminati.

I, on the other hand, remember feeling like I might be dealing with a quack or a mental patient, especially after she graphically explained how involvement with the Illuminati caused her to attempt suicide on three separate occasions, twice by poisoning and once by slitting her wrists, but each attempt played out in a bathtub surrounded by candles and bouquets of colored roses.

I spoke to Maria on three occasions taking copious notes for total of about five hours at the same outside cafe during a three-week time span before learning through a mutual acquaintance about a month after our last meeting, she finally succeeded in committing suicide.

This time, however, she didn’t sit in her bathtub with flowers, deciding instead to make a public display, jumping from the roof of the Vatican in the early morning hours after hurling her body to the concrete of St. Peter’s Square (Piazza San Pietro) after standing beside the statue of St. Peter. Although I tried in vain to get her real identity, stories of the strange suicide were verified but, at the same time, covered up as her identity mysteriously disappeared from the face of the earth, as did any possibility of selling my story.

More than twenty years have passed but I can still hear her words and see Maria’s distraught face, sitting across from me at the Via Veneto cafe like it was yesterday. To the best of my recollection, these are the most important parts of her story of being recruited from birth by the Illuminati, a story that essentially died when Maria hurled herself off the Vatican roof. “I can never tell you my name and only come to you as a last resort,” were Maria’s first words, as she appeared agitated and uncertain she was doing the right thing. In Italian she then said something like “May I rot in hell if I violated her trust” and I remember feeling as if someone just pointed a gun at my head. Coming from an aristocratic northern Italian background, she continued as I was able to understand most of what she said, save the complex and educated Italian verb and tense forms as I essentially learned to speak the language in the streets of Rome with the common-folk.

In our first meeting, she delved heavily into her involvement with the “Family” or the “Chosen Ones,” saying her aristocratic background left her no choice in the matter. She said she was born into the ranks of the Illuminati, taught as a child she was one of the “divine chosen ones” to rule over the masses and initiated into the “Order” at a secret Vatican underground ceremony in a room very similar to the type I previously heard about on the street.

And when I finally got up enough courage to ask her about the child sacrifices, she couldn’t talk about it, only burying her head in her hands as tears rolled out from between her fingers.

The remainder of our discussions centered on the Illuminati origins, its leadership centered in the Vatican, its worldwide reach, its operations in Europe, its branches in America and its eventual goals of population control and world dominance. I remember how AIDS was not mentioned overseas and how she confused me with saying the Illuminati or the “Chosen Fathers” had purposely inflicted the disease on the masses.

Besides being convinced she was telling the truth, Maria also said the Illuminati, referring to them in Italian swear words as “pig gods”, had been entrenched for years in America, with many of its leaders among the loyal followers of the “Order.”

Our last conversation became quite personal, straying away from the names of powerful church and political figures, instead centering on how the Illuminati personally devastated Maria’s life.

To this day, as she said her final words, I wish I would have said or done something more to save her life, but I had no inkling whatsoever it would come to a shocking end at the Vatican in less than a month. “They killed Pope John Paul I and he didn’t die of natural causes. I cannot live like this any longer but there is now way out. I am a trapped soul, destined to burn in the depths of hell for all the wrongs I have witnessed and have done nothing in my life to stop,” said Maria, as she stood up from table and began walking away. As she left, I still remember her final words: “I have had all the riches in the world, but I feel so empty and alone. Dio have mercy on me.” After Maria died, I began searching harder and harder to connect the dots of the Vatican’s involvement in the Illuminati, as well as the bank scandal, the Pope’s 1978 mysterious death and other stories related to Marcinkus, Calvi, financier Licio Gelli known as the head of the P-2 lodge.

Although I could never pinpoint or verify the secret Vatican ceremonies, enough information surfaced to prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the Vatican functioned as the nerve center of the Illuminati, as the appointment of John Paul II revealed he never followed through on his predecessors final orders to investigate the operations of the Vatican Bank, Marcinkus and ties to the mafia and the Illuminati. Instead, John Paul II protected Marcinkus, quashed any investigations to be carried out by John Paul’s secretary of state Cardinal Jean Villot and buried all the people on Villot’s list to be relieved of Church duties or transferred, all the people on the list suspected of being members of the Freemason’s P-2 group and the Illuminati.

Gangster Mario Cuomo

Although I didn’t know it at the time, a Naples “Camorra” mafia figure, named Mario Cuomo, who lived near me in a small town outside of Rome and who eventually was killed in a gangland shooting, was instrumental in saving my life on several occasions.

Cuomo, who drove a Maserati, lived in a huge villa, dressed to the 9’s and who I knew as a land investor, made it a habit every time he saw me to practice his English, buy me coffee or dinner while, at the same time, telling me “when I was playing with fire” regarding the Calvi murder and its ties to the mafia and the Vatican.

His sound advice perhaps frightened me away from some doors I never walked through, but looking back, they were probably dangerous doors better left closed as I probably would have never walked out of them or seen the light of day ever again.

Story Updates, Notes and Important Timeline:

Cardinal Marcinkus

He is still alive, saying Mass and living in Phoenix, Arizona. Marcinkus carries a Vatican passport and still is the recipient of diplomatic immunity.

Among those linked to the Calvi murder and who Italian authorities are still seeking to question, Marcinkus was originally ordained in Chicago. Being a mover and shaker in the Church, he was quickly elevated to the Holy See in Rome, and served in the Vatican Secretariat of State.

He rapidly moved up the Vatican chain of command from personal papal bodyguard to head of the Vatican Bank, a position he held from 1971 to 1989. There he worked closely with international financier, Michael Sindona, to expand the Vatican’s portfolio of international holdings, transforming the Institute for Religious Works into a quiet but reliable shelter for questionable and what many have said was “dirty money.” the Vatican Bank, through Sindona, was suspected of laundering money from associates in organized crime, funneled huge sums of money through Banco Ambrosiano and the Vatican. the Vatican Bank also has worked closely with the U.S. government as a cover money conduit to groups like the Solidarity Trade Union in Poland and other sordid CIA affairs. With the help of Marcinkus, Sindona was to become a “inside man of confidence” within the Vatican who enjoyed unique access to officials of the Holy See, even the pope.

A 1982 story in the foreign edition of Time magazine had this to say about the relation between Sindona, Calvi and Marcinkus: “In 1971, Sindona introduced Calvi to Marcinkus. Sindona and Calvi hoped to use Marcinkus for their own purposes, and the bankers and the churchman obviously found it advantageous to do business together. Although the Vatican bank denies it had much to do with either Sindona or Calvi, the le Opere di Religione (I.O.R. or Vatican Bank) eventually became Banco Ambrosiano’s fourth-largest stockholder, acquiring over the years at least 794,390 shares, or 1.589% of the bank’s stock.

“A few months after Sindona and Calvi set up the Bahamian bank in 1971, a “Mr. Paul Marcinkus” was listed as a director. “We used his name a lot in business deals,” Sindona said. “I told him clearly that I put him in because it helps me get money.”

The Calvi Murder Trial

In April, 2005, a Sicilian mobster, a Roman crime boss and two others were indicted in connection with the 1982 hanging of Roberto Calvi, a financier dubbed “God’s banker” for his close ties to the Vatican.

A Reuters story added: “Calvi, once thought to have committed suicide, was found hanging from scaffolding under London’s Blackfriars Bridge in June 1982 with bricks in his pockets and $15,000 (8,000 pounds) on his person.

“But in the latest twist to the saga, prosecutors now say the Mafia killed Calvi for stealing from them and from Italian financier Licio Gelli. Gelli was the head of the P2 lodge—a shadowy Masonic organization whose members once included prominent politicians, businessmen and military officers.

“The judge said the trial will start on Oct 6 and will involve the convicted Cosa Nostra treasurer Pippo Calo, Roman crime boss Ernesto Diotallevi, Sardinian financier Flavio Carboni and his ex-girlfriend Manuela Kleinszig.

“The prosecutors’ inquiry has focused on millions of dollars that flowed through the bank’s offshore accounts in the weeks preceding Calvi’s death.

“Shortly before Calvi’s hanging, the bank he headed at the time, Banco Ambrosiano, had gone bankrupt. It was then Italy’s largest private banking group and worked with the Vatican.” Without question, one of the strangest characters in the Calvi saga, with ties to Marcinkus and Sindona, was Liccio Gelli. A former member of the fascist Black Shirts Battalion and connected to the Mussolini regime and the Herman Goring SS Division in World War II, Gelli survived the conflict and amassed tremendous amounts of money and influence.

Considered the head of the P-2 Masonic Lodge, he was also privy to sensitive information on hundreds of key political, military and financial figures not only in Italy but throughout Europe, Latin America and elsewhere due to his access of files from the Italian secret service (OVRA) and possibly British Intelligence.

It was common knowledge in Italy that Gelli helped to smuggle Klaus Barbie, the infamous “Butcher of Lyon” to safe haven in Argentina, and even managed to work for and sell his services to the CIA and NATO.

Important Timeline

(Reprinted from The Financial Post, Victor Golancz Ltd. 1983.) • Early September 1978: Pope John Paul I asks his secretary of state, Cardinal Jean Villot, to initiate an investigation into Vatican bank operations. • September 28, 1978: John Paul I presents Cardinal Villot with a list of people who are to be transferred, asked for their resignations, or reassigned. All the people on the list are suspected to be members of the Freemason’s group “P2.” The reshuffle of power will have major implications for the existing Vatican power structure and its financial dealings. • September 29, 1978: John Paul I found dead in his bed. Villot issues false statements to the press about the circumstances surrounding the death, removes key evidence from John Paul’s room, and orders the body to be embalmed immediately without an autopsy. • October 1978: John Paul II to replace John Paul I. None of John Paul I’s instructions to Villot before his death are carried out. • January 21, 1979: Murder of Judge Emilio Alessandrini, the Milan magistrate investigating the activities of Banco Ambrosiano, whose director, Roberto Calvi, has close ties with Michele Sindona and the Vatican. • March 20, 1979: Murder of Mino Pecorelli, an investigative journalist in the process of publishing articles exposing the membership and dealings of “P2”—a powerful group of Freemasons whose membership was involved in Vatican financial dealings, and whose founder, Lucio Gelli, was deeply connected with Roberto Calvi. • March 25, 1979: Arrests on false charges of Mario Sarcinelli and Paolo Baffi of the Bank of Italy. The two men were pressing for action on the investigation of the financial dealings of Roberto Calvi and Banco Ambrosiano. • July 11, 1979: Murder of Giorgio Ambrosioli following his testimony concerning Michele Sindona’s financial dealings with Calvi and other Vatican interests, the activities of P2 and its members among powerful government and business circles, and the connections between Calvi, Sindona, and Bishop Paul Marcinkus of the Vatican Bank. • July 13, 1979: Murder of Lt. Col. Antonio Varisco, head of the Rome security service, who was investigating the activities and membership of P2 and had spoken with Giorgio Ambrosioli two days before Ambrosioli’s death. • July 21, 1979: Murder of Boris Guilano, the Palermo police deputy superintendent and head of Palermo CID. Guilano had spoken with Giorgio Ambrosioli two days before Ambrosioli’s death concerning Sindona’s laundering of Mafia money through the Vatican Bank into Switzerland. • October 1979: Bomb explosion at the apartment of Enrico Cuccia, managing director of Mediobanca and witness to Sindona’s threat to the life of Giorgio Ambrosioli. • February 2, 1980: the Vatican withdraws at the last moment its agreement that Cardinals Guiseppe Caprio and Sergio Guerri and Bishop Paul Marcinkus will provide videotaped depositions on behalf of Michele Sindona in his trial in the US on charges of fraud, conspiracy and misappropriation of funds in connection with the collapse of Franklin National Bank. • May 13, 1980: Michele Sindona attempts suicide in jail. • June 13, 1980: Michele Sindona sentenced to 25 years. • July 8, 1980: Roberto Calvi attempts suicide while in jail on charges of fraud, etc. Later released on bail and reconfirmed as chairman of Banco Ambrosiano. • September 1, 1981: the Vatican Bank, apparently at the request of Roberto Calvi, issues “letters of comfort” acknowledging its controlling interest in, and assuming responsibility for, a more than 1 billion dollar debt of a number of banks controlled by Calvi. • January 12, 1981: A group of shareholders in Banco Ambrosiano send a letter to John Paul II outlining the connections between the Vatican Bank, Roberto Calvi and the P2 and the Mafia. The letter is never acknowledged. • April 27, 1982: Attempted murder of Roberto Rosone, general manager and deputy chairman of Banco Ambrosiano, who was trying to “clean up” the bank’s operation. • June 17, 1982: Roberto Calvi found hanged to death from a bridge in London. A few days later, a 1.3 billion dollar “hole” is discovered in Banco Ambrosiano, Milan. October 2, 1982: Guiseppe Dellacha, executive at Banco Ambrosiano, dead of a fall from a window of Banco Ambrosiano, in Milan. • March 23, 1986: Michele Sindona found dead of poisoning in the Italian jail to which he had been extradited on charges of ordering the murder of Giorgio Ambrosioli. Albino Luciano, Pope John Paul I

List of Masons in the Italian Church and Vatican The following is a Mason list reprinted from the Bulletin de l’Occident Chretien Nr.12, July, 1976 (Directeur Pierre Fautrad a Fye - 72490 Bourg Le Roi)

If still alive, it should be noted with interest that all of the men on this list, are subject to excommunication by Canon Law 2338.

Each man’s name is followed by his position, if known; the date he was initiated into Masonry, his code #; and his code name, if known:

1. Albondi, Alberto. Bishop of Livorno, (Leghorn). Initiated 8-5-58; I.D. # 7- 2431. 2. Abrech, Pio. In the Sacred Congregation Bishops. 11-27-67; # 63-143. 3. Acquaviva, Sabino. Professor of Religion at the University of Padova, (Padua). 12-3-69;# 275-69. Alessandro, Father Gottardi. (Addressed as Doctor in Masonic meetings.) President of Fratelli Maristi. 6-14-59. 4. Angelini Fiorenzo. Bishop of Messenel Greece. 10-14-57; # 14-005. 5. Argentieri, Benedetto. Patriarch to the Holy See. 3-11-70; # 298-A. 6. Bea, Augustin. Cardinal. Secretary of State (next to Pope) under Pope John XXIII and Pope Paul VI. 7. Baggio, Sebastiano. Cardinal. Prefect of the Sacred Congregation of Bishops. (This is a crucial Congregation since it appoints new Bishops.) Secretary of State under Pope John Paul II from 1989 to 1992. 8-14-57; # 85- 1640. Masonic code name “SEBA.” He controls consecration of Bishops. 8. Balboni, Dante. Assistant to the Vatican Pontifical . Commission for Biblical Studies. 7-23-68; # 79-14 “BALDA.“ 9. Baldassarri Salvatore. Bishop of Ravenna, Italy. 2-19-58; # 4315-19. “BALSA.“ 10. Balducci, Ernesto. Religious sculpture artist. 5-16-66; # 1452-3. 11. Basadonna, Ernesto. Prelate of Milan, 9-14-63; # 9-243. “BASE.“ 12. Batelli, Guilio. Lay member of many scientific academies. 8-24-59; # 29-A. “GIBA.“ 13. Bedeschi, Lorenzo. 2-19-59; # 24-041. “BELO.“ 14. Belloli, Luigi. Rector of Seminar; Lombardy, Ita-ly. 4-6-58; # 22-04. “BELLU.“ 15. Belluchi, Cleto. Coadjutor Bishop of Fermo, Italy. 6-4-68; # 12-217. 16. Bettazzi, Luigi. Bishop of Ivera, Italy. 5-11-66; # 1347-45. “LUBE.“ 17. Bianchi, Ciovanni. 10-23-69; # 2215-11. “BIGI.“ 18. Biffi, Franco, Msgr. Rector of Church of St. John Lateran Pontifical University. He is head of this University and controls what is being taught. He heard confessions of Pope Paul VI. 8-15-59. “BIFRA.“ 19. Bicarella, Mario. Prelate of Vicenza, Italy. 9-23-64; # 21-014. “BIMA.“ 20. Bonicelli, Gaetano. Bishop of Albano, Italy. 5-12-59; # 63-1428, “BOGA.“ 21. Boretti, Giancarlo. 3-21-65; # 0-241. “BORGI.“ 22. Bovone, Alberto. Substitute Secretary of the Sacred Office. 3-30-67; # 254-3. “ALBO.“ 23. Brini, Mario. Archbishop. Secretary of Chinese, Oriental, and Pagans. Member of Pontifical Commission to Russia. Has control of rewriting Canon Law. 7-7-68; # 15670. “MABRI.“ 24. Bugnini, Annibale. Archbishop.Wrote Novus Ordo Mass. Envoy to Iran, 4-23-63; # 1365-75. “BUAN.“ 25. Buro, Michele. Bishop. Prelate of Pontifical Commission to Latin America, 3-21-69; # 140-2. “BUMI.“ 26. Cacciavillan, Agostino. Secretariat of State. 11-6-60; # 13-154. 27. Cameli, Umberto. Director in Office of the Ecclesiastical Affairs of Italy in regard to education in Catholic doctrine. 11-17-60; # 9-1436. 28. Caprile, Giovanni. Director of Catholic Civil Affairs. 9-5-57; # 21-014. “GICA.“ 29. Caputo, Giuseppe. 11-15-71; # 6125-63. “GICAP.“ 30. Casaroli, Agostino. Cardinal. Secretary of State (next to Pope) under Pope John Paul II since July 1, 1979 until retired in 1989. 9-28-57; # 41-076. “CASA.“ 31. Cerruti, Flaminio. Chief of the Office of the University of Congregation Studies. 4-2-60; # 76-2154.“CEFLA.“ 32. Ciarrocchi, Mario. Bishop. 8-23-62; # 123-A. “CIMA.“ 33. Chiavacci, Enrico. Professor of Moral Theology, University of Florence, Italy. 7-2-70; # 121-34.“CHIE.“ 34. Conte, Carmelo. 9-16-67; # 43-096. “CONCA.“ 35. Csele, Alessandro. 3-25-60; # 1354-09. “ALCSE.“ 36. Dadagio, Luigi. Papal Nuncio to Spain. Archbishop of Lero. 9-8-67. # 43-B. “LUDA.“ 37. D’Antonio, Enzio. Archbishop of Trivento. 6-21-69; # 214-53. 38. De Bous, Donate. Bishop. 6-24-68; # 321-02. “DEBO.“ 39. Del Gallo Reoccagiovane, Luigi. Bishop. 40. Del Monte, Aldo. Bishop of Novara, Italy. 8-25-69; # 32-012. “ADELMO.“ 41. Faltin, Danielle. 6-4-70; # 9-1207. “FADA.“ 42. Ferraioli, Giuseppe. Member of Sacred Congregation for Public Affairs. 11-24-69; # 004-125.“GIFE.“ 43. Franzoni, Giovanni. 3-2-65; # 2246-47. “FRAGI.“ 44. Gemmiti, Vito. Sacred Congregation of Bishops. 3-25-68; # 54-13. “VIGE.“ 45. Girardi, Giulio. 9-8-70; # 1471-52. “GIG.“ 46. Fiorenzo, Angelinin. Bishop. Title of Commendator of the Holy Spirit. Vicar General of Roman Hospitals. Controls hospital trust funds. Consecrated Bishop 7-19-56; joined Masons 10-14-57. Giustetti, Massimo. 4-12-70; # 13- 065. “GIUMA.“ 47. Gottardi, Alessandro. Procurator and Postulator General of Fratelli Maristi. Archbishop of Trent. 6-13-59; # 2437-14. “ALGO.“ 48. Gozzini, Mario. 5-14-70; # 31-11. “MAGO.“ 49. Grazinai, Carlo. Rector of the Vatican Minor Seminary. 7-23-61; # 156- 3. “GRACA.“ 50. Gregagnin, Antonio. Tribune of First Causes for Beatification. 10-19-67; # 8-45. “GREA.“ 51. Gualdrini, Franco. Rector of Capranica. 5-22-61; # 21-352. “GUFRA.“ 52. Ilari, Annibale. Abbot. 3-16-69; # 43-86. “ILA.“ 53. Laghi, Pio. Nunzio, Apostolic Delegate to Argentina, and then to U.S.A. until 1995. 8-24-69; # 0538. “LAPI.“ 54. Lajolo, Giovanni. Member of Council of Public Affairs of the Church. 7- 27-70; # 21-1397. “LAGI.“ 55. Lanzoni, Angelo. Chief of the Office of Secretary of State. 9-24-56; # 6- 324. “LANA.“ 56. Levi, Virgillio (alias Levine), Monsignor. Assistant Director of Official Vatican Newspaper, L’Osservatore Romano. Manages Vatican Radio Station. 7-4-58; # 241-3. “VILE.“ 57. Lozza, Lino. Chancellor of Rome Academy of St. Thomas Aquinas of Catholic Religion. 7-23-69;# 12-768. “LOLI.“ 58. Lienart, Achille. Cardinal. Grand Master top Mason. Bishop of Lille, France. Recruits Masons. Was leader of progressive forces at Vatican II Council. Macchi, Pasquale. Cardinal. Pope Paul’s Prelate of Honour and Private Secretary until he was excommunicated for heresy by Pope Paul VI. Was reinstated by Secretary of State Jean Villot, and made a Cardinal. 4-23- 58; # 5463-2. “MAPA.“ 59. Mancini, Italo. Director of Sua Santita. 3-18-68; # l551-142. “MANI.“ 60. Manfrini, Enrico. Lay Consultor of Pontifical Commission of Sacred Art. 2-21-68; # 968-c.“MANE.“ 61. Marchisano, Francesco. Prelate Honour of the Pope. Secretary Congregation for Seminaries and Universities of Studies. 2-4-61; 4536-3. “FRAMA.“ 62. Marcinkus, Paul. American bodyguard for imposter Pope. From Cicero, Illinois. Stands 6’4”. President for Institute for Training Religious. 8-21-67; # 43-649. Called “GORILLA.” Code name “MARPA.“ 63. Marsili, Saltvatore. Abbot of Order of St. Benedict of Finalpia near Modena, Italy. 7-2-63; # 1278-49. “SALMA.“ 64. Mazza, Antonio. Titular Bishop of Velia. Secretary General of Holy Year, 1975. 4-14-71. # 054329. “MANU.“ 65. Mazzi, Venerio. Member of Council of Public Affairs of the Church. 10- 13-66; # 052-s. “MAVE.“ 66. Mazzoni, Pier Luigi. Congregation of Bishops. 9-14-59; # 59-2. “PILUM.“ 67. Maverna, Luigi. Bishop of Chiavari, Genoa, Italy. Assistant General of Italian Catholic Azione. 63-68; # 441-c. “LUMA.“ 68. Mensa, Albino. Archbishop of Vercelli, Piedmont, Italy. 7-23-59; # 53- 23. “ MENA.“ 69. Messina, Carlo. 3-21-70; # 21-045. “MECA.“ 70. Messina, Zanon (Adele). 9-25-68; # 045-329. “ AMEZ.“ 71. Monduzzi, Dino. Regent to the Prefect of the Pontifical House. 3-11 -67; # 190-2. “MONDI.“ 72. Mongillo, Daimazio. Professor of Dominican Moral Theology, Holy Angels Institute of Roma. 2-1669; # 2145-22. “MONDA.“ 73. Morgante, Marcello. Bishop of Ascoli Piceno in East Italy. 7-22-55; # 78-3601. MORMA.“ 74. Natalini, Teuzo. Vice President of the Archives of Secretariat of the Vatican. 6-17-67; # 21-44d.“NATE.“ 75. Nigro, Carmelo. Rector of the Seminary, Pontifical of Major Studies. 12- 21-70; # 23-154.“CARNI.“ 76. Noe, Virgillio. Head of the Sacred Congregation of Divine Worship. He and Bugnini paid 5 Protestant Ministers and one Jewish Rabbi to create the Novus Ordo Mass. 4-3-61; # 43652-21. “VINO.“ 77. Palestra, Vittorie. He is Legal Council of the Sacred Rota of the Vatican State. 5-6-43; # 1965.“PAVI.“ 78. Pasqualetti, Gottardo. 6-15-60; # 4-231. “COPA.“ 79. Pasquinelli, Dante. Council of Nunzio of Madrid. 1-12-69; # 32-124. “PADA.“ 80. Pellegrino, Michele. Cardinal. Called “Protector of the Church”, Archbishop of Torino (Turin, where the Holy Shroud of Jesus is kept). 5-2-60; # 352-36. “PALMI.“ 81. Piana, Giannino. 9-2-70; # 314-52. “GIPI.“ 82. Pimpo, Mario. Vicar of Office of General Affairs. 3-15-70; # 793-43. “PIMA.“ 83. Pinto, Monsignor Pio Vito. Attache of Secretary of State and Notare of Second Section of Supreme Tribunal and of Apostolic Signature. 4-2-70; # 3317-42. “PIPIVI.“ 84. Poletti, Ugo. Cardinal. Vicar of S.S. Diocese of Rome. Controls clergy of Rome since 3-6-73. Member of Sacred Congregation of Sacraments and of Divine Worship. He is President of Pontifical Works and Preservation of the Faith. Also President of the Liturgical Academy. 2-17-69; # 32-1425. “UPO.“ 85. Rizzi, Monsignor Mario. Sacred Congregation of Oriental Rites. Listed as “Prelate Bishop of Honour of the Holy Father, the Pope.” Works under top- Mason Mario Brini in manipulating Canon Law. 9-16-69; # 43-179. “MARI,” “MONMARI.“ 86. Romita, Florenzo. Was in Sacred Congregation of Clergy. 4-21-56; # 52-142. “FIRO.“ 87. Rogger, Igine. Officer in S.S. (Diocese of Rome). 4-16-68; # 319-13. “IGRO.“ 88. Rossano, Pietro. Sacred Congregation of Non-Christian Religions. 2- 12-68; # 3421-a. “PIRO.“ 89. Rovela, Virgillio. 6-12-64; # 32-14. “ROVI.“ 90. Sabbatani, Aurelio. Archbishop of Giustiniana (Giusgno, Milar Province, Italy). First Secretary Supreme Apostolic Segnatura. 6-22-69; # 87-43. “ASA” Sacchetti, Guilio. Delegate of Governors - Marchese. 8-23-59; # 0991-b. “SAGI.“ 91. Salerno, Francesco. Bishop. Prefect Atti. Eccles. 5-4-62; # 0437-1. “SAFRA” 92. Santangelo, Franceso. Substitute General of Defense Legal Counsel. 11-12-70; # 32-096.“FRASA.“ 93. Santini, Pietro. Vice Official of the Vicar. 8-23-64; # 326-11. “SAPI.“ 94. Savorelli, Fernando. 1-14-69; # 004-51. “SAFE.“ 95. Savorelli, Renzo. 6-12-65; # 34-692. “RESA.“ 96. Scanagatta, Gaetano. Sacred Congregation of the Clergy. Member of Commission of Pomei and Loreto, Italy. 9-23-71; # 42-023. “GASCA.“ 97. Schasching, Giovanni. 3-18-65; # 6374-23. “GISCHA,” “GESUITA.“ 98. Schierano, Mario. Titular Bishop of Acrida (Acri in Cosenza Province, Italy.) Chief Military Chaplain of the Italian Armed Forces. 7-3-59; #14-3641. “MASCHI.“ 99. Semproni, Domenico. Tribunal of the Vicarate of the Vatican. 4-16-60; # 00-12. “DOSE.” Sensi, Giuseppe Mario. Titular Archbishop of Sardi (Asia Minor near Smyrna). Papal Nunzio to Portugal. 11-2-67; # 18911-47. “GIMASE.“ 100. Sposito, Luigi. Pontifical Commission for the Archives of the Church in Italy. Head Administrator of the Apostolic Seat of the Vatican. 101. Suenens, Leo. Cardinal. Title: Protector of the Church of St. Peter in Chains, outside Rome. Promotes Protestant Pentecostalism (Charismatics). Destroyed much Church dogma when he worked in 3 Sacred Congregations: 1. Propagation of the Faith; 2. Rites and Ceremonies in the Liturgy; 3. Seminaries. 6-15-67; # 21-64. “LESU.“

102. Trabalzini, Dino. Bishop of Rieti (Reate, Peruga, Italy). Auxiliary Bishop of Southern Rome. 2-665; # 61-956. “TRADI.“ 103. Travia, Antonio. Titular Archbishop of Termini Imerese. Head of Catholic schools. 9-15-67; # 16141. “ATRA.“ 104. Trocchi, Vittorio. Secretary for Catholic Laity in Consistory of the Vatican State Consultations. 712-62; # 3-896. “TROVI.“ 105. Tucci, Roberto. Director General of Vatican Radio. 6-21-57; # 42-58. “TURO.“ 106. Turoldo, David. 6-9-67; # 191-44. “DATU.“ 107. Vale, Georgio. Priest. Official of Rome Diocese. 2-21-71; # 21-328. “VAGI.“ 108. Vergari, Piero. Head Protocol Officer of the Vatican Office Segnatura. 12-14-70; # 3241-6.“PIVE.“ 109. Villot, Jean. Cardinal. Secretary of State during Pope Paul VI. He is Camerlengo (Treasurer). “JEANNI,” “ZURIGO.“ 110. Zanini, Lino. Titular Archbishop of Adrianopoli, which is Andrianopolis, Turkey. Apostolic Nuncio. Member of the Revered Fabric of St. Peter’s Basilica.

Part II

17 Jan 2006

Secret Vatican Catacombs, Child Sacrifices, Mind Control: Svali, Involved In U.S. Illuminati. For 30 years, Talks Openly About Devious Plans To Topple America

Born into the Illuminati, Svali says her Vatican initiation ceremony at the age of 12 involved child sacrificing and a promise to serve “The Family or Order” for life.

She looked into the eyes of the “French Father” while a man looking like a priest in scarlet robes put a golden knife into the heart of sandy-haired little boy about three or four years old.

The boy, drugged and glassy-eyed, had been placed like a sacrificial lamb on a large black table in the center of the room located deep within the belly of the beast—the Vatican.

And the room, dark and foreboding with the scent of evil dripping from the walls, was only accessible through a hidden passageway camouflaged by a large painting. Once inside the secret chamber, 13 distinct passageways were visible, each leading to a separate catacomb with every one of the 13 doorways blocked by the horrific site of a mummified body. “After the boy was sacrificed, I had to bow and kiss the ring of the priest in scarlet robes and swear to serve the New World Order for the rest of my life,” recalls Svali, 48, about the senseless sacrifice of what looked like “a drugged little boy” during her 1970 induction ceremony into the feared Illuminati.

“I also had to swear to serve he who is to come as the ‘great leader.’ Looking back, it was just horrific and terror rushes into my mind every time I think about what happened.

Prior to leaving the U.S., she remembers being briefed by her multi-millionaire American parents about the importance of the ceremony, but told very little else about what to expect concerning the details and the gruesome child sacrifice.

Root, origin and history of Illuminati

Svali said to fully understand Illuminati cult programming it’s first important to comprehend the structure and philosophy of the worldwide organization as she learned it as a child growing up in the ranks.

In a manuscript from a book she is trying to publish, written after she ran from the Illuminati in San Diego, Svali explains:

“The Illuminati are a group of people who follow a philosophy known as “Illuminism” or “enlightenment”. The Illuminati were named several hundred years ago, but trace their roots and history to the ancient mystery religions of Egypt, ancient Babylon, and even Mesopotamia. Out of these ancient religions, which were practiced secretly over hundreds and hundreds of years, there arose esoteric groups which continued to practice the rites, traditions, and enculturation brought in from the original groups.

“Over the centuries, these groups practiced openly in some countries, and covertly in countries where Christianity or other religions opposed their practices. Some of the groups which came out of these ancient roots included the order of the Knights Templar, Rosicrucian’s, Baphetomism, and Druidic cults. These groups were the forerunners, or roots, of modern day Illuminism. The original Illuministic leaders chose to take what they felt were the best practices of each root religion, combine them into principles, then organized these principles according to specific guidelines.

Svali said during her 30 years with the Illuminati she witnessed a lot of violence from programs stemming from the CIA’s MK ULTRA, as well as other mind control programs utilized by the cult.

What better way to learn about the plan then to listen from an insider, trying to make amends with herself and the world.

Military takeover after economic collapse

The following is from Chapter 3 of her published manuscript:

“All groups have goals, and the Illuminists are no exception. Moneymaking is not their final goal it is a means to an end. This end point, or goal, is no less than to rule the world. The Illuminati has a set plan similar to the Soviet Union’s previous “5-year” and “10-year “ plans. This is what the Illuminists themselves believe and teach their followers as gospel truth.

“The Illuminists expect this and will be (and are BEING) trained in how to deal with this eventuality. They are training their people in hand-to-hand combat, crowd control, and, if necessary, will kill to control crowds. The Illuminati is training their people to be prepared for every possible reaction to the takeover. Many mind control victims will also be called into duty with preset command codes. These codes are meant to call out a new, completely cult loyal presenting system. Shatter codes programmed under trauma will be used to destroy or bury non-cult loyal alters.

Svali said this is the tip of the iceberg of the Illuminati agenda in America and she has been disowned by her family for leaving. Although recently offered $15,000 to return home, Svali has refused, saying her ministry to awaken the American people is her first priority.

Part III

18 Jan 2006

Fed Up With Lies And Deceit, Svali Turns Tail And Runs From The Feared Illuminati

After being brainwashed and heavily schooled in the “12 Disciplines” of the Illuminati, Svali is now trying to base her life on a foundation of truth not lies.

Svali wised up. At age 38, she turned tail and ran from the clutches of the Illuminati in San Diego.

No more secret meetings in nearby Escondido guarded with heavy Illuminati security.

No more pushing “The Family” agenda as a head mind control trainer.

She was simply fed up with the lies, deceit, torture, bribery and killing, deciding 10 years ago to call it quits on her wealthy parents and the members of the insidious Illuminati.

Brainwashed as a child, she finally saw through the lies, the evil and decided to start all over again, landing in northern Texas where she has now began a Christian ministry with a foundation in truth, not Illuminati lies.

If Svali was in the mafia, she’d probably be at the bottom of the Pacific with her feet in cement. But the Illuminati chose to try and bury her in a more subtle way, choosing to leave her penniless, separating her from her two children and claiming she was bi-polar or psychotic.

It’s a simple method: If the “turncoat messenger” is high-level, high profile or extremely dangerous to the Illuminati cause, kill them and make it look like an accident or a death from natural causes.

But if they’re like Svali, knowledgeable but in middle management of the Illuminati pack, they usually let them die a slow death from isolation, fear and poverty. Further, the Illuminati strategy is to deny, deny, deny and discredit, discredit, discredit until hell freezes over if need be.

Think about it. Is it better to create an ugly scene, drawing attention with violence? Or is it more effective to depict Svali as a psychotic, delusional woman who talks off the top of her head without any basis in fact?

But through all the tough times since leaving her wealthy past, Svali said her main reason for calling it quits after being schooled religiously in the “12 Steps of Discipline” most of her life, was her growing awareness that the “Illuminati ends to not justify the means.”

“I wrote Breaking the Chain several years ago, when my children were being held hostage by the cult. At that time, my husband was still active, and to punish me for leaving, and in an attempt to bring me back, literally held them hostage,” said Svali in a written statement, adding she felt obligated to inform Americans about the Illuminati’s devious future plans.

“We would go into court hearings, in which he and his lawyer attempted to make me appear foolish for stating that he was cult active. He would then turn around, and after the hearing, come to me and say, “You can have them back if you will come back...”

“I swore to write a chapter a week, exposing the group that held my children and my husband hostage, and this book was born. After four painful years, through a miracle of God’s goodness, I regained full custody of my children. As a result, my (now ex-husband) left the cult as well and is currently pursuing his own wholeness in therapy.”

Illuminati’s money-making schemes

During her many rears of loyal service to the Illuminati, she became aware of the intricate details in many of the criminal activities initiated by the cult, citing the main money-making schemes in the opening chapter of her book not yet published.

The following is a partial list of some of the criminal activities, designed to raise enormous sums of cash while destroying innocent lives, sponsored by the Illuminati:

Illuminati Money-Making Schemes

“Drug running: The Illuminati linked up with the Mafia and the Columbians, years ago, to help each other out with bringing drugs into the United States. They also provide couriers for taking drugs and money out of the States. The Illuminists are generally wealthy businessmen, who have 4 layers of people underneath them. The fourth layer down actually has contact with the people in the drug industry. They never identify themselves as Illuminists; only as people interested in investing, with a guaranteed profit, and are highly secretive. In return, the local groups supply people willing to be couriers of money or drugs, or people willing to help cover for the local operations. “Pornography: The Illuminati are linked in many cities with pornography, prostitution, child prostitution and white slavery sales. Again, several layers are present, as a buffer, between the true “management” and those either engaged in the activities, or in paying for/funding and eventually being paid for the activities.

“Children are often supplied from the local cult groups, and taught to be child prostitutes (and later, adult prostitutes); are photographed and filmed in every type of pornography available, including “snuff films” and violent films.

“Gun running: The Illuminati and other groups are also involved in international gun sales and shipments. The Illuminists have well trained couriers who will cross international and state lines. These couriers are highly secretive, and will not reveal their sources, on pain of suicide or assassination. These people are accountable to others above them, with two more “buffer layers” of people above these, before the person in the Illuminati with money, who helps fund this, is found.

“Buying access codes for military computers: The Illuminati will have people from all strata of civilian life trained to go and make pickups near or on military bases. A typical person used might be the innocent looking wife of a military person, a local businessman, or even a college student. There is a contact inside the base, also a dissociative Illuminist, who brings the information to the outside contact. Occasionally, the contact person is paid with money, information, or goods. The military computer codes are changed on random schedules; the Illuminati have at least 5 or 6 contacts on each major base, who alert them when the codes are getting ready to change, on pain of death. The Illuminists like having access to military computers, because that will gain them entrance to closed files the world over.

“Hiring and selling assassinations: this is done worldwide, more in Europe than in the States. These people are paid big money to do either a private or political assassination. The money is paid either to the assassin, or to the trainer; usually they both divide the fee. The assassin is offered protection in another country for awhile, until the trail runs cold. If the kill is done in Europe they may be sent to the Far East or the U.S., and vice versa if the kill is done in the U.S. The Illuminati have a wide arena of places and false identities to hide these people, unless for some reason they want the assassin disposed of as well. Then, he/she is caught and immediately executed.

“Mercenaries/military trainers: Guess who gets paid money to come in and train paramilitary groups? Who has training camps all over the states of Montana, Nevada, and North Dakota? Who occasionally will offer their expertise in return for a large financial reward? They never advertise themselves as Illuminati, unless the group is known to be sympathetic to their cause. Instead, these are tough, cold, brutal military trainers, who offer to teach these groups in return for money, or even better, a promise to affiliate with their group in return (loyalty in return for knowledge). More and more paramilitary groups have been brought into the Illuminati this way, without their full knowledge of who and what the group really is. This gives the Illuminists a way to monitor these groups (their trainers report on them, and their activities), and it can be useful to have trained military groups that they can call on someday.

“Banking: The original Illuminists were bankers, and they have highly trained financiers to organize their money, and funnel the above illicit funds into more “respectable” front groups/organizations. They will also start benevolent charities, community organizations, etc., as fronts, and funnel the money from a broad base into these groups. The Illuminati particularly pride themselves on their money making and manipulation skills, and their ability to cover their paper trails expertly, through layer after layer. “All banking trails eventually will lead to Belgium, the Illuminati financial center for the world. These are some of the major money making enterprises that the Illuminati are engaged in. They have a lot of financial resources, backing their enterprises, which means that in reality they can engage the best lawyers, accountants, etc. to help cover their trail as well.”

One of the more amazing aspects of the American Illuminati is there efficiently organized and almost corporate-like structure. Being one day groomed for a top-level position, Svali learned the highly detailed U.S. structure, including how the hierarchy are chosen and organized.

From top to bottom with incredible detail, this is what Svali had to say: “The Illuminati have 3 main branches: the Germanic branch, which oversees the others, the British branch, which handles finances, and the French/Russian branch. All three branches are represented in both the United States and Canada, as well as every country in the world.

“The Illuminati have groups in every major city of the United States. They originally entered the U.S. through Pittsburgh, Pa., and from there, spread across the U.S. There are 18 cities across the U.S., which are considered major “power centers” for Illuminati power and/or influence. These include: Washington, DC and the surrounding areas; Albany, New York; Pittsburgh, Pa; the “golden triangle” of the Winston Salem, Raleigh, NC area; Minneapolis, Minn; Ann Arbor, Mich; Wichita, Kan.; Phoenix, Az.; Portland, Or.; Flagstaff, Az.; Seattle, Wash.; Houston, TX; Los Angeles, CA. and surrounding areas; Atlanta, Ga.; New Orleans, La., Springfield, Miss. Other cities are important to the Illuminati, as well, but these cities funnel money for them, conduct research, and often-regional councils sit within them.

“The Illuminati have organized their society along extremely hierarchical, or stratified, levels. In fact, the top levels are known as the hierarchical and anarchical levels.

“The Illuminati have divided the United States into seven geographical regions; each region has its own regional council, composed of 13 members, with an advisory board of three elders to each one. These regions interact for purposes of finances; personnel; teaching, etc. Beneath each regional council, is a local council. This is a council of 13 members, the head of whom sits on the regional council, and gives it information about the local groups underneath his leadership. The local council will also have an advisory council of 3.

“A local leadership council in a large metropolitan area might look like this: • Head of local council (reports to regional council) • Two intermediaries (report all activities under leader to him) • Four administrators (oversee finances, administer, set up group activities) • Six head trainers (over trainers in local groups, teach other trainers) “Underneath the above leadership council, will be six people designated as informers or intermediaries, who go to the local group meetings, interact with local group leaders, and report to the leadership council.

“The Anarchical level: the levels below the leadership council are known as the anarchical levels. Underneath the intermediate level, is the local group level. It will look like this: Local “Sister groups” (will vary in number, according to the size of the city, or cities, in the area). A large metropolitan area may have anywhere from ten to twenty seven groups.

“And each sister group will be headed up by: A high priest and priestess: this job is rotated every 3 years, to allow different people within the group to take on leadership roles. Each group will also have different members, with specific roles/jobs within the group.

“One thing that I would like to emphasize is the fact that the Illuminati today are generational. Their members are born into the group, which is highly organized, as described above. The set up discussed above is representative, with minor variations, of most major metropolitan regions of the United States. Smaller population centers will be organized under similar guidelines, but will be tied together with several cities within the region to create the local leadership council.“

As a head trainer and programmer in the San Diego area Savali is very familiar with the techniques and equipment employed by the Illuminati. The following are some of the tools of her former trade taken from the appendix of her book:

“Training room: the average training room is a neutral colored room, with walls painted either a dull gray, white, or beige. Some may be painted in various colors, as part of color-coding. They are often located in secret underground rooms, or basements of large private residences, and will be entered from the main building through a covered doorway. Impromptu training rooms may be set up during military exercises outdoors, in covered canvas tents.

“Trainers: the Illuminati have a rule: there must always be a minimum of two trainers working with a person. This prevents a trainer from being either too severe, or permissive, or developing too close a bond with the subject; the watchful eye of the other trainer prevents this. Younger trainers are paired with older, more experienced trainers. The older trainer will teach the younger, who does most of the actual work. If the younger is unable to finish a task, or loses heart, the older one will step in.

“Head trainers: will teach, they will also work with the council leaders and hierarchy. All members are required to come in for a “tune up” (reinforcing programming), even top leaders, from time to time.

“EEG machine: will often have abbreviated hookups for quick use. Used extensively with brain wave programming; also to verify that a certain alter is out when called up. May be used to verify deep trance state before initiating deep programming. Trainers are taught to read these readouts.

“Trainer’s table: a large table, frequently steel covered with plastic, or easily cleaned material. On the sides at intervals are restraints for arms, legs, and neck to prevent movement.

“Trainer’s chair: large chair with arm rests. Will have restraints as above at intervals to restrain movement while person sits in chair.

"Shock equipment: models and types are quite varied, depending on age and company. Most have a set of rubber- covered wires, with electrodes that may be connected with Velcro, rubber (steel tips imbedded under finger and toe nail beds), or gel pads (larger body areas such as chest, arms, legs). Some are tiny electrodes, which can be taped next to eyes, or placed within genitalia. These are connected to the “shock box”, which has controls that can determine amount of electricity, and frequency, if interval shocks are desired.

“Drugs: any number of opiates, barbiturates, hypnotics, sedatives, anesthetic agents. Resuscitative drugs, antidotes are also kept, clearly labeled and indexed. Many drugs, especially experimental ones, are only known by code names, such as “alphin 1”.

"CPR equipment: in case person has adverse reaction to drugs or programming. At times, a child alter will come out inadvertently during a programming sequence, and will be overdosed with the drugs meant for adult alters. The trainers must give it the antidote, and resuscitate it, just as if a real child is out. They are well aware of this fact, and will severely punish child alters, to teach them to come out only when called out.

“Virtually reality headsets: the keystone in recent years. Many programming sequences utilize holographic images, and virtual reality set ups, including assassination programs, where the person realistically “kills” another human being. These virtual disks are far more advanced than those in video arcades.

“Steel instruments: used to insert into orifices, cause pain

“Stretch machine: used as punishment, “stretches “ person without breaking bones. Extremely painful.

“Trainer’s grids and projectors: used to project grids on wall or ceiling.

“Movie projector: to show movies, although new VR disks are replacing these computer: collect and analyze data; keep computer grid on person’s system. Current military computer access codes will be used to download into governmental computers.

"Trainer’s journals: contain indexed copies of subject’s systems, including key alters, command codes, etc.

“Comfort objects: used to comfort subject afterwards. May be toy or candy for child alters, or oils for massage. Warm towels, or beverages may be given, as the trainer “bonds with” and comforts person they worked with. This is probably the most important part of the training process, as the trainer explains calmly, kindly how well the person did, how proud they are of them.”

Part IV

19 Jan 2006

Deep Within The Bowels Of the Vatican And Illuminati: The Small Public Chapter of Svali’s Life Coming To An End

Svali says no more interviews but will still try and spread the word of truth through her Christian fellowship group called ‘The Lion and the Lamb Ministries.’

The final curtain on this public chapter of Svali’s life is coming to a close.

One radio interview and a series of print articles about her involvement in the feared Illuminati and then back to private life, a life of spreading truth in a Christian fellowship group she founded called Lion and Lamb Ministries.

“I was up all night before the radio interview today. It is very difficult to talk about this because of what I experienced as a child. It is also very dangerous, as people in the this group can be very dangerous and ruthless” said Svali, 48, after a making a one-time appearance Wednesday on Greg Szymanski’s radio show, The Investigative Journal, on both the Republic Broadcasting (RBN) and Genesis Communications (GCN) Radio Networks.

On the talk shows, Svali gasped for breadth several times and was emotionally shaken when recalling how she was brainwashed as a young child and then how she was subjected to watching a young child being sacrificed at her Illuminati induction ceremony at the Vatican at age 12.

Her graphic description of the evil Vatican ceremony is contained in Part II of this series. “I hope what I am trying to tell people will help save the lives of other children, as well as show people how organized and dangerous these people in the Illuminati really are,” said Svali, who was born into what insiders call the “Family or Order,” running from the group’s evil clutches 10 years ago.

“Growing up in the secret organization, I was one of the most loyal followers, rising fast in the group’s power structure. By 22, I became a head programmer and trainer of others in the secret group. But as I grew up, I began to see the lies. I finally risked everything and left, understanding that the Illuminati ends to not justify the means.”

Although Illuminati mind control programs are numerous and diverse, Svali became an expert in the group’s brainwashing techniques, as a head trainer overseeing the work of at least 60 others in the San Diego area.

Recalling a typical day in the life of a mind control programmer working on other Illuminati members, Svali wrote down an hour by hour summary of one of her days which didn’t end to the early hours of the next morning.

Note how Svali admits to changing her personality from day to night like Dr. Jekyll And Mr. Hyde, a result of years of Illuminati brainwashing. Her story is picked up 9:30 pm in the evening after a full day and just before going to bed:

“9:30: I get ready to go to bed. I have to get ten to twelve hours of sleep a night, or I am completely exhausted. Many times, I fall asleep reading to my two children. Just before falling asleep, I say to my husband, “Remember” and give him the code that lets us know we have to wake up later. He replies in German that he remembers.

“1:00 am.: My husband wakes me up. He and I take turns being the one to wake up the others. We don’t need an alarm, because our internal body clocks wake us up. I am in my sweats, I fell asleep dressed to make it easier when I rise in the middle of the night. I am finally me, I can come out now and see the outside world, not locked inside as I am during the day. “Get the kids,” he says in a low tone. I go upstairs and tell them, “Get ready, now.” They are up instantly, completely obedient which is very different from during the day. Quickly, silently they put their shoes on and I take them down to the car.

“My husband drives, I am in the passenger seat. He drives with the headlights off until we are on the road so we won’t wake our neighbors up. We live in the country on a dirt lane and there are few houses to worry about. My job is to keep alert, looking for anyone following us, to alert him if anyone is coming.

“Once we are down the road and turn onto the paved road, he turns the headlights on and we go to the meeting. “I didn’t finish my homework,” my son says. My husband and I turn briefly to him, enraged. “We don’t talk about day at night, EVER!” we remind him.” Do you want to be beaten?” He looks hurt, then the rest of the drive is in silence, the children looking out the windows of the car as we glide silently to our destination.

“1:20 am: We are at the first checkpoint at the military base. We drove in the back entrance and are waved through, the lookouts recognize our car and our license plates. They would stop anyone who wasn’t familiar or authorized to be there. We will pass two more checkpoints before coming to the meeting area. It is at a large field on a major marine base that includes hundreds of acres. Small tents are erected, and temporary bases set up for the night’s exercises. We come either here, or to one of three different meeting places, three times a week.

“People are chatting and drinking coffee. There are a lot of friendships here, because everyone is working towards the same goal. The work is intense and the friendships are just as intense. I join a group of trainers, who I know well. “Looks like Chrysa is missing,” I say. “I bet the lazy b— couldn’t get out of bed.” I am very different at night. I use words that would horrify me during the day, and I am very catty and mean. The others laugh. “She was late two weeks ago, too,” says another. “Maybe we will need to REPORT her.” He is joking, but partly serious. No one is allowed to be late, or sick. Or too early, either. There is a ten-minute window of time when all members are supposed to report to meetings. If not, then they are punished if there isn’t a good excuse. High fevers, surgery, or an auto accident are considered excuses. PMS, fatigue, or the car not working aren’t.

“We drink coffee to stay awake, since even our dissociated state doesn’t stop the body’s protest at being awake in the middle of the night after a full day’s activities. I go to the tent to change into my uniform. We all wear uniforms at night, and we all have ranks too, based on how high we are in the group and how well we do.

“1:45 am: We start going to our assigned tasks. I have brought the logbooks with me, the “item” that I was asked to remember. I keep them hidden in a closet at home, locked in a steel box. These books contain data about different “subjects” that we have been working on.

“I go to the head trainer’s room inside a nearby building. I work with him, since I am the second trainer under him. He and I despise each other, and I suspect he would love to undermine me since I have made many cruel jokes at his expense. I am supposed to be afraid of him, and I am, but I also cannot respect him, and he knows it. I point out his mistakes to him, in front of others, and he often tries to get back at me.

“1:50 am: The room inside the warehouse-like building is set up to work on the subjects. It has a table, a light, and equipment. The room is apart from the activities going on outside, so that others will not be distracted by what we do here.

“The subject is there, ready to be worked on. Another, younger trainer is there to help, and I tell her to administer the medication. We are working on medications to help induce hypnotic states, and are studying the effects of these medications, combined with hypnosis and trauma. The medication is injected subcutaneously, and then we wait. Within ten minutes, the subject is drowsy and his breathing is slower and heavier, but his eyes are open, which is what we want. (I will not describe the rest of the session here, it is too painful for me to describe at this time. I believe that human experimentation is cruel and should be stopped, but the group that I was in did it on a continuous basis). We record information in the logbook throughout the session, and I have a laptop computer into which I am putting the information as well. We are profiling not just the medication, but also this person’s individual response.

“We have profiles that are very complete and thorough on this person, started when he was an infant. I can pull up a special profile that tells me everything about him: his favorite colors, foods, sexual preferences, soothing techniques, and a list of all the codes that will elicit a response from him. There is also a diagram of his internal world that has been created over the years. This subject is easy to work with and things go quickly. I correct the young trainer at one point, when she starts to do something too soon. “You have to learn patience,” I chide her in German. At night, we all talk German, it and English are the two ligua francas in this group. “I’m sorry, I thought it was time,” she says. I then teach her the signs to look for when the subject is ready. This is why I am a head trainer. I train the younger ones, because after years and years, I know human anatomy, physiology, and psychology inside out. Luckily, I caught this young trainer before she made the mistake; if she had made one, I would have had to punish her.

“At night, mistakes aren’t accepted, ever. Once a child is two or three, they are expected to perform correctly, or they are brutalized. This continues into adulthood.

“2: 35: The session is almost over and the subject is recovering. The medication is quick acting and he will recover in time to drive home. I leave him in the care of the younger trainer and go to the coffee room to take a break. There I smoke a cigarette and having coffee with the other trainers. During the day, I have never smoked and coffee makes me ill, but here, at night, it is completely different.

“How’s your night going?” Jamie, a friend, asks. I only know her as Jamie, it isn’t her real name, but we all go by our nicknames at night. She is also one of the teachers at the school during the day, but we aren’t friends there. “Slow. I had to correct another stupid kid,” I say. I am not kind at night, because no one has ever been kind to me. It is a very dog-eat-dog and political atmosphere where the cruel win.

“How about you?” I ask. She grimaces. “I had to march some brats around”, she says, referring to military exercises with children ages 8 to 10. Every night there are military exercises, because the group is preparing for the eventual takeover. The children are divided into groups by age, and different adults take turns teaching. We chat for a few minutes, and then go back to our “jobs”.

“2: 45:This is a short session. It is a “tune up” for a member who is one of the military leaders. I take his profile out and review it before starting. The head trainer and one other trainer are working with me. The hypnotic induction goes quickly, and he remembers his programming. It is reinforced with shock, and we check through all parameters. They are all active and in place. I sigh with relief. This was an easy one, and he doesn’t fight us. Afterwards, I am soothing and kind. “You did well, “ I tell him. Inside a little trickle in my stomach revolts at the use of brutality to teach. He nods, still slightly dazed from the session. “You can be proud of yourself,” I tell him, and pat his hand. He is given his reward afterwards, and spends time with a child. He is a pedophile and this is how he is comforted after his session.

“3:30: We have changed out of our uniforms, which are placed in a special hamper to be cleaned. My clothes, which were neatly folded on a shelf are back on, and we are all in the car on the way home. My daughter speaks. “I get promoted next week,” she says, her voice proud. “They said I did really well in the exercises tonight.”

"She knows that I and the other adults will be at the ceremony to honor the promotions. “I’m glad,” I tell her. I am weary for some reason. Usually, I would be glad, but tonight, although it was a routine night, was hard. I have been feeling little cold trickles inside me lately, twinges of terror. Sometimes, I hear a child inside, deep inside, screaming, and I sweat as I work on children or adults. And I wonder how long I can keep doing this. I have heard of trainers who broke down or couldn’t do their job, and I also heard whispered stories of what happened to them. It was the essence of nightmares, and I shove down my own anxiety.

“4:00 am: We are home and collapse into bed, instantly asleep. The children fell asleep before we got home, and my husband and I carried them to bed. We all sleep dreamlessly and deeply.

“7:00 am: I wake up to the alarm, tired. It seems I am always tired, and this morning I have a slight headache. I hurry to get the kids up and get ready to teach another day. I wonder if there is something wrong with me, since I seem to need more and more sleep and still wake up tired. I have no idea that the night before, I was up and living my other life.” Days like Svali detailed above happened often. For years she essentially led a dual existence, somehow balancing he day and night life through sophisticated programming techniques embedded in her psyche from childhood.

Now, 10 years later after finally being united with her two children after the Illuminati left her penniless, Svali still fears repercussions but believes it’s important to warn Americans that Illuminati is stepping up efforts to destroy America.

“I was told in my lifetime or my children’s lifetime, America would be completely taken over,” said Svali. “The group believes they are ‘The Chosen Ones'. They believe they can become God if they follow the Illuminati agenda.

“America was once viewed as a missionary ground by the 12 European Fathers or heads of the Illuminati. But now they have infiltrated every aspect of government, finance and the media, preparing the population for drastic changes.

“The spiritual center of the Illuminati here is in Pittsburgh. Yes, George w. Bush went to Pittsburgh right after he was elected to speak at a Masonic Lodge for that reason. The group and its members use signs and symbols and they are all over America if you take the time to look.

Svali said the Illuminati’s display of arrogance as well as its members being programmed to feel they are invincible and above the law are now visible to all Americans if they closely watch the actions of their government leaders, a group Svali readily admits “are card-carrying Illuminati members.”

“Wars. A military state. A loss of civil rights. An upcoming financial collapse that will make the “Great Depression” look like a Sunday picnic,” said Svali who still holds out hope that the Illuminati can be stopped before America is destroyed.

“It all goes back to the Vatican and all of our leaders take their marching orders from Rome. This is not fiction. I know because I lived it for many years.”

Although many researchers of the Illuminati feel that America is doomed, Svali feels differently: “The Illuminati and other groups that are organizing to create a world order based on the occult are hoping that this won’t happen. But history is against them. They base their principles and spirituality on the occultism of ancient Rome, Crete, and Babylon.

But look what happened to the original practitioners! Their rules ended, and God brought those rulers filled with pride to dust. I know that this is the end of the Illuminati and any other occult groups as well."

THE FOUNDING OF THE JESUITS BY THE RCC AND THEN THE FOUNDING OF THE ILLUMINATI BY THE JESUITS

???

From Mr Hughes’ eye-opening book “The Enemy Unmasked” which you can search and download freely from the internet, we can get the following information:

The Unseen Hand of God established the United States of America through the original 13 states to give mankind seeking for freedom from the clutches of the Roman Catholic Church (RCC) in Europe.

This was known by the RCC-Vatican and so the RCC-Vatican immediately moved to counter the growing free anti-Catholic Protestantism in America. How? RCC-Vatican established the Order of Loyola(Jesuits) to destroy Protestantism.

The Jesuits however overdid their aim and their strategy to control the governments overall Europe and the world boomeranged to them and so the RCC-Vatican turned against the Jesuits.

A period ensued when the RCC-Vatican and the government leaders (monarchs) prosecuted the

Jesuits all over Europe and the world. The RCC’s prosecution of the Jesuits was suspect: it was either forced by the monarchs, or there was time when a pope (more righteous) was sincerely against the Jesuits or there was a time when the support of a pope to the Jesuits was forced by the Jesuits. This changing intention and loyalties depended on what was expedient to personal interests at a given time. When a pope sees that those monarchs who did not want control by either the church or the Jesuits demanded the pope to expel the Jesuits, then, the pope might find no better recourse but to expel the Jesuits, even if he is unwilling or afraid to do so.

Time finally came when the monarch’s will to expel the Jesuits prevailed even in Vatican. Both the RCC and the empire and nations moved to expel the Jesuits. The Jesuits were now at this time independent and have their own wealth and political power. They responded with cunning. They established the Illuminati and then took control of the Freemasonry, establishing unholy alliance with the Rothschild banking family.

The following centuries (18th, 19th, 20th, unto the 21st) would show to us that although religion and government played same influential roles, however, the CONTROL OVER THE WORLD was hugely accomplished through MONEY (e.g., Rothschild’s control of the US Federal Reserve and other central banks all over the world, and hence, all big corporations), just as it was effectively done through RELIGION in the earlier centuries.

In this article, we will focus on How and Why the Roman Catholic Church established the Books excepts from: The Enemy Unmasked – Bill Hughes

“As mentioned earlier, Providence had its eye on the United States. America was the land of opportunity. It was the place where those who were being persecuted for their faith could come and worship God according to the dictates of their own conscience. It was a land without a king where one could come and breathe the air of civil liberty. It was the place where one could come and earn a good living for himself and his family. America was the place where dreams came true. There once was a Divine Hand Over America.

In 1759, twenty-five years, more or less, stood between the thirteen colonies and freedom from the British. Twenty-five years and the greatest Protestant nation to ever exist in the history of nations would fly its flag. Twenty-five years and the groundwork for the Constitution --republicanism, inalienable rights, and a government of the people, by the people, and for the people --was in sight. An experiment in government never before tried in history was to become the greatest nation the world had ever seen.

Many said such a government would not work. The Roman Catholic Church had ruled the world under her dictatorial control. She was, and till is, deathly afraid of such an experiment. For over 200 year, the Protestant Reformation had challenged the papacy's authority. The papacy gradually began losing her power. An experiment like America was certainly not in the plans of the Catholic Church; no nation would be allowed to espoused principles that would bring the papacy down. What of the monarchs of Europe? They ruled by permission of the papacy and had wielded tyrannical control for ages with no one to oppose them. Were they now ready to watch the development of a government of the people, by the people, and for the people? A clearer rationale would be that they would unite with Rome to stop this American experiment with every weapon at their fingertips.

By the 1550s the Reformation had become so extensive in Europe that the papacy began to realize that they must do something to try to stop it. They realized that if it were not stopped, it would eventually undermine the position of the Catholic Church and destroy the absolute political power they had achieved. In order to accomplish the destruction of the Reformation, a new secret organization was formed within the Vatican called the Jesuits.

One of the major purposes of the Jesuits was to destroy every trace of Protestantism and its principles, including religious freedom, republicanism, representative government, and an economy built around a strong middle class. Another purpose of the Jesuits was to greatly expand the power and control of the papacy throughout the entire world.

I cannot too much impress upon the minds of my readers that the Jesuits, by their very calling, by the very essence of the institution, are bound to seek, by every means, right or wrong, the destruction of Protestantism. This is the condition of their existence, the duty they must fulfill, or cease to be Jesuits. Accordingly, we find them in this evil dilemma. Either the Jesuits fulfill the duties of their calling, or not. In the first instance, they must be considered as the bitterest enemies of the Protestant faith; in the second, as bad and unworthy priests; and in both cases, therefore, to be equally regarded with aversion and distrust. -- G.B. Nicolini, History of the Jesuits: Their Origin, Progress, Doctrine, and Design, Henry G. Bohn, preface, [emphasis added}. The first triumphs of the Reformation past, Rome summoned new forces, hoping to accomplish its destruction. At this time the order of the Jesuits was created; the most cruel, unscrupulous, and powerful of all the champions of popery....There was no crime to great for them to commit, no deception too base for them to practice, no disguise to difficult for them to assume. Vowed to perpetual poverty and humility, it was their studied aim to secure wealth and power, to be devoted to the overthrow of Protestantism, and the re- establishment of the papal supremacy. – E.G. White, The Great Controversy, Review and Herald, p. 234, [emphasis added].

From their very beginning in the 1540s, the Jesuits did just that. They used any means they could devise to destroy Protestantism, including assassination to kill leaders who tried to bring freedom to their people. Two examples are William of Orange in 1584 and Henry IV in 1610. Both were slain by Jesuit assassins.

The Jesuits used deception in the extreme to bring about the St. Bartholomew’s Day Massacre in 1572, where 70,000 Protestant Huguenots, including women and children, were slain in one night. They also created the 30 Years War from 1618-1648 in order to destroy the Lutherans of Europe. The blood that reddened European soil for centuries can all be traced back to the murderous Jesuits.

Starting in the 1600s, the Jesuits created a communist regime in Paraguay that eventually brought the Jesuits demise in the 1700s.

The Jesuits, as is well known, held very large regions of Paraguay under missionary control from 1650 to 1750. More than a quarter million natives worked under their direction, and no payment was made directly to them.... They were educated, trained, housed, clothed, fed and, to some extent, amused, but what became of the surplus profits of their labours, and of the extensive trading that was carried on? Over two thousand boats are said to have been engaged in carrying merchandise and goods on the Parana River; and the economic value of the Reductions was beyond doubt very great: so great in deed as to have awakened the envy of Spanish and Portuguese traders. Robertson [contemporary historian] estimated that the reductions represented at least $25,000,000 capital for the Society. – Boyd Barrett, The Jesuit Enigma, New York: Boni & Liveright, p. 211.

The Reductions were communist communes set up as manufacturing facilities using the Guarani Indians as slave laborers. The products they produced were sold in Europe and greatly enriched the Jesuit order.

The Reductions produced herbs, hides, tallow, clocks, and other goods, which the Jesuits traded in Europe with their huge fleet of ships. The profits were used to finance wars against the Protestant nations they had sworn to destroy. But all this wealth and power was acquired in secret, as the kings of Portugal and Spain knew nothing about the Reductions. – Eric Phelps, Vatican Assassins, Halycon Unified Services, p. 189.

By the middle of the 1700s, the Jesuit Order had become the powerhouse of Europe. According to Barret, the Jesuit Order at last reached the pinnacle of its power and prestige in the early eighteenth century. It had become more influential and wealthier than any other organization in the world. It held a position in world affairs that no oath-bound group of man has ever held before of since... nearly all the Kings and Sovereigns of Europe had only Jesuits as directors of their consciences, so that the whole of Europe appeared to be governed by Jesuits only. – Boyd Barrett, The Jesuit Enigma, New York: Boni & Liveright, p. 209.

The Jesuits ruled the world. The monarchs of Europe, and the pope himself had Jesuits as their confessors. The plans and plots were all alike known to them. Besides this, they were amassing a vast amount of wealth that allowed the Jesuits to do whatever they chose. With them controlling the world, how could the little colonies of America have had a chance to stand against the Jesuit controlled monarchs of Europe? In an instant, the Jesuits could utilize any army at its disposal and crush the colonies. It was at this juncture in 1759 that something strangely divine began to happen. It began in Portugal. The Portuguese king, Joseph I, banished the Jesuits from his realm.

In Portugal the culmination point was reached by an attempt to assassinate the king....the deed had been incited by the Jesuits, who had impressed ignorant and fanatical minds with the idea that no wrong was committed by killing a heretical king; that is one who did not submit to their dictation.... Hence, as a measure absolutely essential to the life of the nation, the king issued a decree of banishment against the Jesuits as traitors, rebels, enemies to, and aggressors on, his person, his States, and the public peace and the general good of the people. The Jesuits were then seized, transported to the States of the Church (Italy).... – Richard Thompson, The Footprints of the Jesuits, Hunt & Eaton, p. 217, 218, [emphasis supplied].

King Joseph’s Portugal was the first Catholic kingdom of Europe to banish the Jesuits from their realm. With this first banishment, the dominoes began to fall rather quickly. Catholic France banished them in 1762. The decree of Louis XV and the French Parliament reads as follows:

Whereupon, the investigation into the constitution and statutes of the society [of Jesuits] ...resulted in the enactment of a Parliamentary decree which shows the odium then attached to the society in France. It denounced their doctrines and practices ‘as perverse, destructive of every principle of religion, and even of probity; as injurious to morality, pernicious to civil society, seditious, dangerous to rights of the persons of the sovereigns; as fit to excite the greatest troubles in States, to form and maintain the most profound corruption in the hearts of men...that the institutions of the Jesuits should forever cease to exist throughout the whole extent of the kingdom.’—ibid. p. 219

The third sovereign to drive the Jesuits from their realm was King Charles III of Spain. He banished the Jesuits in His [Charles III] greatest work, the expulsion of the Jesuits, would never have been carried out if he had not been persuaded of its political necessity. The [Jesuit] order had already been driven out by Pombal from Portugal and by Choiseul from France when Charles III was convinced that a riot in Madrid...had been promoted by the Jesuits. – Encyclopedia Britannica, The Werner company, vol. XVII, p. 341.

One year later, yet another nation banished this evil brood from their realm. Under the leadership of Fra Manuel Pinto de Fonseca, the Jesuits were forced to leave the island of Malta in 1768. Of this, we read:

In 1768 the Jesuits, having given much trouble, were expelled and their property confiscated. – ibid, vol. XV, p. 343.

The mightiest Catholic nations of Europe had banished the Jesuits from their realms. These Catholic monarchs demanded that the Catholic Church abolish the society forever. Clement XIII, the pope at that time, resisted the pressure of the European monarchs, but finally capitulated. The night before he planned to abolish the Jesuits, he was poisoned to death.

During the night preceding the day appointed for the public ceremony of announcing the abolition of the Jesuits, Clement XIII was suddenly seized with convulsions and died, leaving the act unperformed, and the Jesuits victorious. Cormenin...records this event in the terse and expressive words: ‘The Jesuits had poisoned him.’

The Catholic Monarchies of Europe, however, insisted that the Jesuits be disbanded and threatened the Pope.

Clement XIII, after endless indecision, postponements, and unconvincing delays, finally decided to do what he had been advised he should do. He capitulated.

He made ready a proclamation announcing the suppression of the Jesuit order. It was said that the document was written and was waiting for the day when it was to be made public. To the surprise of all, however, the Pope was suddenly attacked by a mysterious illness. He died on the 12th February (a coincidence in dates) 1769 with agonizing, unexplained convulsions.

Rumors had it that he had been poisoned. The suddenness of his affliction and the convulsions both pointed to it. The suspicions, however, were never proved. It was suggested by those in the know that the Pope had been made to die before he could publish the announcement of the official suppression of the Jesuit order. – Avro Manhattan, Murder in the Vatican, Ozark Books, p. 74.

Four years later in 1773, three years before the Declaration of Independence, mark it well, Pope Clement XIV wrote an order, the purpose of which was to abolish the Jesuits forever. (Unfortunately, a later pope reestablished them in 1814.) Of this, we read:

Again, in July 1773, Pope Clement XIV wrote an order dissolving the Society of Jesus. This bull, Dominus ac Redemptor, was published 16th of August of that year. After issuing it, however, the Pope relented, in fear of the consequences, and tried to withdraw it. Too late. The Spanish ambassador had already dispatched the document by special courier direct to Madrid.

The papal brief annihilated the Jesuit order throughout the world, closed its schools and cancelled its statues. Its houses were occupied and its general and other dignitaries were imprisoned. – ibid., pp. 74.75.

In a 14-year period, from 1759-1773, the Catholic monarchs of Europe and the pope, himself, were preoccupied with abolishing the Jesuits. Emmett McLaughlin’s tremendous book, An Inquiry into the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln, summarizes these events very succinctly with these words.

Even their own Catholic countries finally became surfeited with Jesuit political intrigue and financial avarice and, in self-preservation, were forced to expel them, Portugal, Angola, Goa, and Brazil took the lead in 1759. France followed in 1754. Several Italian states such as Parma, Sicily and Naples followed suit. By sealed imperial orders sent to her colonies around the world, Spain threw out all Jesuits in 1767, This decree suppressed them in the Philippines, Argentina, New Granada (Columbia), Peru, Chile, Ecuador, Guatemala, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Mexico, New Mexico and Arizona. Austria did the same in 1773.

Finally, Pope Clement XIV in 1773 issued the document, Dominus ac Redemptor, abolishing the Jesuit Order altogether, listing eleven popes that tried to curb their excesses. Among them were Benedict XIV, Innocent XI, Innocent XIII and Clement XIII.

He cited the Jesuits for opposition to “other religious orders,” for “revolts and intestine troubles in some of the Catholic states,” and “persecutions against the church in Europe and Asia. There remained no other remedy to so great evils...and this step was necessary in order to prevent the Christians from rising one against the other and from massacring each other in the very bosom of our common mother, the holy church.” Therefore, he wrote, “after a mature deliberation, we do out of our certain knowledge and the fullness of our apostolic power, suppress and abolish the said company.” – Emmett McLaughlin, An Inquiry into the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln, Lyle Stuart, Inc., pp. 84, 85.

The timing of these events in Europe in fascinating. Catholic Europe was in disarray. The Catholic monarchs were pre-occupied with taking care of the problems with the Jesuit Order. The Jesuits were reeling as one Catholic country after another drove them from their realms. While Europe was shaking, thirteen colonies across the Atlantic were looking at the very real possibility of war with England. The thirteen colonies were instituting principles of government never before heard in the annals of human history. Documents would soon be written that would codify such things as inalienable rights, government of the people, by the people, and for the people, free exercise of religion, and the right to keep and bear arms. These documents would soon be the hope of mankind throughout the world longing to be free. What if the Catholic monarchs were not distracted by their dealings with Jesuits? What if the Jesuits were not reeling by their banishment from Europe? The monarchs and the Jesuits would have utilized their wealth and military power to smash the American colonies in the New World, and the Protestant dream in America would have never been a reality. Without a doubt, there was a Divine Hand Over America!

…the Catholic monarchs and the pope, himself, were trying to ban the Jesuit Order throughout the entire world in 1773. In order to survive, the Jesuits were forced to either go underground or travel to three countries where they were still permitted to operate: England, Prussia (Germany), and Russia.

It is an unshakeable fact that the founder of the modern Bavarian Illuminati was a trained Jesuit named Adam Weishaupt from Ingolstadt University, which was the center of the Jesuit counter-reformation. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, Volume 12, page 251.)

Ingolstadt was the center where the Jesuits were flourishing in 1556. (See History of Protestantism by Wylie, Volume 2, p. 413.)

Can we really believe that Weishaupt would have been allowed to continue his professorship in a Jesuit controlled University if he had deserted them? No way! All evidence suggests that he continued to work for the Jesuits, establishing the order of the Illuminati for them. – Sydney Hunter, Is Alberto for Real, Chick Publications, pp. 21,22.

The Apostle of Lucifer, Adam Weishaupt was born a Jew, converted to Catholicism, then turned to Witchcraft, there he became an expert, and founded another sect of the Illuminati. This sect of Illuminati was founded May 1st, 1776.

– William Josiah Sutton, The New Age Movement and The Illuminati 66, The Institute of Religious Knowledge, p. 173.

On May 1, 1776, the Order of the Illuminati was officially founded in the old Jesuit stronghold of Bavaria from which the Sons of Loyola had ignited the Thirty Years’ War. – Eric Phelps, Vatican Assassins, Halycon Unified Services, page 214.

From the Jesuit College at Ingolstadt is said to have issued the sect known as ‘the Illuminati of Bavaria’ founded by Adam Weishaupt; its nominal founder, however, seems to have played a subordinate though conspicuous role in the organization of this sect. – Lady Queensborough, Occult Theocrasy, Emissary Publication, p.313.

The organization...is a secret society founded in Babaria in 1776. Its founder, Adam Weishaupt, a professor of canon law at the University of Ingolstadt, labeled it the Illuminati Order. – Dee Zahner, The Secret Side of History, LTAA Communications Publishers, p. 26.

Canon law was the result of the infamous Council of Trent, which met from 15451563. This law revealed the Catholic Church’s stand against the Protestant Reformation and is known as the Catholic Counter-Reformation. This council not only revealed the church’s hostility toward the Reformation, but also how she would attack and destroy it. Weishaupt established the Illuminati specifically to be a front organization behind which the Jesuits could hide. After being abolished by Clement XIV in 1773, the Jesuits used the Illuminati and other organizations to carry out their operations. Thus the front organizations would be blamed for the trouble caused by the Jesuits. Having so many front organizations would also confuse the people so that it would be virtually impossible to know who is actually manipulating the wars, policies, politics, and trouble caused by the Jesuits. The methods of many of these front organizations such as the Illuminati are carbon copies of the Jesuits methods and techniques.

This passage exactly describes the methods laid down by Weishaupt for his ‘Insinuating Brothers’—the necessity of proceeding with caution in the enlisting of adepts, of not revealing to the novice doctrines that might be likely to revolt him, of ‘speaking sometimes in one way, sometimes in another, so that one’s real purpose should remain impenetrable’ to members of the inferior grades.

How did these oriental methods penetrate to the Bavarian professor? According to certain writers, through the Jesuits. The fact that Weishaupt had been brought up by this Order has provided the enemies of the Jesuits with the argument that they were the secret inspirers of the Illuminati.... That Weishaupt did, however, draw to a certain extent on Jesuit methods of training is recognized even by Barruel, himself a Jesuit, who, quoting Mirabeau, says that Weishaupt ‘admired above all those laws, that regime of the Jesuits, which, under one head, made men dispersed over the universe land towards the same goal....—Nesta Webster, Secret Societies and Subversive Movements, Emissary Publications, p. 197, 198.

SUMMARY - WEISHAUPT & THE ILLUMINATI

Here is what we have learned so far about Adam Weishaupt and the Illuminati.

1. Modern Illuminism founded May 1, 1776. 2. Originated in Bavaria, Germany, a Jesuit stronghold. 3. Illuminati organization is a carbon copy of the Jesuit order. 4. Weishaupt was brought up and trained by Jesuits. 5. He taught Catholic canon law at a Jesuit College, Ingolstadt University. During the Order’s suppression from 1773 to 1824 by Pope Clement XIV, General Ricci [the head of the Jesuits] created the Illuminati with his soldier, Adam Weishaupt, the Father of modern Communism, who, with his Jacobins, conducted the French Revolution.... For the Sons of Loyola punished all their enemies including the Dominican priests, perfected the inner workings between themselves and Freemasonry, created an alliance between the House of Rothschild in establishing the Illuminati.... The Jesuit General was in control of Scottish Rite Freemasonry and now sought an alliance with the Masonic Baron of the House of Rothschild. To accomplish this he chose a Jesuit who was a German Gentile (not a Jew) by race and Freemason by association-Adam Weishaupt.... Weishaupt established the Illuminati in 1776 and joined the Grand Orient Masonic Lodge in 1777. He united the magnificent financial empire of the Masonic Jewish House of Rothschild with the opulence of the international and secret, anti-Jewish Race, Gentile Society of Jesus. –Eric Phelps, Vatican Assassins, Halcyon United Services, pp. 206, 205, 213, 215.

The House of Rothschild financed Weishaupt In his creation of the Illuminati. Phelps alluded to this several times in the preceding paragraph. He is not alone in his assertion that the Jewish House of Rothschild worked hand in hand with the Jesuits in creating and funding the Illuminati.

After he [Weishaupt] formed his organization with financial backing from the House of Rothschild, he adopted the name Illuminati.... It was on May 1, 1776 that Adam Weishaupt backed and led by the House of Rothschild, formed the International Revolutionary force called the Illuminati, which later became known as Communism. – William Sutton, The New Age Movement and The Illuminati 666, Institute of Religious Knowledge, p. 175, 231. Aware that the Rothschilds are an important Jewish family. I looked them up in Encyclopedia Judaica and discovered that they bear the title “Guardians of the Vatican Treasury....” The appointment of Rothschild gave the black papacy absolute financial privacy and secrecy. Who would ever search a family of orthodox Jews for the key to the wealth of the Roman Catholic Church? -- F. Tupper Saussy, Rulers of Evil, Harper Collins Publishers,, pp. 160, 161.

With the financial power of the Rothschilds behind Weishaupt’s Illuminati, the Jesuit and the Catholic Church have an almost perfect cover to hide their operations from the view of the public. When investigators try to trace the roots of certain events, the Illuminati is a perfect shield behind which the Jesuits can hide, and behind which investigators cannot penetrate.”

From the Mountain, Book II

Last night, or should I say, in the early morning of September 15, 1997, I dreamed that some gracious people asked me to eat with them. I accepted the invitation; and when I went was met at the door by one dressed in white with piercing eyes. I took a fresh beef roast and was about to unwrap the meat but the hostess, seeing that I had brought the meat, graciously accepted it and placed it in the freezer section of her refrigerator. Then she went to the oven, opened it, and showed me that the oven was full of meat, which was cooking. Next, she motioned with her arms to the counters, which were lined with meat, cooked and was ready to serve. Everywhere I looked was more meat; and I was really looking forward to the meat meal.

Hebrew 5:14 "But, strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil."

This is one of several meat dreams I have had since I began receiving these complex visions in May of 1997. This meat follows in "From the Mountain, Book II."

THE ILLUMINATI "Precious Child, it is I, Master Jesus. Behold yourself atop the Mountain, most wondrous. The fire, which bathes you, is My Light, and my grace enfolds you. For, I know your weaknesses and strengths; and I accept your humility before me as a willingness to do my work. Child, I do not look for the perfect. For, there is none among you, who is perfect. But, I look for those who are humble, teachable and sincere in their love for me.

Today you shall go on a trip like none other; so adjust your son-glasses and get ready to travel. I have sent you Kikiara (a known angel) and a long line of warring angels, for you may need them. Now, look far below and follow the map before you. Record as given and seen that others may be the wiser."

"My Lord, I have a map before me, which I do not understand."

"Adjust your son-glasses."

"As I do so, I find myself on the streets of Paris and I keep getting images of Dorothy from the Wizard of Oz."

"Dismiss this image in my name."

"I command this image to cease in the name of Jesus Christ!"

"From looking around me at these buildings I see that this is Paris of long ago. The streets look much older and darker; and are adorned with gas streetlights. A man is coming up in a black buggy, which is pulled by a single, black horse. On the side of the horse is the word, ‘Illuminati.’ I look closer at the man to see that he is dressed in a black suit with a black top hat. As he stops he looks in my direction and says, ‘Do you wish a ride, Madam?’ Sharp, gold teeth fill his cavernous mouth and strike a radiant cord against his black attire. My Lord, I do not wish to ride with him."

"Get in, Child. You have many angels."

"I step into the black carriage, keenly aware of the black surroundings, but I know that these precious angels are my companions and I am not afraid. I seat to the rear of this menacing driver and am immediately aware of a screen directly in front of me. On the screen are many moving pictures, which are crossing so rapidly that I cannot make out a thing."

"Slow the pictures."

"In the name of Jesus Christ, I command these pictures to move slowly and legibly. As I speak, My Lord, the movement slows; I clearly see burlesque dancers and hear the words, ‘Moulan Rouge.’"

"Go into the picture." "My Lord, I walk through the picture as you ask and find myself back on the streets of Paris. An open circus boxcar passes lazily up some tracks and in it is a clown, waving and smiling. The clown looks my way, waves and throws a very large gold coin, which bounces a few times and falls at my feet."

"Pick up the coin."

"My Lord, I have it. The coin has writing around the perimeter, which reads ‘Never on a Sunday.’ In the center of the coin is a man blowing up balloons. Each balloon has a blank label on its surface; and I feel there may be writing behind these labels."

"’Tis so. Go in and open the labels on the balloons."

"My Lord, I walk into the coin, and am now in front of the balloons. I shall reach for the balloons one by one and peel back the labels to see what is written. The first balloon I choose is a blue, and on it is written ‘justice.’ The second balloon is yellow and it reads ‘fear.’ The third balloon is orange and states ‘baboon.’ The fourth balloon is red and spells ‘heliotropic.’ The fifth balloon is purple and states ‘royalty.’ The sixth balloon is green for ‘peace.’ The seventh balloon is black, and on it is written ‘death.’ The eighth is white and reads ‘Tigris and Euphrates.’ The ninth is pink and states ‘joy.’ The tenth is gray and spells ‘hope.’ Well, My Lord, as usual, I am lost. Please help me understand what I have seen."

"Child, what part do you not understand?"

"All."

"Very well. Child, you have seen a map of Paris and have gone there. You have gone back in time about 100 years. A taxi driver dressed in black with a black carriage and black horse offers you a ride. This is evil, yet bedecked in gold, as you see in the teeth. The gold teeth are sharp, as they allow the evil to cut through much to go places. As you know, evil has thrived on gold for much time.

You have seen pictures pass quickly on a screen before you in the Illuminati taxi and do not understand them. They look like burlesque dancers to you, but when you get into the picture, you see part of a circus pass with a clown. This clown throws a very large, gold coin at you, which you pick up and read. ‘Never on a Sunday’ is on the outer boundary of the coin; and you see a man in the center of the coin blowing up balloons. The balloons are many colors, but you must remember that these balloons came from The Illuminati carriage, which is black. It is evil reinforced by gold.

The first balloon is blue, which corresponds to justice."

"Why blue?" "Child, note that the balloon is round, representing a full container of air. Justice is seen as blue, as it is cold, without life force, full of air. The Illuminati does not give justice except that which is fake and full of air. Child, this group is evil to the core.

You see the second balloon, which is yellow for fear. It is yellow, Child, for these are cowards, who use fear to control and manipulate. And they thrive on controlling the fearful through unjust means, which leads to the next color, orange for baboon. Child, even a baboon has a healthy respect for fear, and will back off when challenged; but these seek ways to be even more intimidating when challenged.

Yet the simple plant is helioptropic. And what these are doing through their means of cowardice and intimidation is turning many of you toward the light, My Light.

Many of these are steeped in royalty--the fifth balloon; but their days of peace, the sixth balloon, shall soon come to an end. For The Illuminati, death shall move in like a snare, the seventh balloon. For, I stamp my foot in their midst. I overturn their money tables, and I release the dread angels of The Tigris and Euphrates. I turn one against the other until utter destruction reigns. And, into the hearts of my people, I bring joy and hope." Darkness long reign

"My Lord, I now understand this. But, why do I see darkness thriving in Paris 100 years ago?"

"My Child, the darkness has been thriving in Paris and elsewhere much longer than 100 years. For, this darkness is the same which was from the beginning." Evil passed from generation to generation in their secret societies

"So, from their secret societies they pass evil from one generation to the next?"

"Yes, Child, and these love and what it can do for them. It is their love of gold, which ensnares them."

"And their children?"

"And their children’s children for many generations. For, this darkness lays hold of the spirit from generation to generation and can only be broken by divine intervention." Illuminati dates back to Noah

"How many from the days of Noah are still caught up in this?"

"Many." "What has happened to the souls of those from the days of Noah, whose bodies were utterly destroyed?"

"Child, many are caught up in darkness."

"Still caught up?"

"More than you will ever know."

"So some of those who ‘live’ after The Millennium, as stated in Revelation 20:5, could be from the days of Noah?"

"Many are from the days of Noah."

"Some of these are Illuminati?"

"Many are Illuminati."

"Human souls?"

"We speak of human souls."

"Shall hell hold all of these?"

"It is expanding daily." Those many secret societies are actually one, and cannot be many

"So, My Lord, the deceptive Illuminati are one of many secret organizations, who love gold and wish to make us slaves?"

"Child, there is only one."

"You mean, Luciferian?"

"They all serve the same master, who is Lucifer. In secret, they have gone since the beginning to serve this darkness. Remember Child, you cannot serve two masters. You serve one or the other. Those, who love gold and the father of darkness, cannot serve me, the Lord of Light. This is impossible. You serve one or the other; and one who sits on the fence and tries to please two masters does not serve me. Child, I cannot be bought with gold, which is what some affluent have tried to do through The Catholic Church. These do not appease me, but Lucifer." The Lord whipping the Illuminati "My Lord, I see that you will crack the whip."

"Child, you see that the whip is cracked. I come in a mighty whirlwind to wipe the Illuminati slate."

"My Lord, it is interesting that their name means illumined."

"Yes, Child, for is darkness illumined of darkness? Nay it is not. In the end they will see that their magic will be short lived, for they are ripe and shall be plucked violently. I am Jesus. I am Jehovah, Most High God of Earth."

As witnessed, dictated and recorded this 15th day of September, 1997, Linda W. Newkirk

The Illuminati aimed to destroy Japan thru the Earthquake-Tsunami-Nuclear Plant melting

Matthew Ward – March 12, 2011

Earthquake, tsunami in Japan; collective consciousness shifts; challenges ahead; transitioning souls, personalized care; ascension pace accelerated; intrinsic values vs trivial interests; fabricated image of US; mental, emotional illness; a better world for children. 1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. The earthquake off the coast of Japan, strategically positioned to cause the tsunami, was not Mother Nature’s doing. Her only involvement was the unavoidable initial movements of land and water after Illuminati scientists triggered the quake. Our space family was able to thwart their goal to level cities, flood the island and kill most of its inhabitants; however, harnessing the full force of the ocean is beyond the capability of their technology. Mother Nature isn’t causing the suspicious number of aftershocks, either, and it should be obvious to your seismologists and geologists that something is horribly awry. 2. The peak members of the Illuminati know that their economic empire is shattered, and before the last shreds of their once impenetrable global network are completely gone, they are trying to generate a mass of negativity through creating chaos, destruction and high death toll wherever they can. For all the devastation in the ocean’s path and the damaged nuclear power facility, compared to the Illuminati’s intent to utterly destroy Japan, it was a shallow win for them. There was minimal damage in Tokyo; the quake, aftershocks and tsunami released a large amount of negativity on the planet; off-planet technology is lessening the effects of radiation from the power station; and other civilizations are beaming intense light, adding to the outpouring of prayers for the Japanese people, whose resilience and resourcefulness and the assistance of other countries will restore that nation. 3. With the light continuing to intensify, the Illuminati’s unconscionable acts cannot much longer plague Earth. Just as you and we are seeing the undeniable evidence of massive shifts in the collective consciousness, so are they, and they know that this will end all darkness on the planet. The light in expanded consciousness has led long-oppressed peoples to raise their voices for freedom, and that cry will be echoed over and over again until all peoples throughout your world are free. 4. Finallyhard-won victories will come in Libya, other countries in the Middle East and nations in Southeast Asia and Africa. In countries where political groups with different ideologies oppose each other without violence, extremist positions will give way to unified administrations that serve the needs of the masses rather than the greed of the elite. However, it would be folly to expect swift capitulation by tyrannical rulers or completely smooth transitions as the settling in of new national leaders will be amidst varying degrees of unrest and at different paces. 5. Sorrow and hardships will befall the families whose beloved members pay with their lives for reformed governance or who were caught in the line of fire. We devoutly wish that all could know that every person who leaves this lifetime by either original or amended soul contract is thriving in Earth’s spirit world. Please join lighted beings throughout the universe in sending forth prayers for the highest good of all. Does the soul vacate the body without fear

6. I believe this is an appropriate place to answer a reader’s question:Does the soul vacate the body without fear? There is not an iota of fear connected with the soul and the etheric body leaving the physical body, but the psyche is another matter entirely. While the soul is liberated, so to say, the psyche of the person – as well as the beliefs, characteristics and memories – arrive in Nirvana exactly as they are at the moment the body dies.If someone has experienced a fearful lifetime or the dying process was in fearful circumstances, that fear is ingrained in the psyche. Those persons arrive at special portals where specially trained transition teams boost the etheric body’s strength and take the person to a tranquil place where constant attention and customized treatment are given. 7. Mother, please copy the book section where I described this exceptional healing process using the example of a soldier who died in combat. The same tender care would be given to all persons who died in fear of the earthquake or the tsunami – knowing this could give a measure of comfort to all who love them and are mourning their loss. (Excerpt from the chapter “Transitioning Souls” in Matthew, Tell Me about Heaven.) I'll give you an actual example of how we treat a traumatized arrival. You are seeing a wounded soldier in combat uniform sitting on a cot, in heat-of- battle anger, fear and fighting forcefulness, and someone who is gently trying to soothe him. Just as in the image I'm sending, the soldier's body appears here to be solid, like Earth flesh, and the cot also appears to be solid. That is an illusion we manifest because it is necessary at this stage of his acclimation to this realm. Soldiers in combat have to balance the reality of death with a sense of their own invincibility so they can focus on survival. This difficult psychic maneuvering, plus the shock of battle and the horror of being surrounded by dead comrades and the screams of the wounded, has put this man in an extremely agitated state. It's necessary to let him realize that this is a change from his last Earth surroundings, which we do by easing the battlefield conditions in which he had been living and dying. Little by little his last memories are eliminated by that gradual removal of the scene around him until he is able to accept that he has left his Earth body and has entered this new life. The transition must be slow and realistic to him or his psyche will be shocked into a state where healing is a major repair. Not that the assistance already needed and being rendered isn't of major significance, but I am speaking relatively. Matthew, it would seem that realism for that soldier would mean having acres of fighting around him. Can he see his dead comrades if they're receiving the same kind of treatment nearby? Well, since you've said every soul arrives separately, I suppose he's alone with his medical attendant in a battlefield atmosphere. No, Mother, he's not the only soldier there. I just sent you a close-up image so you could clearly see the solidity of his body and the cot. Yes, he can see some of his "dead" comrades nearby, and that is at once helpful and a hindrance because of possible confusion, as other men he just as recently had seen are not there. Grouping these men at this stage is not in conflict with our treating each arrival individually in accordance with specific healing needs. To avoid further psychic damage, it is essential that their dying environment be portrayed accurately, and their comrades' presence is part of this realism. This group of men who were killed almost simultaneously numbers about ten, with varying attitudes regarding death and Heaven. They arrived at stations where their soul level energy permitted and their psychic adjustment can best be served, the initial stage of which you just were viewing. Each in the group has his own energy attunement to follow from this point forward. Some of these men may be quite advanced in soul evolution and very soon be aware of their entry into the spirit realm. We have seen newly arrived soldiers with such advanced evolvement that they knew instantly where they were and quickly helped others nearby accept their transition. Others in this group may have very serious review ahead. As for the image you saw, yes, it was only a small portion of a reenacted battle environment, minus the deafening sounds and the gore of Earth reality. However, "acres of battle" would not have been an accurate image to send you because we don't see that, either. What we see is more like flash scenes in a movie, where viewers have a glimpse of one character and his situation, then another character and his, and so on. Even though a little time is spent developing each vignette, viewers are meant to understand that all of the developments are happening simultaneously. We see glimpses of individual souls in varying stages of understanding and needs for transition assistance. We're led to the place where we need to be by the energy connection that is established. I know you're wondering how the differentiation can be achieved in that chaos, and I don't know how to explain this to you, Mother, but I can assure you that it works to perfection. As I've mentioned before, our primary healing mechanism is vibrations, which is why music is so essential. Healthy individuals here have a vibratory rate between two definite points, allowing for some variation corresponding to rising or falling enthusiasm, excitement, or whatever emotion causes a rate change. Since we have no fearful or angering circumstances to deal with, a rise from the normal rate is only for positive reasons. Arrivals have a much different set of rates, which are geared to their belief systems throughout life on Earth and the circumstances of physical life and death. ______8. Thank you, Mother. I wish to add something that isn’t in that excerpt, but is mentioned earlier in the chapter. Every person who makes transition is greeted by name and receives whatever individualized care may be necessary. If they are quickly aware that they have returned to this realm, they’re greeted by family, friends and animals with whom they are bonded in love and are assisted in finding satisfying housing and settling in.

• March 12, 2011 Matthew Message

• www.matthewbooks.com Why not dismantle HAARP?

8. Matthew, I’d like to take this opportunity to speak about something else that is being questioned – why don’t we stop manmade earthquakes by dismantling HAARP? Although HAARP does register manmade earthquake activity, it’s a misconception that it is solely responsible for those quakes. HAARP has several functions in different locations around the globe, and one of the functions in combination with other technologies is used to cause quakes, volcanic eruptions, severe storms and flooding. Those other technologies are derived from Nikola Tesla’s inventions and discoveries and the information given by the Little Grays. That goes back 70 years or so. All of that technology was taken over by the Illuminati and has been modified to achieve their negative purposes. 9. They suspected that we were interfering with their efforts to cause massive destruction and death, but weren’t certain until a few months ago when we diminished a hurricane’s wind force and turned the storm northward along the east coast of the United States. After that their scientists and engineers integrated various systems so that your power and communication services would be interrupted globally if we tried from our ships to dismantle any of their equipment. Doing so is an intricate process and can only be done on site to avoid serious repercussions. As soon as the Illuminati meet their end, HAARP’s functions and Tesla’s technologies will be applied to beneficial purposes instead of destructive. 10. Thank you, Matthew, for letting me have this forum to clear the air about that. 11. Hatonn, we thank you – you spared us from explaining that! Mankind’s fear, instead of faith and love, is the source of the wicked’s power

12. Now then, as Hatonn just stated and we often have told you, fear is powerful, and there is a great deal of fear in your world. Justifiably, the people of Japan are fearful as earthquakes there continue and they are closest to the radiation from the reactors. Many living in other quake-prone areas are fearful, and so are people in countries where warring is going on, those in dire financial straits and peoples displaced from their homes. Others fear global warming, the shaky or shattered economy of their respective countries, loss of jobs, cost of gasoline, decaying infrastructures, and even a nuclear World War III. 13. The collective fear that is bolstering the darkness in minds and hearts also is compromising the benefits of the light even though it keeps intensifying all along Earth’s ascension pathway. While the fear factor cannot slow the planet’s steady pace, it is allowing the dark ones to stymie the progress of individuals such as freedom fighters in several countries, those working toward economic and governmental reforms, and many who were on the verge of “seeing the light.” Thus there is a “lull,” you could say, in personal forward movement toward Earth’s Golden Age. 14. We hasten to add that this cannot last much longer! Earth is nearing vibratory levels where the light is so intense that all who have refused the light – the ones we speak of as dark simply to indicate their lack of light – will die. That may sound unduly harsh, but it is not a matter of some “divine” judgment or punishment – it is simply the physics governing life in this universe that bodies bereft of light cannot survive in those higher vibrations. In short, all those who have been causing fearful conditions will be disappearing. 15. As a reminder of what we have said in previous messages, many souls also will be leaving this lifetime in accordance with their soul contracts, and you will not know whether it is by that choice or the choice to refuse the light that results in death. And once again we urge you not to judge any, but to send light to all souls in your world. Doing so reinforces the light within yourselves and emanates outward to uplift others. Earth knows where light is most needed and spreads it to those areas via a universal leveling process. As the most powerful force in the cosmos, Light-Love has wondrous effects wherever it is received! 16. There is yet another source of fear. It will not deter Earth’s ascension pace, either, but it can have serious ramifications for the affected individuals. Unlike the sources mentioned above that have a basis in current circumstances, this source of fear is latent, rooted in people who believe “entertainment’s” representation of aliens as conquest-bound and the people who believe reports that a civilization claiming to be benevolent will land and enslave Earth’s population. Those people will see the arrival of strange-appearing beings as the unthinkable actually happening. 17. While we greatly desire that our information reach all who hold such beliefs, we may have to be “satisfied” with enlightening the people who welcome craft sightings but have no idea what their passengers and crews are like and don’t know that for long ages Earth has been receiving their assistance. We hope as well to reach the unaware individuals Hatonn mentioned and those who feel we don’t need any help, we can handle everything ourselves.

• April 23, 2011 Matthew message • www.matthewbooks.com

The Illiminati caused the earthquake that destroyed Haiti!

Source: www.matthewbooks.com Main support: www.franky1.com

Matthew Ward – Feb0ruary 14, 2010

Earthquake in Haiti - cause, effects; sending light to dark-hearted individuals; power of negative thoughts; global economy, debts; answers within; vegetarian diets; Stargates; no “second Earth”; reincarnation.

1. This is Matthew with loving greetings from all souls at this station. As Earth’s ever-accelerating ascension pace takes her into progressively lighter energy planes, we see more and more hearts and minds opening to the light even as turmoil continues. Unwilling to accept that their efforts will end in utter futility, those with negativity at their core still are fighting tenaciously to keep their dwindling strength from disappearing entirely. 2. We see the widespread grief, confusion and massive destruction in Haiti, and we weep. Not for the tens of thousands who died, as those who need special care are receiving personalized attention from dedicated souls in Nirvana, and others are joyful about returning to that wondrous spirit world. No, our sadness is for the millions whose lives are even more desperate now, far worse than their family elders who have endured the pain of impoverishment for many decades. Knowing their soul contracts does not render us immune to sadness about the personal tragedies still unfolding for our brothers and sisters in Haiti, where the starkest evidence of the best and the worst in humankind exemplifies the extremes of duality. 3. The earthquake was not of Mother Nature’s making. It was the intentional work of those among you who have the technology to create such catastrophic planetary upheavals. In this case, it was to cover an attempt to move through Haiti a vast fortune from its discovered hiding place to a secret destination.If there can be a sliver of a silver lining in that diabolical act, it is that no longer is the truth hidden about weather control technology and its wicked uses – the information is on your Internet for all to see. The use of this kind of “weapon of mass destruction” cannot be prevented, and once set in motion, only softening, or leveling out, steps can be taken. As devastating as the earthquake was, without our space family’s intervention that lessened the impact on Port-au- Prince, the death toll and destruction would have been even greater. 4. The best in humankind was the instantaneous compassion throughout your world and the outpouring of assistance. This is creating light to help rid Haiti’s soil, water and air of the negativity that caused it to become the poorest of countries. Despotic dictators who lived in opulence denied their countrymen even basic living standards, thus consigning them to debilitating diseases and virtually no healthcare, educational opportunity or source of livable income. Loans that could have alleviated those conditions and the suffering they caused instead went into the pockets of the dictators, and the peoples felt helpless to improve their lives or their children’s. When those decades of fear and oppression ended a few short years ago, the country was beset with political turmoil, and soon the Haitians’ hopes of betterment were dashed. 5. The souls who chose to embody in those harsh circumstances known of Haiti did so willingly to balance other lifetimes so they could evolve spiritually, the goal of every soul. Many who recently transitioned to spirit life had fulfilled their soul contract choices to complete third density experiencing, and in time they will reincarnate in a fourth density world of their choice. Those who died before completing their soul contracts have the same opportunities to do this in Nirvana, where they have help in accomplishing their karmic lessons and prepare to evolve out of third density. 6. In all instances, these souls are serving their families and friends in two ways: their leaving reduced the amount of negativity caused by their former wretched living conditions and also prevented the negativity that living in even worse circumstances would have generated; and those souls are beaming light from their spirit home to all on Earth with whom they are bonded in love, and to Earth herself. 7. A positive aspect of the quake and the tremors that followed is that even with “softened” destructive capability, they released a mammoth amount of negativity from this small half-island nation. That reduction in negativity will allow the beaming-in and anchoring of light to facilitate the Haitian peoples in rebuilding their lives and their country. 8. Despite everything they have experienced in the past weeks – grief, injuries, traumatized psyches and desperate circumstances they still are encountering – a resilient spirit still shines brightly. With medical teams and other helpers from many nations coming to their aid, albeit insufficient to relieve much of the suffering or supply all basic needs, the peoples of Haiti know the world has not forgotten them. The light in their newfound hope added to the light of all who are helping – whether directly by their side or prayers or donations from around the world – is far greater than the negativity of combined grief and trauma. 9. The darkest of hearts that created the earthquake have no light except the spark of viability, the life force that is every soul’s eternal connection to God and Creator Source. Their conscience has atrophied from lack of use, and now that their corruption and unfathomable fortunes are being uncovered, they commit heinous deeds to hold onto what they feel is their rightful power and possessions. The dark-hearted ones cause massive harm to produce fear and agony because the energy of those emotions refuels them. We and other messengers of the light have urged you to send light to those perpetrators of unconscionable acts because only light can heal their damaged soulsand thus change their deeds. You can send them light by imagining yourselves holding a candle or a flashlight to guide a lost soul onto an illumined pathway. 10. Messengers of the light have told you about those who act in darkness so as to help you break any hold they may have in your lives and beliefs, and the same information will be revealed to the public to serve in that same way. As those truths come forth incrementally, please help others understand that they need not condone any action that causes atrocities and agony, but the light in forgiveness will serve all of you far, far better than the negativity of demanding punishment for the perpetrators. A part of third density mentality is the refusal to forgive individuals who are considered “evil,” and it isn’t consciously known that as equal parts of God, every soul in this universe is eternally interconnected with all others, or that the darkness in any one dims the collective light in the “universal heart,” or that one’s own light is dimmed by judgment and condemnation of those who are bereft of light. 11. Individuals acting with dark intent don’t remember that when Earth life ends. Every soul will have to review every minute of it – not only watching everything they did throughout the lifetime, but feeling every emotion exactly as it was felt by every person whose life they touched in any way. The next lifetime of those ones who are lost in darkness will be a hell of their own creation– a punishment, if you will, that is far more severe than any you could ever conceive – and until they accept the light constantly beamed into those dense placements where their lifetime energy output consigned them, there they will remain. 12. We ask that you please keep in mind what is in store for those lost souls as we address other issues in which you have expressed interest. Yes, the recent snowstorms in the eastern parts of the United States are another incidence of manmade technology used for self-serving purposes. Virtually closing down the US government was the main intent because so doing also impacts many other countries. The snowstorms – just like the clumsy “Black Ops” attempt on Christmas Day to explode an airplane by means of a very confused individual operating under mind control, then the devastation in Haiti – are intended to disrupt actions underway to remove the Illuminati’s tentacles on untold wealth and their toehold on the global economy. 13. Previous messages have identified many disparate groups under the Illuminati “umbrella,” the pyramid organizational structure that keeps lower ranking members uninformed about the intentions of those at the peak, and the powerful global network that for centuries has controlled everything that influences life on your planet. We know of the opinions that US President Obama is leading his country in the wrong direction, and we tell you that if only you could know how prudently and wisely he is moving behind the scenes to upset the entire Illuminati apple cart, instead of concerns about his direction, there would be rousing cheers. 14. The larger purpose to be served by assuring you that Obama’s intentions are aligned with the light is of utmost importance. The energy of negative thoughts about his leadership and all other situations anywhere on Earth that are seen as worrisome is flowing out into your world and delaying effective resolutions to tumultuous happenings everywhere. It is the energy of love-light that motivates the spirit of cooperation among peoples and brings an end to conflicts, violence, deception and unjustness.

WE + OUR BENEVOLENT E.T. BROTHERS

Some of you say, “We are the ones we have been waiting for.” YES! The truth in that expression of personal responsibility derives from soul-level awareness that you chose this lifetime specifically to help speed Earth along her ascension pathway. 15. So the individuals who propose that a collective will to make your world a better place will achieve that without extraterrestrial help do make a good point – absolutely you must act, must set the pace toward world transformation, because it is your world. But those individuals are way off track by not acknowledging that without many other civilizations’ immeasurable help that started about 70 years ago, none of you would be where you are because the planet would have died. And we assure you, your space family’s continued help will be welcomed by all except the ones who are fighting mightily to prevent reforms anywhere. Disclosure on England’s & Illuminati’s control of USA via Federal Reserve 16. We can tell you what is fomenting behind the scenes regarding the truth about the global economy, but because Earth’s energy field of potential is in such wild commotion, we cannot discern what information will emerge first or the order in which other facts will follow. We can say, though, that it cannot be much longer before the “first spill” because all the corruption must be exposed so it can be eliminated and an honorable system implemented. It is possible that the end of the Federal Reserve in its present form will be the first public “news,” and it seems likely that close on its heels will be a new and much fairer system of taxation. The disclosure that the United States’ unmanageable debt is due to the owners of the Federal Reserve banks very likely will include that the system was slyly established a century ago along with a corporate structure that fundamentally has kept the country under England’s dictate. However, because United States’ chaotic economy was the first domino to fall, so to say, and the line of dominoes around the globe swiftly followed, the long history of corruption within all major banking and lending institutions worldwide could be disclosed first. Somewhere along the way will emerge the Bush and Clinton families’ involvement with the Rockefeller Illuminati faction that helped to mortally bleed the coffers of the United States.Did you think it rather ironic that both of those former US presidents rushed to show their keen interest in what was going on in Haiti?... *** Earthquake like in Chile and Haiti man-made, that is, by the Illuminati!

2. Let us speak about a specific example in this regard. The earthquake in Chile, just as the one in Haiti, was caused by manmade technology, and once again, the location and timing were strategically selected. The earthquake was designed to present Chile’s new president with immense reconstruction efforts that would doom his intentions to keep his country financially strong without foreign control of its wealth in natural resources. As destructive as that quake and its aftershocks were, our space family used their technology to prevent the far greater damage and death toll that the Illuminati intended. They also failed in their goal – President Pinera’s intention to stabilize and increase his country’s prosperity while loosening multinational corporate control will be only delayed, not derailed. 3. In a previous message we spoke about the souls who made transition during Haiti’s catastrophic earthquake: Most left physical lifetimes by soul contract choice, and those whose lives were cut short prior to contract completion are being given the opportunity in Nirvana to wind up third density karmic choices and evolve into 4thdensity; at the same time, they are sending light to ease the pain of their families and to uplift all in their country. The very same is true of the far lesser number of people who died in Chile, and just as we and myriad other beings of light are doing for the traumatized survivors in Haiti, all of us are sending healing love energy to those who are grieving and facing hardships in Chile. 4. Whether an earthquake is manmade or of Mother Earth’s initiation, the aftershocks are a natural effect and collectively can release as much negativity as the quake that set them in motion. Also, a powerful quake in one area of the planet can set off milder quakes and volcanic eruptions in other places – just as one errant cell in your body can affect any of the countless other cells, so it is with every cubic inch of Earth’s planetary body. Mother Earth: no more need to initiate geographical events. All Haiti-like events from March 29, 2010 onward will be acts by Illuminati, not by Mother Earth

5. Earth had decided that no more geophysical events of her own making were necessary, that the remaining negativity could be released and transmuted by the intense light being generated on the planet and constantly in-beamed from afar, so you can know that all events of that nature henceforth will be manmade.

• March 29, 2010 Matthew Message

With so much money donated for the reconstruction of Haiti after the earthquake a year ago, why is that country still a disaster zone?Because those funds were stolen by the Illuminati after their technology caused the quake – that stealth is why former US presidents Clinton and Bush rushed to Haiti so quickly after the quake.

• January 15, 2011 Matthew Message

25. Illuminati activists are trying to prevent official recognition of other civilizations’ presence in every way, and from the earthquake in Haiti and last winter’s uncommonly heavy snowfall in Washington DC to flooding in Pakistan and Hurricane Earl, their use of technology has achieved their dark purpose. However, those events also were great opportunities for millions of souls to advance toward karmic completion as well as releasing massive amounts of negativity from the planet. More negativity is yet to be released, and wherever your technology initiates “natural disasters,” our universal family will use their technology to reduce the destruction and death toll. 26. The Illuminati do not confine their dark efforts to those events, though, and our light family’s on- and off-planet intelligence units intently monitor everyone who has the means to set off a “false flag” operation to ignite widespread violence.”

• September 11, 2010 Matthew message • www.matthewbooks.com • www.franky1.com

For reactions: email to: [email protected]

The Illuminati plays the global economy like a yo- yo

21. As for other current happenings in your world, the economy will continue to seesaw until it is irrefutably evident that the mechanisms keeping it afloat are riddled with the same corruption that caused the crash termed “recession.” Banking, lending and stock market trading, which are no more than computers abuzz with numbers in the billions, are undergoing changes that will result in a new monetary system based on precious metals and managed by honorable, knowledgeable and trustworthy individuals. When it becomes widely known that all along the Illuminati have been playing the global economy like a yo-yo, it is likely that there will be a short period of turmoil while the new system is being firmly established. So along with supplies that are practical to have on hand for a power outage, say, it would be advisable to have some cash. But do this without fear!

September 11, 2010 Message from Matthew Ward, from his Nirvana station www.matthewbooks.com

The wicked operations of the Illuminati

10. Individuals in the Illuminati ranks are acting within deep third density vibrations regarding the global economy, for instance. They still are manipulating banking and commerce through corrupt procedures and regulations on an unimaginable scale. They maneuvered their banks into behemoths that are holding onto their funds instead of dispersing them to spur business growth. What is intended to appear as a rebounding stock market is simply computers moving the Illuminati's vast fortunes back and forth around the world, and their multinational corporations have been swallowing up or destroying competing companies. Their "underground" industries of sex slavery and illegal drugs also add billions to their coffers. 11. But now the fabric of that insidious global network is fraying before your eyes! Via mainstream media, "whistleblowers" are talking about illegal banking and corporate operations, and respected researchers into many fields are being interviewed about their knowledge of rampant wrongdoing. Thus the energy is gathering that finally will purge your world of all Illuminati-based activities, and individuals who are trying to piece together their shambled systems soon will have to admit abject defeat. 12. Please do not expect to hear tomorrow that the Federal Reserve System is being done away as an example of the sweeping reforms around the world, but the Fed's end is coming along with all the other unconscionable dark activities that have caused poverty, wars, diseases, injustices, brutality and oppression. Those conditions and the minds that created them cannot and do not exist in the energy planes Earth is fast approaching. Hold paramount in your thoughts that your linear time is speeding into the timeless continuum, where Earth's Golden Age already has arrived!

• January 11, 2010 Matthew message

• www.matthewbooks.com

Weather troubles – Nature made as scapegoat by Illuminati

Hurricanes weakened by friendly Aliens

24. There is a “behind the scenes” reason that destruction from hurricane Gustav was less than from Ike. After off-planet technology so successfully weakened Gustav's wind force, Earth's weather controllers ramped up their technology's power to such an extent that they believed they had designed a storm of such massive size that “aliens” could not alleviate its devastation. However, to the dismay of those dark minds, the technologists in space considerably reduced the eye of the hurricane and veered it away from the coastal oil rigs and refineries to prevent the Illuminati's goals: widespread ecological damage from oil spillage; thundering support for drilling in the Arctic refuge; raising oil prices again; and reimbursing oil companies for their losses. Illuminati use Mother Nature as tool and then as scapegoat

Two other notes here: It isn't necessary for weather controllers to stir up a storm – Mother Nature can do that on her own, and when she does, they take over with their maliciousness. And the refusal to let residents of Galveston Island return sooner is that the death toll is far greater than reported and time was needed to find and dispose of all the bodies. Since depopulation by any means is an Illuminati goal and the death toll would be attributed to Mother Nature, it is hard to figure the reason for delaying the residents' return. Still, causing negativity by any means helps the dark ones' cause, and they achieved that by keeping thousands in stress by miserable living conditions and without answers to what happened to their homes and businesses.

• September 11, 2008 Matthew message What are the evil deeds of the Illuminati?

Because money is the basis not only for commerce, but even more so for concentrating power, the need for economic reforms worldwide is as crucial as changes in national leadership. The economy as reported is more myth than actuality.

Only a comparative handful of people know how tenuous and corrupt the global economy is or that international trade and the stock markets are manipulated by the Illuminati, a group of darkly-inclined people who have passed their tight global reins from generation to generation. They have amassed vast fortunes through that control as well as by charging usurious bank loan rates and accruing mammoth amounts from their illegal drugs industry, and they use that money to buy governments; bankrupt countries and exploit their natural resources; keep billions of souls at barely subsistence level; and fund both sides in wars that they precipitate and perpetuate because from wars they derive handsome profits. This cannot continue and it won’t. The unconscionably inequitable allocation of money in your world will end. Although I cannot give you finite details of the changeover process, I can give you an overview and assure you that the honest, knowledgeable people who will manage the process will keep disruption at a minimum as they fairly distribute the world’s wealth. The Illuminati’s illegally and immorally garnered fortunes will be put into circulation and their exploitation of natural resources worldwide will end. Since that power base is what enabled them to set government and banking policies and own multinational corporations, those corrupt controls also will end. The huge debts of the poorest nations were incurred by their state of desperation, often caused by Illuminati actions and influence; but the loans went to the despots ruling the countries and did not benefit the citizens, so those debts will be annulled and assistance given directly to the people. Many national borders have been set by the victors in war who wanted the natural resources, and that created “have-nots” who formerly were “haves.” When the LOVE in souls ends all conflicts, borders no longer will be cause for dispute because all peoples will be “haves.” US bankrupt for some time already

The coffers of the United States, which is erroneously considered the most fiscally sound nation in the world, have been empty for some time. The national debt, in large part due to the skullduggery of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve System and its IRS collection agency, will become manageable when that System is dissolved. The various currencies, especially dollars, have no foundation – daily transactions involving billions of dollars and other currencies are merely information passed from one computer to another and they far exceed the money to back them. New monetary system plus barter system

The “new” foundation for currencies will be a return to an old one, where precious metals was a set standard for exchange, and “old fashioned” bartering once again will be an excellent way for nations and communities to conduct some business. The basis for much of your current economy will change considerably and employment will change accordingly, but your greater spiritual clarity and usage of brain capacity in the higher frequencies will enable a joyful transition into fields that support cooperation among nations and harmony with Nature. • Essay on 2012 by Matthew

What exposes and changes are to be made?

17. Because US President Obama is a major factor in the master plan, let us speak about him. Some see his administration moving boldly in new directions, others see it following the same policies as the former administration, and still others see it acting on too many fronts without well- defined objectives. To all who regard with pessimism the decisions and actions thus far, we say: wait and see! Despite the formidable situations Obama inherited and the determined opposition of Illuminati members of Congress and those who are acting under that dark group’s influence, whether by bribery, blackmail or death threats to family, he will pursue his visionary course to benefit his nation and the world. 18. As he does so, you will see changes in the president’s closest advisors. As I told my mother when she was surprised about his appointments and nominees for posts, most notably Hillary Clinton, “These are not cast in marble,” and I said that Obama was operating in the wisdom of “Keep your friends close and your enemies closer.” You also will see changes in Congress, either a lessening of opposition because members are turning to the light or they will be leaving in disgrace, as will persons in the previous administration. For several years a gigantic amount of investigation has been going on that ultimately will lead to charges of wrongdoing ranging from corruption to crimes against humanity. This far-reaching effort is being accomplished within legal means that require indisputable evidence, an essential but tedious and time-consuming process, and like all legal matters, progressive developments are not publicly reported. What conspiracies and abuses to be exposed?

19. Other information that will come out incrementally includes proof of situations that have been ridiculed by the disparaging label “conspiracy theory”; insidious mind control programs and methods; deliberately contaminated vaccines and laboratory designed diseases to reduce the world’s population; corruption in “justice” systems; vast underground areas and what goes on there; the real perpetrators of terrorism and wars; the international web of conspiracythat has been controlling the global economy and commerce, health care, education and mainstream media; the long-time presence of extraterrestrial beings and their meetings with heads of governments; and the strategic divisiveness of religions. The amount of information is staggering, and revealing it in one fell swoop would be too much for any psyche to handle. 20. As evidence comes forth, emotions will be mixed: shock, disbelief, relief. To the people who believe “official” reports, the revelations are certain to be shocking. Very likely pragmatists will scoff initially, and many, many people will reel. This is understandable, as it is almost impossible to comprehend the vastness, viciousness and secrecy of the darkness that for millennia has controlled everything that affected life on Earth. But to all who have been awaiting the disclosure of long-hidden truths, there will be not only relief that the time has come at last, there will be exultation, and it will shared by light beings throughout this universe! This is world transformation, so not just the USA

21. This is world transformation, not only the purging of one nation’s corruption and deception. The light that is cleansing the United States knows no national boundaries – it is permeating every country in your world and beneath all the current foment, positive changes are underway worldwide. To the many readers who ask especially about African and Mid-eastern countries, peace will come more slowly in those regions because of the heavy cumulative karma that has to be transmuted.Also, generations upon generations have inculcated in their children hatred, prejudices and burning desire for revenge, and many of Earth’s residents have that orientation. But please do not despair! Within very few years, every country in your world will have honorable, wise leaders and just laws; and tyranny, impoverishment and the inferior status of women will be only lamentable chapters in history books.

March 10, 2012 Message from Matthew Ward from his Nirvana station www.matthewbooks.com For major truths and revelations, www.franky1.com

Your earnest push towards the light will hasten the fall of the Illuminati Dire prophecies no longer to occur!

39. Without addressing the specific issues being questioned, we state that no dire-sounding prognostications or predictions will come to fruition; only ideas, plans and activities that are energetically aligned with the prevailing light intensity can reach manifestation. Good ETs’ landing not known. They help put an end to Illuminati’s rule. 40. If we knew exactly when the crews who are roving in your skies are going to land, it would be our great joy to tell you. However, since we cannot in this moment do that, what we can say with assurance is that it won't be much longer – a great deal must be accomplished during the next year and their on-site assistance is part of it. Our family members overhead and those in your midst are in constant contact and all are diligently serving to help you bring to an end the long era of Illuminati control. Your earnestness towards light will hasten Illuminati’s fall

41. Your steadfastness in the light is bringing ever closer that day of meetings and greetings with your brothers and sisters. Then you will see for yourselves how greatly you are loved and honored by them – and all other light beings in this universe – and the swiftness with which Earth will be restored to her Eden self. The months ahead will be more joyously dynamic than you can imagine!

November 5, 2011 Message from Matthew Ward www.matthewbooks.com

432432